The Grand Prize

by jfclover

Joe

It was an election year in Virginia City, and the entire town was fired-up over the two candidates who were running for Sheriff.  Of course, Pa supported Roy Coffee; in fact, he’d even been so bold as to step up to the plate and become Roy’s campaign manager.  Besides the fact, Pa and Roy were good friends and held each other in high regard, the sheriff had done his job well over the years, but there were those who thought Roy was too old to police the rapidly growing mining town.

Over the last several weeks, Virginia City had taken on a carnival-like atmosphere.  The city once known as a dirty little hamlet was now boasting nearly 25,000 residents.  Nearly all were men and nearly all were potential voters, which needed to be persuaded one way or the other.

The second candidate was Roy’s deputy, a much younger man named Jeff Richards and though I considered him a friend, we were different in many ways.  Unlike me, he’d never been satisfied accepting the role of a rancher’s son.  Jeff always wanted more in life and when he finally became a peace officer, the young rancher turned deputy was on top of the world.

Jeff and I had gone to school together, and we’d never lost touch over the years.  We often had a friendly beer in the saloon and on occasion, he would come out to the ranch and beat the pants off Hoss and me at a game of horseshoes on a lazy Sunday afternoon.  Jeff was a good man, quick on the draw, and he knew the law backward and forwards.  Although not a patient man, he truly wanted the job of sheriff.  He had major players like William Sharon and other mine owners backing him.  I wasn’t sure how good his chances were this time around but someday, I knew he’d make a darn good sheriff.

Pa had been one of the first to welcome William Sharon to the community, knowing he was just the man Virginia City needed to help struggling mine owners by guaranteeing loans through the Bank of California, and he’d become a key player.  By loaning money freely to any business, large or small, he’d been accepted as a valued addition to the community.

While McKay, O’Brien, and Fair, owners of the larger, more efficient mines, praised Sharon for what he’d achieved on their behalf; men who owned smaller mines found Sharon’s sense of compassion lacking.  He was quick to foreclose, forcing men off their claims if they defaulted on their loans.  There were no second chances, and William Sharon had ready cash available for quick takeovers of their property.  He’d profited greatly and for reasons no one could quite understand, he was strong-arming Roy Coffee out of the office and backing my longtime friend, Jeff Richards.

Although the Ponderosa was mainly a cattle ranch, our holdings were diversified and mining was only a small part of our collective investments.  Pa jumped at the chance to do business with Sharon, but quickly backed off when he realized what a cutthroat businessman the highfalutin banker really was.  And now, with this election looming, longtime friends were taking sides and becoming enemies overnight.

Candy and I left Pa and Hoss to run Roy’s campaign while we took off for the rodeo in Placerville.  I was growing weary of listening to campaign talk, and when I’d read a poster in town, announcing the annual event, I was anxious to get away for a few days and see if I still had what it took to bring home a blue ribbon.

The fair in Placerville was a yearly event, and there was a time I used to attend the fair/rodeo with my brothers.  In my younger days, some might say I was a bit of a hothead, and not many days went by that Adam and I weren’t at each other’s throats.  Not only was this a vacation for the three of us, a time to put our differences aside, but I’m sure my father savored the peace and quiet while we were away.

The annual event brought out our competitive nature.  While I’d sign up for bronc-bustin’, Hoss, with his massive bulk, would always go in for the steer ropin’ contest.  Adam had perfected the barrel racing competition and was quick to show the world how he could maneuver fast and gracefully around short, tight turns.

This year’s grand prize was the meanest, toughest stallion available and the way I saw things, this had to be the finest horse money could buy.  The trick was to ride the bronc, stay on the bronc and bring him to a standstill, not always a simple task, but Candy and I were willing to give it a shot.

When I offered to pay Candy’s entrance fee, he gladly accepted.  Of course, he’d owe me a beer or two and a pat on the back when I won, but that was just a given.  Since neither of us were youngsters anymore, we were still prepared to give the meanest bronc our best effort.  We were up against kids, seventeen and eighteen-year-olds, who looked at the two of us and laughed at the prospect of an easy win.

We were called every name in the book: old geezers, fools, and washouts, but who took home the grand prize?  Who was the best there ever was and remains a superb contender?  I hate to brag, but sometimes modesty isn’t what it’s cracked up to be.  It will be years before the name Joe Cartwright fades from those younger men’s minds.

It took the two of us to haul Satan, a black stallion worth his weight in gold, back to the Ponderosa.  By the time we reached the ranch, Candy was joking about finding another job clear across the country and far away from me.  The entire trip home, I’d given him grief over who was the better man, who could still out-ride, out-rope, and out-shoot the best men around.  But all kidding aside, Candy remained on the Ponderosa.  This was his home, and he wasn’t about to pull out anytime soon.

Pa greeted us in the yard as I guided Satan into the corral.  Candy took our mounts to the barn not wanting to hear anything more about my exceptional talent, making me a shoo-in to win.  I probably overdid things a bit, but goading Candy was part of the joy of winning the competition.

“What’s this?”  

“You’re looking at the grand prize winner.”

“Seriously?”  Pa’s surprised voice rose at least an octave.

“You seem shocked, Pa. Have you lost faith in your youngest son?”  I couldn’t help but chuckle as my father searched for the right words to say.

“Well, no … I just … I’m proud of you, Joe.”

“I’ll take that as a compliment.”

Pa leaned against the top railing and watched as Satan checked out his new surroundings, trotting in circles and bobbing his head as he rounded the inner confines of the corral.  The stallion was far from saddle-broke, but I took the job of gentling a horse quite seriously. Satan would be trained slow and easy.  This horse had an uncanny spirit and the strength of two horses combined, and I didn’t want him damaged in any way.  I’d gentle him myself without interference from the other wranglers we’d hired on the ranch.

“Hey, where’s Hoss?”  I felt like a kid again, and I couldn’t wait to show off my grand prize.

“Trouble at one of the mines.”

“What kind of trouble?”

“Let’s go inside to talk.  I’m beginning to think we have spies on the Ponderosa.”

Soon after Pa and I took our seats at the dining room table, Candy strolled through the front door.  “Come sit down, Candy.  I want to talk to you both.”

“Sure, Mr. Cartwright, under one condition.”

“And what might that be?”

“No more talk about Satan.”

Pa was uncertain about Candy’s request, and he glanced at me for an explanation.  I tried to conceal my laughter, but I wasn’t quite finished harassing our ranch foreman.

“He’s just jealous, Pa.  See, Candy placed second—stayed on a good, long time too—but he’s still feeling the sting of the final outcome.  Of course, if you listen to his side of the story, he didn’t want to take all the glory so of course, he let his boss bring home the grand prize.”

Although Candy and I both enjoyed good competition, sparring with each other made it all worthwhile and given the right situation, Candy would eventually retaliate.  I wouldn’t know where or when, but he’d zing one back at me and catch me off guard if I didn’t stay sharp.  So, when Candy’s annoyance had reached its boiling point; his heated eyes shifted back and forth between my father’s eyes and mine.  “Ain’t that right, partner?”

“That’s not exactly how I remember—”

“All right, you two, enough about horses and rodeos,” Pa cut in. “We’ve got bigger problems to contend with.”

“Oh, sorry, Pa,” I said, directing my attention to a more serious format.  “What’s all this about trouble at the mine?”

Pa looked up at Candy.  “As I mentioned to Joe earlier, this conversation stays between the three of us and Hoss.  No one else need know what we discuss inside this house.”

“That serious, huh?”

“Well, I’m not sure but yes, it may be that serious, Candy.”

“So what’s this all about, Pa?”

Candy took a seat and we waited for my father to explain.  Hop Sing brought out pieces of pie and set a pot of coffee on the table.  “Must keep strength for days ahead.”

“Thank you, Hop Sing.”  Pa smiled at our all-knowing cook.  “He may be right you know.”

“So why is Hoss at the mine?”

Pa reached for the coffee pot.  “While you two were out gallivanting all over the countryside, we’ve had a bit more trouble.  Two miners have walked off the job now that Sharon’s offering new incentives for his workers.”

“New incentives?”

“Two dollars a day more than we offer, and a bonus at the end of each month.”

“Whew,” I said.  “Who can afford those kinds of wages?”

“The Bank of California, better known as William Sharon.”

“Sharon?  But why?”

“I wish I knew, Joseph.”

“Anything to do with the election?”

Pa groaned.  “I’d certainly hate to think so but, if I had other things on my mind rather than Roy’s election, how would I possibly have time to register voters or give Roy the time needed to win this campaign?”

“You’ve got a point, but why are these men so set on retiring Roy Coffee?”

“Oh, Joseph.  Out with the old and in with the new is the campaign slogan they’ve chosen for Jeff.  He’s young and fast with a gun, and Sharon and his mine-owning allies consider him the best man for the job.”

“Jeff Richards is not the lawman Roy Coffee is, Mr. Cartwright.  Sheriff Coffee has ten times the experience.  I don’t understand why they chose to back Jeff.”

“Well, I agree, and so far the town seems to be leaning toward Roy, but money runs a campaign, Candy.  Richards has backers with money to burn, and they’re bound and determined to have him win this election.  My guess is these men are running scams and swindling the small mine owners and with Jeff’s lack of experience, it may be to their advantage to have an unsophisticated young lawman running the town.”

“So where do we come in, Pa?”

“Well, if all goes well, Hoss should be home later this afternoon, and then we’ll see what needs to be done.  If more men leave to work for Sharon’s . . . well, if worse comes to worst, we’ll have to close down our mine.”

Even though silver mining was a smaller portion of ranch income, it was substantial enough to make a difference.  I knew Pa wouldn’t want to lose those profits, but all we could do now was wait for Hoss to return.

With supper behind us, we’d all moved into the great room, but there was still no sign of Hoss.  Pa held a book in his lap although he hadn’t turned a page in over an hour.  I tended to pace back and forth when I was nervous or upset while Candy stood and poked at the fire causing a sizzling blaze to overheat the room

“Candy?”  Pa said.  “Why don’t you and Joe go outside and get some fresh air?”

Candy’s questioning looked faded to subtle laughter when he realized my father’s meaning.  “Oh, sorry, sir,” he said.  Awkwardly, he replaced the poker.

Although Pa was trying to be tactful, I found it hard to control my laughter as I grabbed Candy’s arm and pulled him with me out the front door.  “Let’s see how Satan likes his new home.”

“Your Pa’s awfully worried about … isn’t that Chub?”

I followed Candy’s gaze, and next to the barn doors stood my brother’s horse.  “Pa will be glad to know he’s finally home,” I said.  “Odd he’d leave Chub waiting outside, don’t you think?”  We walked partway together, but I stopped by the corral, deciding I’d stable Satan for the night while we listened to what Hoss had to say.

“I’ll see what he’s up to.  Maybe he sneaked a lady-friend up to the loft.”

“Yeah, I bet that’s it.”  I rolled my eyes, trying to picture Hoss sneaking anything up to the loft.  Heck, Big Brother didn’t have a sneaky bone in his body.  I slipped a halter over Satan’s head and started toward the barn where a sliver of light dusted the ground with a buttery glow.  “Hoss?”  

Candy stood just inside the barn, looking somewhat bewildered.

“Where’s Hoss?”

“He’s not here, Joe.”

Candy had led Chub inside, but he’d dropped the reins to light the lantern we kept hanging just inside the doors.  Candy held a scrap of paper.  “What’s that?”  I said, looking over his shoulder.

“A note of some sort, I guess.”

“You gonna read it?”

Candy leaned in closer to the light.  “Dear Mr. Cartwright,” he said before glancing up at me.  “If you want to see your son again, I suggest you leave elections and politics to those who know best.  Signed, The People of Virginia City vs. Roy Coffee.”

“Kidnapped?  Hoss?”

“Looks that way, buddy.”

I ran my hand through my hair and glanced quickly toward the house.  “I best tell Pa.”

“I’ll take care of the horses.”

“You’d better saddle three more.”

The road to town was well-traveled, but night riding proved menacing at best. Moonlight filtered sparingly between the taller pines, shadowing our ride to Roy Coffee’s office.  We rode shoulder to shoulder, none of us speaking but feeling similar apprehension over Hoss’ dilemma: where had they taken him, how long did they plan to keep him and would there be terms for his release?  This election, which began as a competition between two upstanding lawmen, had gathered momentum over the last few days, but something like this?  Hoss?  It just didn’t make sense.

“Saddle the horses,” a clipped comment strained by worry was the only remark my father had made so far.  He’d read and reread the scratchy handwriting before slipping the note into his vest pocket.  Now, with our mounts tied at the hitching point outside Roy’s office, Pa flattened the note on the sheriff’s desk.

“Hoss?”  Roy said, his eyebrows rising higher on his forehead.  “Who’d go and do a thing like this, Ben?”

Candy and I flanked my father, knowing Roy was as unsure as we were.  But here we were, standing in front of letter-of-the-law Coffee, asking questions and demanding answers.  What I wasn’t aware of at the time was my father’s steadfast presumption of who wrote the note and why.

“Who do you think is behind this, Roy?  It’s got to be Sharon and his group of thugs.  He’s a piranha; the man wants it all.  He owns mines and forests and mills, and he’s offered my workers—my miners—more than I can begin to pay, and now he’s holding my son hostage over a dad-blamed city election.”

“You’re sure it’s him?  You’re sure there’s not somethin’ else he—”

Pa’s hand slammed Roy’s desk.  “Read the note, Roy.  It’s gotta be him.”

Roy had read the note when Pa first set it on his desk, and he wasn’t about to humor my father by reading it again.  He pulled his pocket watch from his vest and looked down at the time.  “Almost ten o’clock,” he mumbled.  “Okay, let’s take a trip to Sharon’s, but you let me do the talkin’, ya hear.  You’re too riled up, and I should make you sit here while I go, but if you promise—”

“You’re wasting time, Roy.  Let’s go.”

Light shone through first and second-story windows as the four of us rode up to the Sharon mansion.  Pa’s statement had been partially correct.  The banker owned half of Virginia City, and he was out to own everything he could get his hands on, including the Ponderosa, if we didn’t fight to keep what was rightfully ours.

Now that we stood here waiting on the front porch, I leaned back against a tall, white column.  Silly, unimportant matters entered my mind.  I wondered if Hoss had been offered anything to eat.  Nothing riled my brother like missing a meal, and since he’d obviously been caught off guard and taken hostage, the whole incident would do nothing but turn him into one angry bear of a man.  I had no idea where they’d taken him or whether Candy and I should be out searching somewhere near the mine rather than standing here with Pa. But riding out this late at night would be a total waste of time.  Trying to track in the dark was simply out of the question.

Roy stepped forward and banged the silver doorknocker twice then gave Pa a cursory glance.  “You let me do the talkin’, Ben.”

“For now, you’ve got my word, but don’t expect me—“

A splash of soft creamy light flooded the front porch, and I pushed away from the post to a more formal position behind my father.  “May I help you?”  A young servant girl, dressed in a standard black and white uniform, stood in the doorway.

“We’d like a word with Mr. Sharon, Miss.”

As she turned to relay the message, Sharon walked up directly behind her.  “You’re excused, Mary.  I’ll take it from here.”

The banker was around my father’s age with graying hair and sported a large mustache with the same salt and pepper coloring.  He wore a cashmere smoking jacket, which hit him mid-thigh.  He was a man of means and it was no surprise to find him still dressed in his formal city clothes this late at night.

“We’ve got ourselves a serious matter, Mr. Sharon,” Roy said, “and I’ll come straight to the point.  Hoss Cartwright has been kidnapped.  Now, would you have any knowledge about his sudden disappearance?”

Sharon’s velvet-cuffed sleeves caught my eye as he pulled his own pocket watch from his vest and looked back at Roy.  “Good Lord, Sheriff.  Have you any idea what time it is?”

“I do, but I also know a man’s life is at stake, and I’m lookin’ for answers.”

“Not tonight, Sheriff.  My wife has taken ill, and I don’t have time to stand around discussing one of Ben Cartwright’s sons.”

“Listen here, Sharon.”  Pa’s voice was firm as he pushed past Roy and took center stage.

“No, you listen, Ben.  I have no idea if your son’s disappeared or not, and frankly, I really don’t care.  Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’ll be in my office by 9:00 a.m. tomorrow morning.  If you care to rattle on about this ridiculous matter, Sheriff, that’s where you’ll find me.  Goodnight, gentlemen.”

The door slammed shut and without facts or proof of any kind, Roy turned back to Pa and shrugged his shoulders in defeat.  “Ain’t nothin’ more we can do tonight, Ben.  I’m sorry.”

I reached for my father’s shoulder, felt the corded tension, and gave a gentle squeeze.  “Candy and I’ll ride out first thing in the morning, Pa.  Come on, let’s go home.”

Candy saddled the horses at daybreak while I talked nonsense to Satan for a couple of minutes before it was time to leave.  I wanted nothing more than to gentle my new horse, but I reminded myself that patience was a virtue, words I’d heard since the day I was born.  The horse would still be here, rambunctious as ever, after we brought my brother home.

“Where do you wanna start, Joe?”

“Boy, I’m not really sure, but let’s ride up to the mine first and talk to the men.  Maybe someone knows something we don’t.”

The thought of my brother dragging himself home after being kidnapped wasn’t very likely to happen, and although I’d asked Pa to stay home just in case, I knew he’d ride into town soon after Candy and I were on our way.  After last night’s talk with Sharon, I figured Pa would work himself into a lather, and he’d be beating down Roy’s office door, wanting answers to questions the sheriff didn’t have to give.

The Ponderosa’s only working mine was normally only a half-hour ride, but Candy and I had to slow the pace over trails of slippery mud and shale due to heavy rain during the night.  Spring showers were common in this area.  The underbrush would grow like crazy this time of year and then barely remain alive during our dry, hot summers.  Mudslides were often a worry although never really a concern on the Ponderosa.  Pa had set a precedent early on that only so many trees would be felled in order to keep the land intact as God intended.

We checked for signs along the way; anything that might look out of place or show the possibility of a struggle, but so far there was nothing to go on.  My brother was a big man, and if he’d been dragged off his horse, we’d know.  “We’ll leave the horses here and walk in,” I said to Candy as we topped the ridge.

The mine was on the backside of the canyon, and I wanted to take a look-see before anyone knew we were close by.  And so, we climbed until we could see Mike, our longtime foreman, heading out of the tunnel and toward one of the cabins where we housed the men who preferred to stay full-time on the mountain.  Everything seemed in order from our vantage point about thirty feet above; the steady sound of pumping and the hammering of drills was commonplace, and that’s exactly what we were hearing.

“Okay, let’s walk down, but you take the back side, and I’ll head straight in.”

“You expectin’ trouble, Joe?”

“No … cautious, I guess.  Let’s just say I like havin’ someone coverin’ my back.”

Candy climbed around the side of the ridge before me.  I gave him a couple of minutes’ head start before I approached the foreman and began asking questions. “Hey, Mike,” I called out as I walked up to the small clearing in front of the mine.

With a clipboard in one hand, he turned his head and reached out to shake my hand.  “Mr. Cartwright.  What brings you up the mountain?”

“Oh, just checking things out.”

He started to laugh.  “Your brother was just by here yesterday.  I told him we’d lost a couple of men to Sharon’s mines, but we were still holdin’ our own.”

“I guess two’s not the end of the world.  Anymore threatening to leave?”

“Well, most fellas here don’t like the way Sharon runs his operation.  At times, men threaten to leave for better pay but by the end of the day, their yammerin’ stops.  They stick around cuz of your Pa.  The miners know Sharon might lay ‘em off after a week’s time.  Your Pa ain’t like that.  He’s always been a fair man.”

I nodded.  Mike Gentry was a good man, a fair man, too, and though I never considered he’d have anything to do with Hoss’ disappearance, now I was completely certain.  “What time did my brother leave?”

“Just after lunch, I guess.  Me and the boys talked him into hangin’ round and eatin’ chuckwagon food, and he didn’t seem to mind the offer.  Sat right down with us and ate twice as much as any man here.”

“Sounds like Hoss,” I chuckled.  I hadn’t even thought of what I’d ask Mike before I rode up, and I wasn’t sure where to go from here.  “So there was no trouble, no reason to think Hoss would … I don’t know, be upset about anything?”

“Ain’t sure what you’re gettin’ at, Mr. Cartwright.  Like I said, we’re okay for now.  Can’t lose many more men, but your brother seemed satisfied when he left.  Said he’d try and round up a couple more fellers in town.”

I slapped Mike on the shoulder.  “Thanks for the information.”

“Somethin’ wrong, Mr. Cartwright?”

“Plenty wrong, Mike.  Hoss never made it home.”

When I met Candy back by the horses, I told him the miners were clear of any suspicious behavior, and Pa was probably right all along.  It had to be Sharon, but to kidnap someone over an election was just plain ludicrous.  There had to be more to the story and one way or the other we’d find the underlying cause although right now I was at a loss.  I didn’t know which way to turn.

“What now?”  Candy asked.

“I don’t know.  I don’t even know where to start looking.  Hoss could be anywhere; hold up in town or in some line shack or … where the hell do we begin?”

“Take it easy, buddy.  He’s around somewhere giving someone a whole lotta grief.  Hoss ain’t one to just sit back and give up.  They’ve got their hands full with your brother.”

“I hope you’re right.”

Candy knew the right words to say.  I was anxious and frightened for Hoss and it was beginning to show through the tough exterior I tried to hide behind.  I’d pretty much kept my worry and frustration from getting the best of me, but where to start looking was anyone’s guess.

“There’s a line shack a couple of miles from here.  Let’s try there first.”

By late afternoon and with no luck whatsoever, Candy and I rode into the yard empty-handed.  We were tired, and the horses had given their all, trekking up and down steep mountainsides through endless trails of mud.  But we each pulled up short, and I squinted my eyes at the vision before me.  After glancing at Candy, I returned my focus to the front porch and the rocking chair moving back and forth.

“Hey, Joe, Candy.  What took you so long?”

“What in tarnation?”

I glanced at Candy again and saw the same stunned look reflected back.  Candy pushed his hat back on his head, crossed his hands over his pommel, and shrugged.  Hoss stood and walked toward the two of us.  We remained sitting in our saddles, staring in disbelief.

“Guess you’re kinda surprised to see me.”

“You guessed right, brother.”

Pa waltzed out the front door with a smile on his face and came to stand next to Hoss.  My oversized brother dug his hands deep in his pockets, the toe of his boot scrapping crossways through the muddy yard.  He looked up at me with a rather sheepish grin.

“What’s this all about?”  I asked.  “What am I missing here?”

“Why don’t you two stable your horses and come inside.  Hop Sing just took a cherry pie out of the oven.”

Hoss’s eyes lit up at the mention of pie as if nothing else in his life mattered.  Still not catching on to this whole charade, Candy and I dismounted and cared for our horses then marched into the house for a much-needed explanation.  It’s as though I was lost in some kind of dream where only yesterday, Hoss was kidnapped, and now he was home and unscathed and everything was back to normal.  I tossed my hat on the credenza and didn’t bother with my jacket or gunbelt just yet.  Candy did the same.

“Okay.  Why aren’t you still kidnapped?”

Hoss smiled, and in a deep voice, he spouted out nonsense.  “I was, Joe, but I’m stronger’n I look.”

Candy and I took our usual seats at the table where Hop Sing quickly served coffee and hot cherry pie.  I pushed my plate away.  “I don’t want pie.  I want an explanation.”

Hoss glanced at Pa.  “I already gave you an explanation, little brother, but I guess you want details too, am I right?”

“That’d be nice, that’s if you can spare the time.”

“Well, you see I was kidnapped, but I ain’t no more.”  Hoss smiled like a Cheshire cat, but Pa saw the look on my face and nodded for him to go on before I tore my brother apart.

“You see, Joseph, I was riding home yesterday from the mine when a couple of men, not sure whose men they were, but there was two of ‘em, and one of their horses went lame so they asked if I knew anything about horses.”  Hoss hesitated, and I was clearly ready to choke him for dragging this story out.  “This is where I kinda messed up cuz I let ‘em get the best of me while I was knelt down checkin’ out the mare’s fetlock.”

“Yeah?  Then what?”

“As I said, Joe, they got the best of me.  They pulled their guns, tied me up, and made me ride to one of our line shacks.  Well, weren’t long ‘fore they got bored and said they’d be back sometime later.  I think they was headed to the saloon, but I didn’t wait around to find out.”

“So how’d you get away?”  Candy said, leaning back in his chair and crossing his arms loosely over his chest.

“Them guys weren’t the brightest, Candy.  I got the ropes loose, and I found Chubby tied up outside the cabin, and I rode home pretty as you please.”

Hoss picked up his fork, shoved half a piece of pie in his mouth, and smiled at Candy and me as he cut off the next bite.  Hesitating from gorging himself for only a minute he continued.  “Someone’s gonna be a mite upset when they see I ain’t there, and I ain’t nowhere to be found.  So, as you can plainly see, Joseph, I ain’t kidnapped no more.”

I shook my head and glanced at Candy.  “All that worry for nothin’.”

“Awe, Joe.  Was you really worried about ol’ Hoss?”

“I’ll never tell.”

“Thanks, little brother.  It means a lot to know you care.”

“Fine.  I care.”

“Good.  Now, can I have your piece of pie?”

Days passed, and Pa was back on the campaign trail.  The election was less than a week away and even with the sheriff’s numbers climbing ahead of Jeff’s, Pa felt it was still necessary to drum up votes for Roy.  No more of our miners had quit to run off to Sharon’s mines and it seemed life had returned to normal.

I took some time off to work with Satan while Hoss and Candy rode out to check fence in the north pasture.  Hoss never mentioned the kidnapping again.  It was over and done with and though we never found out who was behind it, Pa was hesitant to sweep the whole incident under the rug.  He didn’t say much, but he kept a watchful eye and made frequent trips into town to talk with Roy about Sharon and the other miners who backed Jeff Richards for sheriff.

Satan and I worked together for about an hour before I reached into my pants pocket for some of Hop Sing’s sugar.  I laid my hand out flat for my new stallion.  He was shy at first, but he finally licked my hand clean and then bumped his velvety nose against my chest as if asking for more.  “Next time, big fella.  Right now you’re going back in your stall.”  I guided him toward the barn with the new bit I’d tried for the first time today.  He wasn’t happy at first, but the sugar made up for the minor discomfort.

I’d walked straight through the barn, leading Satan to his stall.  It was as I turned to leave, I saw a new note nailed to an upright post.  The handwriting was the same, crude but legible, another missive written out for our benefit.  I tore it down from the wooden beam.

~

Dear Mr. Cartwright,

Perhaps we picked the wrong son.  You’ve become a nuisance, and we can’t allow you to stand in the way of progress.  Keep your eyes on your youngest son.  He’ll be next in line if you fail to terminate your campaign for Roy Coffee.

Signed, The People of Virginia City vs. Roy Coffee

~

I reread the note, but I wasn’t about to set Pa to worrying again.  I was their target now, and it wasn’t just Sharon like Pa originally thought.  The note said we, so I had to figure there was a group of men heading up these scare tactics.  I folded the paper and stuffed it into my jacket pocket.  They didn’t know who they were dealing with this time around so if and when they grabbed me like they’d grabbed Hoss, I’d be ready.  I might even get a kick out of watching their faces when I beat them at their own game.

It was too late to meet up with Hoss and Candy, so I took pleasure in spending the remainder of the afternoon on the front porch, doing nothing but wondering when my captors to show their faces.  Like Hoss, I rocked back and forth and stared into space just waiting.  Of course, it was highly unlikely to expect these men to ride straight up to the house and haul me off to some mysterious destination, but I was content to bide my time and waste away the remainder of the afternoon.

Pa was in town, and it was nearly five o’clock before Hoss and Candy rode into the yard.  Between the warm sun on my face and the lemonade and cookies Hop Sing had brought out an hour or so ago, I was half asleep when I heard their mounts circling the side of the barn.  But I managed to push myself up from the chair and make my way off the porch to say hello.

“You two finish the fencing?”  I asked as I strolled through the double doors of the barn.

“Sure did, little brother.  While you was napping, me and Candy put in a full day’s work.”

“Good.  That’s what I like to hear.”

“Pa home yet?”  Hoss asked as he hefted his saddle off Chub.

“Nope.  I’m sure he and Roy are still hanging posters and talking to everyone they can get their hands on.”

“Yeah,” Hoss said with a chuckle.  “Guess my kidnappin’ didn’t slow ‘em down much, did it?”

“Don’t make light, Hoss,” Candy said.  “You’re Pa was pretty upset after we found that note.”

“Yeah, I know.  Still no word on who done it though, is there?”

“Maybe Pa’ll find out something today,” I said.  “He and Roy have all the time in the world to figure this out.”

“Speak of the devil,” Candy whispered.

“Oh, hi, Pa.  We were just talking about you.”

“I hope you were discussing who’d put my horse up for the night,” Pa said wearily.

“How’d you know?” 

“Thank you, son.”  Pa clapped my back.  “I hope Hop Sing’s got supper ready.  I’m beat.”

“Yeah, I kinda worked up an appetite myself.”  I patted my stomach.

“How?”  Hoss said.  “Sittin’ on your behind all day?”

“If you must know, I put in a—“

“Yeah, yeah, yeah.  Do a good job with Buck, little brother,” Hoss said, slapping me on the back as he walked out of the barn.  “We’ll see you inside when you’re done.”

“Yeah.”  Even Pa knew I’d sloughed off most of the day, which is why I was the only one left with a chore to finish before supper.

I tended to Buck and reached for the last of the sugar in my pocket.  “Here, big fella,” I said, laying my hand out to my new stallion.  Cochise whinnied in the adjoining stall, and suddenly, I felt like a traitor, a turncoat, a horrible human being.  I slipped into Cooch’s stall and scratched him hard between the ears.  “You’ll always be my first love, you know that.”  I patted his neck, closed the barn doors, and headed toward the house.

The rifle shot sounded distant, but the force of the bullet dropped me to my knees.  My breath hitched through clenched teeth as I tried to rise up and steady one foot under me.  Keeping my eyes on the house, the porch, and the front door, they all seemed so far away.

As I rose to both feet, the front door flew open.  I felt relief seeing Pa and Hoss on their way.  I breathed in deeply, but before I took a step; a second explosion of gunfire spun me sideways, doubling me in half before my feet went out from under me a second time.  The soft cushion of mud cooled my face as a flood of red-hot fire burned its way across my back, moving with elongated fingers through my body halting any further movement.

I stared at the empty corral; relieved to know Cochise and Satan had been put away for the night.  And when a cool breeze swept across my face, I shivered slightly, but when my father’s hand clenched my shoulder, I flinched and tried to move away.  “Easy, son, I’m right here.”  Words I’d heard before, but a comfort all the same.

The steely, gray sky canopied the earth and then dropped its ashen veil to envelop me in darkness.  My eyelids dipped then closed when my brother anchored me against his chest, mumbling nonsense words, healing words.  I was safe now, safe from evil, safe in my brother’s arms.

Ben

“Ride for Paul, Candy, and hurry!  Joe’s been shot twice in the back.”

“On my way, Mr. Cartwright.”

Why wasn’t I watching out; why did I leave him alone?  Why wasn’t one son enough for these people?  “Easy, Hoss, easy now.”

“I got him, Pa.”

When I touched Joe’s shoulder, assuring him I was by his side, his lips moved slightly, though he never made a sound.  “I’ve sent for Paul,” I said.  “You’ll be fine, Joseph.  Just hang on now; your brother’s got you.”

With care, we’d rolled Joe to his back so Hoss could get a better hold, and with one knee pressed to the ground; he scooped Joe up into his arms.  And when Joe’s head seemed unsteady, I rushed to settle him against his brother’s broad chest.

The front door stood open and although I hollered, Hop Sing was two steps ahead of me.  He’d started the water boiling on the stove and was carrying a tray of medical supplies upstairs to Joe’s room.  Hoss followed behind, and I felt a keen sense of panic wash over me, knowing my son’s wounds were life-threatening and time was critical.

This wasn’t the first time Joe had been injured nor would it be the last, but my heart ached with that sense of dread only a father could appreciate.  A father’s duty is to protect his children, and I’d failed to protect mine.  The warning had been plain and clear; the warning to back off, but I‘d failed to comply, and I’d carried on with the campaign.  Like a fool, I’d thrown caution to the wind.

Only yesterday, we had joked about the kidnapping, and the only reason joking seemed possible was in the way Hoss retold the story to Joe.  It was Hoss’ way of downplaying what could have been a very grave situation had he not been safe at home to spin a serious yarn into a light-hearted comedy.

We were facing another crisis now.  Joe’s life hung in the balance, and I found myself blinking back tears as Hoss placed my youngest son down on the bed so gently and with such care, I doubt Joe even knew he’d left his brother’s arms.

“What now, Pa?”

Hoss was my rock, my sounding board when I needed him most.  He was here with me now, a blessed comfort during any crisis.  “Let’s … try to get him undressed, son.  Careful now … ”

Through heavy eyelids, Joe fought the tomb of unconsciousness.  My son was in severe pain, and what I had to do next would only add to his misery.  Time was slipping by; we had to stop the flow of blood or we’d lose him before Candy returned with Paul.  Joe’s tongue dragged across his lips, trying to coax words that wouldn’t come.  I leaned over the bed, reassuring him with a single touch, skimming the palm of my hand along his cheek.  “Easy, Joe.  Doctor’s on his way.”  I turned to Hoss when Joe’s head lulled sideways against the pillow.  “Help me with his jacket, son.”

It seemed to take a lifetime before we were able to remove enough clothing and roll Joe onto his belly.  His soft linen sheets were stained a coppery red and for a moment, I had to close my eyes and turn my head before I could begin to tend his wounds.

Hop Sing had set a bowl of warm water on Joe’s nightstand.  I wrung out a cloth and pressed it to the first wound high on my son’s shoulder while Hoss wrung out a second cloth and handed it to me.  I switched to the second wound about five inches lower than the first.

Although deep enough to cause infection, the first slug seemed to skim the surface, a dark, reddened burn across Joe’s tanned skin after working months in the summer sun.  My son prided himself in his physique, his muscular torso came at a price, hard-earned, some might say.  That slender boy, who couldn’t gain an ounce, now sported a man’s body, wide at the shoulders and narrowing dramatically at his hips.

The second wound was a completely different story.  Torn skin, darkened by the bullet’s entry, radiated heat, and after seeing Joe’s jacket and the amount of blood, I wasn’t sure what Paul would run into as he removed the bullet from my son’s body.

Joseph lay motionless, his body struggling for every shallow breath, fighting to stay alive so someday we could make jokes about … “God, where the hell was Paul? I glanced up at Hoss, who’d pushed Joe’s curtain aside and was staring out the window, waiting.

“Doc’s here, Pa.”

Joseph’s recovery was out of my hands.  The outcome was in God’s, and I was only a bystander, only a father who cherished his sons more than land or wealth or power or any political election in Virginia City.  I’d been a fool not to heed the warning.

Paul Martin had done all he could.  He’d surgically removed the bullet, but his face remained grim as he cleaned his instruments and placed them back in his bag.  I needed reassurance more than anything, but when Paul finally spoke, his words were clipped, not at all satisfying, not what a father wanted to hear.

“We’ll just have to wait and see, Ben.”

I’d heard those words before but as always, I hoped for a better prognosis.  “Joe will recover nicely, Ben.  All he needs now is rest and plenty of Hop Sing’s broth.”  But that wasn’t Paul’s prediction this time, and his assessment of the situation was less than encouraging.  My heart ached; I felt numb inside.  “When will he come to?”  I asked.  A silly question, but I was at a loss for words.

“Hard to say, Ben.  The second bullet was deep and … let’s just say, Joe will feel a great deal of pain when he wakes so let’s hope he remains sleeping for a while longer.  It’s the best thing for him right now.”

Candy and Hoss overheard our conversation but made no comment of their own.  Each stood just inside Joe’s bedroom door, wanting to be helpful but knowing there was nothing either could say or do to ease the recovery process or reassure a worried father over his youngest son’s outcome.  I glanced toward both men and forced a smile.  “Why don’t you two have Hop Sing fix you something to eat.  I’ll stay here with Joe.”

Reluctantly, they turned to leave.  Paul closed his bag and extended his hand.  I held on tight with both hands and nodded my thanks.  “Thank you, Paul.  I know you’ve done your best.”

Paul’s features mirrored my own, forced because there was nothing more he could do or say.  All we could do was wait.  “I’ll check back in the morning.  Let those boys take over so you can rest, too.”

Evening gave way to night where worry and lack of sleep brought morbid thoughts of various ways a man’s life could slip away before morning’s light.  But I was wide awake, alert to every subtle movement, every gentle whimper my son made.  The night, which proved to be one of the longest I’d ever spent, checking for fever and staring at a face, shadowed in darkness, brought on outlandish images I fought to control.  I had to rest my eyes; I needed a minute of respite if I was going to make it until morning.

Rain fell softly; black umbrellas crowded together in a semi-circle.  Hoss held tight to my arm; the support needed to keep me from crumbling to the ground.  Dressed in black, the patter of rain had spotted my freshly polished boots.  My hands were folded in front of me as I bowed my head and listened to meaningless words drift across the hillside of Joe’s final resting place.  The service was over, and as friends and neighbors lowered a burnished, mahogany casket deep into unearthed soil …

My body jerked awake.  “No!”   Scrubbing my hands over my face, I realized I’d drifted off to sleep.  I reached for my son’s arm, dismissing my fragmented state of mind.  My heart pounded relentlessly; my breathing erratic as if I’d taken a bullet in the back myself.

Joe remained nearly motionless.  He never cried out in pain although noticeable facial expressions signaled signs of distress.  I had begged off anyone taking my place and had sent Hoss and Candy to bed.  But, by morning’s light, they’d both returned, asking questions though I had no definite answers.

“How is he, Pa?”

I thought back to my dream and quickly, I shook the memory from my mind.  “Holdin’ his own for now, son.”  I tried to sound upbeat, thinking of all the times I’d instructed my sons to keep a positive attitude.  Hoss laid his hand on my shoulder, and I felt a gentle squeeze before he spoke again.

“Time you got some rest.”

Hoss was right, of course, but how could I leave Joseph?  How could he open his eyes if I wasn’t there beside him?  How could he know I’d prayed all night for him to call my name or to make any sound at all?  How could he know how much I needed him in my life if I slipped away from his bedside and left him alone?  I shook my head, what a foolish old man I’d become.  I stood from the chair slowly, wondering when age had become a factor.  I was stiff and sore, and I casually straightened to full height and stretched out my back and neck.  I smiled at my big, caring son, but I couldn’t honor his request.  “I’m fine,” I said, using Joe’s famous line.  “If you’ll bring me a cup of coffee, I’d be most grateful.”

My boys were older now, and they knew when to argue the point and when to let matters drop.  The latter won out, and Hoss left the room and returned with steaming-hot coffee.  But Candy stepped forward as if he had something on his mind.

“Mr. Cartwright?” he said tentatively.

“Yes?”

“I’m not sure whether this is important or not, but is there any reason Jeff Richards would be riding out this way yesterday?”

I thought for a minute, but a reasonable answer failed me.  “No, I can’t imagine what business he’d have.  Why do you ask?”

“Well, I tried to sort it out on my own but like you, I couldn’t think of a reason either.”

I shrugged my shoulders and tried to come up with a logical explanation as to why Roy’s deputy would be riding across Ponderosa land.  “What exactly are you implying, Candy?”

“Guess I was just thinking out loud, Mr. Cartwright.  Maybe I’m way off track.”

I glanced down at Joe, still pale and unmoving, and tried to make sense of Candy’s rather disturbing statement.  “Did you tell Jeff what happened to Joe?”

“I didn’t exactly talk to him.  I just noticed him up on Sailor’s Ridge when I went for the doc.”

“Did you see Roy when you went for Paul?”

“No, Sir.  I didn’t want to waste time tracking him down, but I’m sure Doc’s filled him in by now, don’t you think?”

“Yes, I’m sure he—“

Candy and I both looked up as Hoss entered the room, surprising us both when Roy Coffee walked in with him.  “Morning, Roy.  I assume you’ve heard about Joseph.”

“I heard all right.  Paul came by my office and told me late last night, but I figgered there weren’t nothin’ I could do till this morning.  How’s Little Joe?”

“Why don’t we move this conversation downstairs.”  It was more of a statement than a question.  “Hoss?  Will you stay with your brother till I get back?”

“Sure, Pa.”

Jeff Richards became my number one suspect even though it seemed highly unlikely he’d have anything to do with Hoss’ kidnapping and especially yesterday’s shooting.  Joe and Jeff were friends, had been for years.  There had to be some logical explanation, but what?  Jeff was a good kid—a man actually—and to even consider he’d take shots at Joe was positively absurd.

“I should let Candy tell you this, Roy, but I’ll go ahead and explain.” Candy stood by the fireplace and when I glanced up, he nodded his head in agreement.  “Did you send your deputy out this way yesterday afternoon?”

“No,” Roy answered.  “But the boy looked kinda sheepish when he come in yesterday mornin’, and I finally asked him if somethin’ was botherin’ him.”

“And?”  

“He said his backers wanted to meet with him in the afternoon to discuss the campaign.  Well, you and I’ve spent time workin’ on my campaign durin’ office hours so I thought it was only fair I let the kid talk to them people who’s supporting him.  I had no problem with him leavin’.  No one sittin’ in my jail and nothing much goin’ on.  I told him to go ahead.  Told him I could handle things around the office for the rest of the day.  So, I ain’t seen him since maybe … oh, noon yesterday.  Why ya askin’?”

I never knew anyone like Roy Coffee.  He could turn a simple question into a novel and leave you wondering what your question was in the first place.  “I think he’s the one who shot Joseph,” I said, trying to get Roy back on track.

Roy’s eyes narrowed, and his mouth gaped open like a hooked fish when I revealed what Candy and I had surmised just minutes ago but had not actually put into words.  I could tell by the look on his face that he was hard-pressed to think his young deputy would be involved in either attempt on my sons’ lives.

“I’m havin’ a hard time believin’ this, Ben.  Jeff’s not the type of man who’d shoot a friend or try a kidnappin’ for any reason, much less to win the title of sheriff.”

“I know, Roy.  I would have thought that too, but now I’m wondering what reason he’d have for riding this far out from town.  His backers all live within the city limits.  It makes no sense.”

“No, but—“

“Then what was your deputy doing on the Ponderosa?”

“There’s got to be an explanation.  I’ll talk to him when I get back to town and straighten all this out.  Far as I knew, Jeff and Joe was good friends.  I think you’re way off base here, Ben.”

“Well, if it was Jeff, he had to have help.  There’s no way he could have hauled Hoss to a line—“

“Pa?”  Hoss hollered before racing down the stairs with a paper in his hand.  “Found this in Joe’s jacket pocket.”  He handed me a folded piece of paper.  I read through once then reread it aloud.”

~

“Dear Mr. Cartwright, 

If you want to see your son again, I suggest you leave elections and politics to those who know best.  Signed, The People of Virginia City vs. Roy Coffee”

~

I handed the paper to Roy and without commenting, Hoss left us alone and headed back upstairs to sit with Joe. Roy shook his head, rereading the message after I’d read it aloud.  “Blasted election,” he said, fingering his mustache with his thumb and forefinger.  “When did Little Joe get this?”

“It’s the first time I’ve seen it; I honestly don’t know.”  I glanced at Candy, who had remained leaning against the fireplace with his arms crossed in front of his chest but had remained silent during Roy’s and my discussion concerning Jeff.  He dug his hands into his pockets and shrugged his shoulders.

“I don’t know either, Mr. Cartwright.  Joe didn’t say anything to Hoss and me when we rode in yesterday afternoon.”

Roy stood from the settee.  “Well, since I can’t get nothin’ outta Joe this mornin’, I’m gonna see what I can find out about Jeff.  Sheriffin’ is still my job, Ben, and if it’s the last thing I do while I’m sworn to this office, I’ll find out who tried to murder Little Joe.”

Hoss and I traded places.  I returned to sit with Joe as soon as Roy headed back to town, and rather than leaving the house or yard, I asked Hoss and Candy to stick close by in case Joe took a turn for the worse.  “But watch your back . . . both of you.”  It’s not that I couldn’t tend Joe by myself, and there was always enough work to keep an army busy for weeks on end, but I didn’t want either of my sons out of my sight, not until this ridiculous election was over.

Paul drove into the yard only minutes after Roy took off, and the boys told him where to find me.  I had just started bathing Joe’s forehead when the doctor tapped twice on the open door before walking in.  “I see you haven’t moved since last night,” Paul said after placing his black bag on Joe’s table.

“What did you expect?  I should be dancing a jig while my boy refuses to wake up or give any sign of life?”

Paul’s hand slipped across my shoulder.  “It takes time, Ben, but I’ll hold you to that jig when Joe’s well and back to work.”

“Pa …”

Joe’s voice was raspy and the word was barely whispered, but I smiled at Paul and silently voiced words of my own.  Thank God.  “I’m right here, son.”  I slid Joe’s limp hand from the bed and held it firmly between both of mine.  “The doctor’s here too.”

Joe ran his tongue across his lips.  “Thirsty,” he mumbled.

I glanced at Paul, and he reached for the pitcher and a glass.

“Can we move him?”  I asked, almost afraid to touch, to damage my son even more.

“Not much, Ben; let me help.”

We were able to get small sips of water down him although most ended up on the sheets, which remained saturated with my son’s dried blood.  With such a severe injury, Paul suggested we leave well enough alone last night, that Joe was our main concern, not clean linens.  Later, when Joe could be moved, we’d worry about stripping the bed.

But the sight of so much blood and my son’s pale, lifeless body was a testament to how desperately he’d fought to stay alive.  He could have succumbed in the night, but not Joseph, not my boy.  He’d fought his way back and when Paul nodded his head and smiled, I knew the worst was over.  No infection so far and only a slight fever, which was normal.  I thanked God for giving Joe a second chance, a chance to outlive his father.

By noon, he asked to sit up, and with Hoss’ help; we stacked pillows and propped him back against his headboard.  I saw to his needs, private and otherwise, trying not to cause him undue embarrassment and, though we’d been this route before, I prayed this would be the last time my boy would have to be cared for in this fashion. Although his pride was at stake, he chose to look the other way and let me deal with the necessities of life.

“Hoss found the note in your jacket,” I said, thinking Joe might be ready to talk.  “Did you see anyone?  Hear anyone before you were shot?”

“No,” he said softly, but I noticed his hands slowly knotting into fists.  “Just the shots.”

I explained the talk I’d had with Roy, and Joe gave me a surprised look when I mentioned Jeff Richards.  A reserved grin altered his facial expression, and he shook his head.  “I don’t think so, Pa.  You’re just grabbin’ at straws.  There’s no way …”

“We have no better explanation for Jeff being on the Ponderosa, son.”

“Jeff?  Come on, Pa, you know Jeff.  Maybe he was fishing for leads about the kidnapping or maybe … I don’t know.  Maybe he was fishing for real.  His favorite fishin’ hole’s on the Ponderosa.”

I didn’t say more.  Joe thought highly of Jeff, and this wasn’t the time to burden him with thoughts of betrayal.  They often shared conversation over a beer in the saloon and now, I’d sprung this devastating news on him when he was weak and vulnerable and couldn’t dig up any facts of his own.  I spoke too soon.  I knew that now, and I regretted saying anything at all.

“We may be way off base, son, in fact, I hope we are,” I said, trying to ease Joe’s anxiety.  No more was said.  I handed Joe a glass of water, and he drank his fill before settling back down in his bed to rest.  I straightened the covers over his shoulders and waited for him to fall asleep before leaving his room.

I looked a sight; it was time to clean up some and change into a fresh set of clothes.  And then I remembered the dried blood, covering my son’s bed, but I quickly shook those thoughts away … tomorrow, hopefully, tomorrow.

It wasn’t until the next morning when Joe was able to move from the bed to the chair so we could have Hop Sing change the soiled linens.  “Burn ‘em,” I said after seeing the magnitude of the coppery stain—life’s blood—that had drained from my son’s body while Hoss and I struggled to care for him the only way we knew how.  The mattress would have to go too but for now, it would be flipped over until I could order a new one from the mercantile.

By day three, barefoot and with his shirt unbuttoned, hanging loosely over his trousers, Joe made it down the stairs on his own and eased himself onto the settee.  While I stood from my desk and offered him a cup of coffee, we talked briefly—ranch business and Hoss and Candy’s whereabouts—but never about Jeff.  I didn’t broach the subject and neither did Joe.  He needed time to sort things out, and that was fine.  I wasn’t going to push.

He remained for only a short time before returning upstairs to lie down.  I wondered if it was simply his injuries, causing him to seek time alone or whether it was lingering thoughts of his longtime friend that plagued his mind.

Roy rode out late that afternoon, and I offered him a seat alongside my desk where I’d been shuffling through papers for the last hour and watching for Joseph to make another appearance at the top of the stairs.  Hop Sing brought fresh coffee, and the Virginia City sheriff explained what we’d all hoped would not be true.

“I hate sayin’ this, Ben, but you were right about my deputy.”  My insides crumbled at Roy’s initial statement.  I didn’t even want to think about how Joe would react.  “It was him all right.  He confessed this mornin’ to arrangin’ Hoss’ kidnappin’ and takin’ shots at Joe.  Said he’d left them handwritten notes too.”

“Oh, Roy,” I sighed.

“Now I know he and Little Joe was friends and all, and I’m sure Little Joe’s gonna take this hard, but if it’s any consolation, Jeff asked me to apologize, and he sent along this note for Joe to read.”

“Why, Roy?  Why go to this extent just to win an election?”

“I don’t know, Ben,” Roy said, resigned to the fact we’d all misjudged Jeff Richards.  He rubbed the back of his neck as if trying to smooth away the tightness brought on by the confession of kidnapping and attempted murder.

“Apologize?  Little late for that, isn’t it?”  I grumbled.

“He ain’t a bad boy, in fact, he’s been a big help to me over the past couple of years, maybe the best deputy I ever had.  But, he finally came out and said his backers had pressured him to win the race.  Said he’d been paid by these men, and there’d be more than sheriff’s pay linin’ his pockets if he won the election.”

“Greed, Roy.  Plain and simple.”

“Yeah, but I almost felt sorry for him, Ben.  Them men ruined that boy.  His whole life is ruined.  You know how they are.  You know how they treat their workers, and I s’pose they encouraged Jeff and promised him the world, and you know as well as I how a man’s ego can get him in all kinds of trouble.”

“Yes, I know.”  Roy was right; I’d seen this kind of thing happen before.  I’d even seen my sons battle with their own self-image from time to time.

“I suspect it’s Sharon and McKay, possibly Fair and O’Brien too, but I’ll get proof.  Believe you me.  This ain’t over yet.”

“I appreciate that, Roy.”

“Them’s all underhanded connivers, Ben, and they want everything, includin’ my badge.  They wanna own this town, and I believe they thought Jeff Reynolds was their man; their ticket to all them dishonest schemes they been trying to pull with half the citizens of Virginia City.”

“Jeff,” I said, shaking my head after listening to Roy’s explanation.  Even though he’d been the first and only suspect, I was having a hard time digesting the fact.  “I guess that’s how it is with some men, Roy.  The young man let himself get sidetracked and taken in by smooth-talking businessmen out to inflate his ego and promise him that virtual pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.”

Roy nodded.  “You know what comes next, don’t you.  You know it’s up to Hoss and Little Joe to press charges.  I’ll hold Jeff in my jail till Joe’s ready, but I can’t hold him forever.  How is the boy anyway?”

I smiled when Roy called my son a boy.  Joe was twenty-eight years old, hardly a boy, but a man who had to make a tough decision about a lifelong friend.  “I’ll talk to him this evening and give you an answer tomorrow.  Is that soon enough?”

“That’s fine.  If I should win this election, well, guess I’m kind of a shoo-in now, I’ll have to be lookin’ for a new deputy to take Jeff’s place.”

“Yeah, I guess you will,” I said, clapping Roy on the back as we walked toward the front door.  “Um, what if Joe and Hoss don’t press charges?  What happens then?”

“You know as well as I do, Ben Cartwright.  I’ll have to set him free.”

Joseph, my overly sensitive son, whose heart swells with compassion for people he considers friends, will have a difficult time accepting what I have to say.  Slowly, I climbed the stairs, organizing my thoughts and, quite honestly, fearing Joe’s reaction.  Jeff’s fall from grace would hit him hard but pressing charges would be his decision alone.  Whereas Hoss had freed himself from his assailants, I doubt the courts would consider a long sentence, but attempted murder was an entirely different story.

“You’re awake,” I said with a smile.

“Yeah, kinda hungry too.”

“Hop Sing will bring something soon, but I need to talk to you first.”

“Oh?  What’s up?  Hoss tired of doing my chores?”

“No complaints so far.  Although, against my better judgment, I had Hoss and Candy ride out this morning and finish clearing that ditch that’s been plugged up for several days now.  They should be back soon.”

“I’m sure they were thrilled.”

“Yes, I’m sure they were.  Joe—” I said, sitting down on the edge of the bed and folding my hands in my lap.  It didn’t take much for my son to realize what I was about to say.  “Roy was here this afternoon and—“

His reaction was instant.  “Was it Jeff?”

I sighed and nodded my head.  “I’m afraid he’s already confessed, and he’s sitting in a cell right now, waiting for you and Hoss to press charges.”

There was no immediate exchange, nor was there an eruption of fury or anger over the senseless event, which initiated a significant amount of pain and misery over the past couple of days.  One shot might have been considered an accident, but twice in the back proved a man was determined to kill.  What I saw instead was a look of grief, the betrayal of a friend.  Joe’s eyes remained hooded, his body as rigid as stone.  Tears would not be shed in my presence, but tears may come during the night when my son is completely alone.

I felt detached somehow, as though the sun’s last rays, casting lengthy shadows throughout Joe’s room, prevented me from reaching out to my son.  Though I wanted to touch, to comfort, to let him know I was behind any decision he made, I held back.  His eyes remained downcast, his features void of emotion as he struggled with his conscience.  When he managed to look up, he met my eyes briefly, and I trusted he’d have no regrets whatever his decision might be.  “I don’t have much choice, Pa.”

I nodded but chose to remain silent.  I waited for a more definite answer.

“I’ll never understand why, but tell Roy … tell him to go ahead and press charges.”

“Son—”

“No, Pa.  I know what has to be done.”

“All right, I’ll let Roy know in the morning.  Tomorrow is Election Day … or was,” I said, wondering why I’d even brought it up at all.

“Funny,” Joe said, hinting at the first smile I’d seen since he’d been shot.  “Life goes on no matter what happens.”  I gave him a subtle glance.  “Jeff’s life will change forever while Roy Coffee’s remains exactly the same.”

“You’re right, son, but you have to remember—” But Joe kept talking.  He wasn’t ready to listen.

“He wanted it all, Pa.  Virginia City Sheriff, money, a big man in town with a city full of people who respected him.  He didn’t want to be labeled just a rancher’s son.  He always tried hard, too hard, I guess, but he wanted to be somebody special … important, you know.  And now …”

My son’s voice revealed what was in his heart, and when his words trailed off, not wanting to state the obvious, I thought about what Joseph had said.  Jeff’s crucial error in judgment nearly cost my son his life, but Joe had forced the physical pain aside, and his main concern was over what would become of his friend after the trial.

“It’s truly a waste, son, but I will tell you this.  I’m sure Jeff realizes he lost something much more valuable than just the election itself.”  I smiled and reached out to my son.  “He lost the best friend he ever had.”

Joe’s faint smile and a simple nod of his head indicated he understood.  There’d be no more discussions over upcoming trials or elections.  True, a single act of violence would send Jeff to prison, but the act of betrayal left a gaping hole in Joseph’s heart.

Joe’s recovery was far from over, and he would spend nearly the next two weeks recuperating.  As he’d said earlier, “Life goes on,” but at what cost, or should I say, why did the innocent have to pay the price?

Roy rode out to the Ponderosa; I assumed to discuss the trial date.  Waiting for the judge to make room on his calendar was not only wearisome for Roy and my sons but also costly for the taxpayers of Virginia City.  A temporary deputy had been hired to pitch in when Roy couldn’t be present in his office.

My boys would have to testify on behalf of the People Vs. Jeff Richards, each separately, each giving their own account of what took place on two separate occasions.  There’d been no eyewitnesses but with Jeff’s confession, the trial wouldn’t be much more than a hearing held in front of the judge.  But when Roy dismounted and I met him on the front porch, the look in his eyes told me something, much different was on his mind than relying on a court date.

“Morning, Roy,” I said, welcoming him after the long ride from town.

“The boys here, Ben?  Little Joe especially.”

Hoss and Candy stepped out of the barn when they heard the sheriff ride up.  I waved my hand, motioning them to follow us into the house.  Roy slipped his hat off but kept silent even when I offered him my chair while I remained standing.  Hoss took a seat next to Joe, more to comfort his younger brother than to hear what Roy had to say.  Joe sat up taller on the settee and took his feet off the table.  He, too, sensed something was wrong.  “Mornin’, Sheriff.  You don’t look too happy.  Something wrong?”

“I don’t know exactly how to say this, Little Joe.”  Roy appeared anxious.  He leaned forward in the chair and held his hat between his knees; he fidgeted with the brim.

“Well, Pa always says the beginning is the best place to start.”

“Yeah.  Well, it’s kinda sad news, I’m afraid.”  Roy glanced up at me before he went on, still working his hat and still looking for the right words.  “It’s about Jeff Richards, Little Joe.  He … um, well he hanged hisself in my jail sometime last night.”

Joe’s reaction mirrored mine.  His face paled instantly, and his hands balled into white-knuckled fists on either side of his lap.  Hoss and Candy were stunned, of course, but I knew Joe would take the news personally as if he were somehow to blame.

Hoss broke the silence.  “How in tarnation’d he do that, Roy?”

“Well, I kinda feel responsible, Hoss.”

“Huh?”

“When Jeff first come to me to confess everything he done, he surrendered his gun, and I locked it in my desk drawer like I always do.   He’d been sittin’ in that cell for goin’ on two weeks, and I should’ve read the signs.  I shoulda known something like this might happen.”

“I still don’t get it, Roy.  How’d he hang hisself in that cell?”

My eyes were glued to Joseph, and this unexpected news had brought my youngest son up silent while Hoss begged for details.  Had Joe been younger, he may have bolted from the room and run up the stairs, but that flighty young man had given way to age and maturity.  He would sit, listen, and then find his own method of sorting through everything that was said before finding solitude in order to think things through.

“Well, this morning,” Roy continued, “I walked from my room there in the back and out to the main office.  I opened the door to the cells to tell Jeff I was puttin’ on a pot of coffee, and that’s when I found him.“  Roy shifted his eyes from Hoss to Joe.  “I’m sorry, Little Joe, but somehow, he managed to hook the belt from his pants and his gunbelt together and … well—“ Roy bit nervously at his bottom lip, and now I understood the uncomfortable feeling he couldn’t quite shake.  He was taking this hard; we all were.

“You couldn’t have known, Roy, and you can’t hold yourself responsible for Jeff’s decision,” I said, trying to give support to a friend who seemed nearly spent with guilt.  “No one in this room blames you for the young man’s death.”

“That’s easy for you to say, Ben, but put yourself in my position.  Jeff was a good deputy until this fool election turned his head.”

“Let’s have some coffee, Roy?”  I said, trying to break the tension, settling in heavy layers throughout the room.  “I’ll bet Hop Sing has something fresh-baked we could nibble on.”

“Thanks, Ben, but I told Orson Richards I’d help any way I knew how.”

I hadn’t thought about Jeff’s parents, Orson and Bess, and how this would affect the family, but I wouldn’t presume to know whether a suicide could ever be laid to rest.

“Let me pay for the funeral, Roy.”  Joe suddenly stood from the settee, offering compensation for Jeff’s death.  “Tell Mr. and Mrs. Richards everything’s been taken care of, the best money can buy.”

All eyes shifted to Joe.  He glanced at me, and I dipped my head, agreeing with his decision.

“If that’s what you want, Little Joe.”

“That’s what I want.”

Joe turned to leave.  I knew he wanted to be alone, but Roy stopped him before he could exit the room.  “Little Joe?”  Hesitantly, my son turned back and faced the sheriff.  “This note was left on the bed in Jeff’s cell.  It’s addressed to you.”  Joe glanced at me first then took the letter from Roy before heading upstairs to his room.

“I best get back to town, arrangements and all,” Roy said, then started for the front door.  I walked Roy outside and told him again he was not to blame.  They were only words and maybe no comfort at all.  I knew that, but I reminded him anyway.

I wanted to speak with Joe.  I wanted him to know I was proud of him, and even though the funeral was not his responsibility, this simple act of caring, this offer of friendship rather than hate, would make all the difference to a grieving family.

Joe lay on his bed; the letter remained in his hand although the envelope had fallen to the floor.  It’s a parent’s job to make things right, to soothe the soul, and do what he can to comfort his child.  I had no way of knowing what Joe was thinking, but a father can often read between the lines and hope he can find a few simple words that might ease the pain.

Joe was taking this hard, and I could see he was hurting.  His eyes were half-open, staring at nothing, not even acknowledging the fact that I was standing only two feet away.  “Can I help?”  His head barely moved on the pillow, but he handed me the letter and rolled to his side, facing the wall.  I unfolded the paper in my hands.

~

Joe,

I hope you got my first letter.  I told Sheriff Coffee it was important.

I buckled under the pressure, Joe.  I wanted to be a big man, somebody the people of Virginia City would look up to and respect, and Mr. Sharon offered me that chance.  I tried to avoid the pressure, I tried to keep my head, but I let things get out of hand.  The election became my whole life, and I saw your Pa as the enemy.

You had it all, Joe.  Money, looks, a way with the ladies, and everyone always loved Little Joe Cartwright.  I wanted to be somebody too, but I was always cast in your shadow, a nobody.

Roy tells me you’ll mend, but it doesn’t change what I did.  My life means nothing now.  Apologizing means nothing now either, but I wanted to say it anyway.  I’m not offering excuses.  I just want to say I’m sorry, and maybe someday you’ll forgive me and remember the fun times you and me, and Hoss used to have.

I hope this letter finds you.  I’m too ashamed to meet you face-to-face, and I can no longer live with the guilt of what I did.

Your friend,

Jeff

~

I reached for Joe’s shoulder.  He didn’t move farther away, but he didn’t respond either.  It would take time, and the words I’d chosen might not be the best right now, but I said them anyway.  “Just remember, Joseph, you’re not to blame.  Jeff saw life differently than you and I.  None of us had any idea this might happen.”

I hoped for a response, but Joe remained silent.  I didn’t blame him really, but in the past and, especially with my youngest, it always helped to talk things out.  Whether we agreed was unimportant.  Clearly, this was not the time to discuss matters further.  “I’ll leave you alone, son.  Maybe we’ll talk later.”

But we never did have that talk.  Joe paid for Jeff’s service, but he chose not to attend the funeral.  William Sharon and the more important mine owners opted to steer clear and not advertise their brief association with the young deputy.

Some would say Joe’s failure to attend was due to the fact that he was still recovering from bullet wounds the deputy had inflicted.  I knew better.  Joe had been despondent and unfortunately, he felt responsible; he still carried blame.  Hoss and Candy and I, along with Roy and others who were fond of Jeff found ourselves standing alongside grieving parents and younger siblings, listening to the reverend tiptoe around the selfish act of suicide.

On Joe’s first day out of the house, an earlier haze had given way to bright sunshine and a brilliant, blue sky, and the morning air had the crisp chill of autumn.  I almost told Joe to grab his jacket.  Old habits are hard to break and luckily, I caught myself in time.  My son was much too old to be told how to dress.

I assumed Joe planned to sit and relax on the porch with his feet propped up, and I anticipated joining him.  But I soon realized my son had totally different plans.  I stood just outside the front door and watched him cross the yard to the barn.  His walk was steady, but there was still a hitch of pain, keeping him from squaring his shoulders and reaching his full height.  His wounds were all but healed, but the scar would always remain, always leave a reminder.

I often wondered about the first letter Jeff had sent Joseph to read; an apology, I suppose, but Joe had never mentioned its contents, nor had he spoken another word about Jeff to anyone as far as I knew.  I wasn’t one to pry, my son was not a boy, and it was not my place to delve into his personal life, but I’ll admit I was often curious.

Halfway across the yard, Joe grabbed Candy’s arm and our foreman fell into stride alongside my son.  Although I watched until they were inside the barn, I was not the invited guest.  Joe had stopped by the kitchen beforehand, and I’d heard Hop Sing admonish him, but it was my son’s tender voice that calmed the irritated cook.  It made me smile.

I remained on the porch when Candy led Joe’s new stallion, Satan, out of the barn and into the nearby corral.  Now, with my curiosity peaked, I strolled casually toward our foreman, but it was Joe who turned and met me halfway.

“What’s this all about?  I hope you’re not planning to ride this beast just yet.”

“Nope,” he said firmly.  “He’s not mine anymore.”

“What?”  My curiosity was definitely piqued.

“He’s Candy’s now.”

“You … you gave the stallion to Candy?”  My voice caught in my throat.  This was Joe’s pride and joy, his treasure, the grand prize that proved his worth.  I was completely dumbfounded.

My son didn’t bother answering.  No explanation, no decision to enlighten his old man as to why this came about, so I remained silent too.  We both leaned forward, resting our arms over the corral railing.  Satan was saddled, and when Candy let loose of the reins, the horse, with his head held high, paraded his muscular frame in tight circles around the inner edge of the corral.

Candy looked our way, smiled, and leaned back against the railing next to Joe.  With arms crossed and his hat tilted back on his head, he too, stood and watched the magnificent animal strut, displaying little restraint as he pawed the ground and bobbed his head up and down.

When Satan finally slowed to a near standstill, Candy adjusted his hat tightly on his forehead and walked toward the stallion.  He ran his hand down the horse’s mane as he took hold of the reins and reached for the protruding horn.  With a quick glance over his shoulder, he winked at Joe.  “Wish me luck,” He mounted the stallion.

Joe’s face was ecstatic; he whooped and hollered as Satan bucked and scrambled to rid the unwanted rider from the unwanted saddle.  Candy held on for dear life but was soon flying to the ground only to spring back to his feet, brush dirt from his backside with the rim of his hat and climb back on.

After three more tries, Candy looked rough around the edges and barely made it to the edge of the corral where Joe clapped his hand against the back of his friend’s neck.  Although he was still breathing hard, our foreman was not a quitter and after a hint of a smile and a brief glance toward Joe, I finally understood the connection.

Without having to be told or eavesdrop on private conversations, I understood why my son had given Candy his grand prize.  The unspoken loyalty, the tight bond between both men was truly a gift.  Unlike Jeff, who valued the election—his grand prize—more than friendship, my son was made of quality material.  He valued Candy’s friendship over anything else.

Without a word, Joe headed back to the barn and this time I followed.  He didn’t realize I stood behind him when he flattened his palm so Cochise could lick the stolen sugar.  “He’s got a few good years left,” I said.

Joe turned and smiled.  “Yeah,” he said, patting the pinto’s neck.  “He sure does.  Lot a good years, Pa.”

My son did what was expected, according to the law.  If things had turned out differently, if a trial had been set, Joe would have struggled to find the necessary words to soften the blow and reduce Jeff’s sentence, but that wasn’t the case now.

My heart ached for the boy I loved with all my heart.  But, Joe was no longer a boy; he was a man, a man who’d grown into a fine and caring adult.  And though I wanted to take that boy of mine in my arms and tell him so, I wouldn’t embarrass my grown son.

And in the privacy of my bedroom when the lights were turned low, I could dance that jig I’d promised Paul, and no one would be the wiser.  My sons were alive and well, and the election was a thing of the past.  Life would eventually return to normal … maybe it already had.

The End

6-2013

Too Young to Die #2

~ Book 2 ~
A story in three voices

Joe

My brothers always said I was a born wrangler.  I was light in the saddle but strong enough to handle any mount that needed to be broke.  I gentled many a horse over the years, and I took pride in my natural ability to sit the most cantankerous mustangs in Nevada.

Over the years, the ranch prospered, and we began hiring wranglers for the job but every now and again, I got that certain hankering deep down inside.  Just one more.  And so, I stood at the lower corral, watching men do the job I was born to do.

“Hey, Joe.”

I smiled at Chuck Jennings—the most respected wrangler on the Ponderosa—when he walked toward me and shook my hand.

“Hi, Chuck.  Looks like you got an early start this morning.”

“Yep, you gonna try your hand?”

“Thinking about it.”

“See that bay mare kicking up dust for no reason?”

I squinted into the early morning sun.  “Yeah.”

“You don’t want her,” he said, as though he’d already felt her wrath.  “She’s been rode before, and let me tell you, she’s—“

“Saddle her up.  I’ll give her a go.”

“I’m serious, Joe.  She’s a mean one.”

“Good.  Load her into the chute.”

Sometimes a man does foolish things.  His pride overrules his common sense but once the words are out of his mouth, he’s trapped in a sinkhole and there’s no way to climb back out.  I thought of my brothers and how they’d always shake their heads and roll their eyes at my decision to ride the feistiest broncs I could find.  I’d ridden steadily for the past week, and I was just beginning to find my rhythm.

I lowered myself onto the saddle. The mare’s sleek body quivered between my thighs as we became one—man and beast.  My nerves screamed with excitement.  Anticipation sucked the air from my lungs, but I concentrated on each and every breath.

She bobbed her head in a panicked frenzy, a natural instinct to dislodge the heavy burden from her back, and as she began pawing the ground, I tightened my hand around the rope leading from the shank of her halter.  She wished for another day of freedom, but I’d come to take that away.

Taking the lead and finishing the ride in one piece meant I had to clear my mind of everything but the here and now, but an endless nightmare that haunted me night and day was the ghostlike appearance of my father, dressed in a long flowing robe with a gavel raised over his head.  The vision seemed so real that it ceased to take me by surprise.  I’d grown used to living with the image inside my head.

“The boy is guilty as charged.”  

Dammit—not now, Joe.  Think of the damn horse, not Pa!

As I stared at the clean line of the mare’s neck, I breathed deep.  There were dangers when staying in the chute too long, and I feared the mare might rear or crush my legs against the sides of the pen.

Deep breath, Joe … one more for luck.

“Let her go,” I shouted.

Cheers and whistles rang out, but I focused on the ride ahead.  My life was on display, but a Cartwright stepping into stirrups and entertaining other wranglers was the farthest thing from my mind.

The gate swung open, and the mare lurched forward, jerking me harder than a tight-fitting noose.  Colors spun before my eyes, but they blended to gray, leaving no hint of color at all.  The mare blew her discontent, and my legs tightened as she pounded her hooves from side to side.  Dust swirled like a whirlwind when she circled and bolted toward the rails before veering and pitching me like a rag doll in the saddle.

My eyes stung.  I swallowed her dust.

I said a quick prayer when she chucked her back legs high in the air.  I flattened my hand against her tangled mane as she dipped her nose to the ground.  Though my head nearly collided with her neck, I remained in the saddle.

Again, she leaped forward.  Again, I clenched my teeth and held tight as her body arched and remained bent nearly in half.  As though she was possessed by the devil, her frantic behavior continued, leaving the earth behind as she turned complete circles inside the tight corral.

Sweat dripped from my forehead; salt mixed with grit blinded my eyes.  The rope burned my hand through thick leather gloves until her movements slowed and she came to a final halt.  The ride was over.  I was the victor today, but I felt fragile and spent.

Wranglers steered her away, and the dust settled.  I reached for the wooden railing to steady myself before my trembling legs gave way.  I coughed away the dust I’d swallowed.  Cheers sounded around me, hands clapped my back, and I smiled.  It was a good ride.

Ben

“Joe ain’t hisself, Pa.  He ain’t said two words to either of us all week.”

“I know, Son, and I’ll speak to him again after breakfast.”

“He ain’t up there, you know.  He already took off this mornin’.”

“The lower corral?”  I tried not to look surprised, but in my heart …

“I imagine so.”

“He’s still hurting, Hoss, what with Sally’s death and then the trial.  Joseph needs time.  You’ll see.  He’ll come around.”

“It ain’t right, Pa.  Joe’s gonna end up killin’ hisself.  He rides them broncs like there’s no tomorrow, like he don’t care one way or the other if he lives or dies.  Fool kid ain’t got the sense God gave him.”

Hoss lowered his fork and hung his head over his unfinished plate of eggs.  It wasn’t the first time his little brother had gone off half-crazed, but what could I say without divulging the truth to my middle boy?  Hoss was hurting.  The tension between Joe and me was affecting the entire family.

“He’s like a wild animal, wild as them horses he’s breakin’, and he’s gonna wind up causing hisself a heap of misery.  You mark my words, Pa.  If one of them broncs don’t kill him … “

Hoss’ eyes showed fear for his brother, and I placed my hand on his arm, but I couldn’t tell him the truth, not yet, maybe never.

“I know he’s hurtin’, Pa.  We talked a lot inside Roy’s jail after the judge pronounced him guilty, and you know what he said when he thought he was gonna hang for killing that miserable little bank clerk?”

“No, tell me, Son.”

“He said he was ready to die so he and Sally could be together again.  He almost seemed happy he was gonna leave this world and be with her forever.  It was bad, Pa, it was real bad.  Joe had given up on living, and there weren’t nothing I could do to turn things around.”

I sighed, but I kept silent.  I should have been there.  I should have been the one to comfort my youngest son, but I was so wrapped up with worry, I didn’t take time to listen to what Joseph needed to say in those final hours.  I remembered a line I’d used once before.  Old fools make poor fathers, and I was the most foolish man I knew.

I’d worked hard with our attorney, night and day, hoping he could prove a guilty man innocent.  I never gave Joseph a chance.  I condemned him to the gallows early on without proof he’d pulled the trigger and killed Horace Perkins.

All my life, I’ve been a law-abiding man.  The guilty should be punished; the innocent set free, but this was my son, my Joseph.  How had my mind led me down that path?  Why had I condemned my boy without proof?

“Did you know Joe keeps her bible in his jacket pocket?  You know what he keeps inside?  It’s that newspaper clipping:  Murder at Midnight.  And he keeps reading it over and over like it ain’t real, like it’s some fantasy story a reporter made up and it ain’t nothing but lies.”

“I didn’t realize …”

I let my words slip away.  Hoss wanted answers, and I let him believe his brother’s behavior was only natural after Sally’s death.  But that wasn’t the only reason.  It was Joe’s loss of faith.

The words had been said.  The damage had been done during my graveside confession. The mistake I’d made was speaking aloud to Marie, never thinking Joseph might overhear that I’d thought him guilty.  Yes, I’d thought my boy was guilty of murder and now, the sideways glances Joseph didn’t think I noticed were growing more hateful as time passed.  He wouldn’t give me the time of day.  He wouldn’t accept my apology.  The private battle between us had escalated into a full-blown war and Hoss had become collateral damage.

“We need supplies, Son, and since your brother already left the house … do you mind?”

“I don’t mind,” Hoss said.  “Be more fun if Joe came too but knowing what kinda mood he’s been in these last few days, it ain’t worth the wait.”

“You go on.  Hop Sing has a list.  I’ll ride down to the corral and speak to Joe.”

“What’re you gonna say that ain’t been said a hundred times before?”

I smiled at Hoss.  “Maybe I’ll find new words this time around.”

“Good luck.  Nothing I say makes any difference at all.”

“You go on now.”

“Yessir.”

Hoss was right.  What could I possibly say this time that wasn’t a repeat of the numerous apologies I’d tried to give over the past few days?  It had been almost a week since Joe overheard me confessing my inner doubts over his innocence.  Foolish as it was to speak aloud, those words were between us now, and the distance was growing so fast I feared the worst.  And, after Hoss’s revelation about Joe wanting to join Sally in the hereafter, what did that really mean?  Did he still feel that way, or had he only expressed those feelings when he thought he was going to die—hanged for a crime he never committed?

I should’ve had Hoss saddle Buck.  When I thought about Joe bustin’ broncs and, if he continued to maintain the attitude he’d had in jail, what might his current intentions be?  Though he’d never harm himself intentionally, might risk outweigh common sense?  Might an uncalled-for accident be part of his overall plan?

Hoss was just rounding the barn in the buckboard when I walked out the front door.  Still buckling my gunbelt, I moved quickly toward the barn, stopped, and smiled.  My son had indeed saddled my horse.  What would I ever do without that boy?  He was the most considerate man on earth, and I prayed I’d never have to live a day without him.

I mounted Buck and headed toward the lower corral.  I could hear men whooping and hollering before I made it over the last rise.  I looked down, hoping it wasn’t Joe riding and was comforted when I saw a man wearing a red, plaid shirt on top of one of the new broncs.  Even though Joe was still young enough to gentle the orneriest mustangs, relief washed over me.  But I didn’t see Cochise tied with the other mounts.  I rode up to one of our wranglers.

“Hey, Mr. Cartwright.”

“Chuck,” I said, reaching down to shake the man’s hand.  “Has Joe been down here this morning?”

“He was earlier.  Rode a real wild one and then said he couldn’t hang around all day doing the job he was paying us to do.”

I smiled at our top wrangler.  “Did he say where he was headed?”

“No, sir.  I can ask one of the fellas.”

“No, no bother.  I’ll find him.”

I hadn’t run into Joseph on the ride down from the house so I turned Buck away from the corral and started toward town, anywhere Joe wouldn’t chance running into me was a safe bet.  As I rode down C Street, I scanned every hitch rail looking for a black and white paint, but there was no sign that Joe was frequenting any of his usual haunts.

By the time I made it to the mercantile, Hoss was loading the buckboard and hadn’t noticed I’d ridden up.  When he took a minute to pull his handkerchief from his back pocket, he looked up, surprised to see Buck and me beside him.

“Pa?  Whatcha doin’ in town?”  He’d removed his hat and wiped his brow when realization hit.  “Oh,” he said, answering his own question.  “Joe?”

“Joe.  By the time I rode down to the corral, he’d already left.”

“I ain’t seen him ‘round here.”

“If you’re finished, why don’t we go have a beer?”

“Now you’re talking.  Give me five minutes to pay up, and I’ll meet you at the Silver Dollar.”

I ordered two beers and found an empty table and chairs.  I didn’t know where I’d look next.  I hadn’t a clue where Joseph might be, and I only hoped Hoss could enlighten his old man.  But as we drank and ordered a second, I realized Hoss knew no more than I.  Joseph could be anywhere.

Joe

“Joseph Cartwright.”  The man’s voice rang out, and he smiled as I rode up in his front yard.  “What in tarnation are you doin’ out this way?”

I eased myself from the saddle and held Cooch’s reins.  I hadn’t seen Abram Lancaster for a few years, and I wasn’t sure if he’d welcome visitors or not.

“How’re you doing, Mr. Lancaster?”

“I’m doing just fine if my darn lumbago don’t kick in.  Takes me down for a day or two at least.”

“I’d heard you were ailing some and I thought maybe I could help.”

“Help?  Did Ben send you?”

“No, Sir.  Not this time.  I thought maybe we could work out a deal.”

“A deal?”

“Yeah, a deal.  I thought maybe you could use an extra hand on the place.”

“I’d like that, Joe.  I’d like that a lot, but I ain’t got enough money to pay for extra help.  Just who’d you have in mind?”

“Oh, just a friend who needs work.”

“He a good worker?”

“Yeah, he is.”

Abram rubbed the back of his hand across his whiskered chin.  I noticed how he’d aged since I’d seen him last.  His hair had thinned and turned from brown to gray, and though he was a tall man, he didn’t carry himself well.  He’d begun to stoop, and his clothes were nearly rags hanging from his naturally broad shoulders.

“I can’t pay him Cartwright wages, but I could pay some, I guess.  Bunk and beans, of course?”

I held out my hand.  “You just hired yourself a good man, Mr. Lancaster.”  I turned to my horse.

“Wait!  This friend of yours got a name?”

“Joe—Joe Cartwright.  I’ll see you first thing in the morning.”  I mounted Cochise.  “You won’t be sorry, Sir.”

I rode off before Abram Lancaster could ask any questions.  He’d wonder why I was looking for work, and by tomorrow, I’d come up with an answer.  Right now, I hadn’t a clue what I’d tell the man … or Pa and Hoss.

After stabling my horse, I walked toward the house though my movements nearly stalled knowing I had to deal with my father.  I couldn’t stay on the Ponderosa.  I didn’t belong where I couldn’t live up to Pa’s expectations.  Doubting my intentions toward Horace carried a lot of weight, a burden I’d carry for the rest of my life, but Pa didn’t see it that way.  He thought an apology was a cure-all.

There would always be doubts, and I couldn’t live knowing my father didn’t have faith that I’d do the right thing.  His apologies meant nothing; they were only words to cover his real feelings.  If I couldn’t live up to the Cartwright name, then I wasn’t the right kind of son to remain under my father’s roof.  It was time to move on.  It was time for a new life.

“Joseph?”

I knew Pa’d be waiting, but if I could only have five minutes before answering his questions, I’d be a happy man.  At least at old man Lancaster’s, I could do my work and not answer to anyone but myself.  My off hours would be my own, and that’s what I craved right now.  Time alone.  Time to consider my future.

“Yeah, Pa.”

I unbuckled my gunbelt and hung my hat on the peg by the door.  I didn’t bother with my jacket; I wasn’t sure how long I’d be staying.  If Pa tried to repeat his tired-sounding apology, I could leave tonight.  I doubt Lancaster would mind if I showed up a few hours early.

My father stood from his desk.  “I hoped we could talk.”

“I’m busy, Pa.  Maybe later.”

“Son?”

“Later, Pa.”

I didn’t stop at his desk.  I moved steadily forward until I reached my bedroom and closed the door behind me.  If I could shut the world out, if I could turn back the clock and erase the past year from my life, I’d do it in a heartbeat.  I didn’t want to talk.  I didn’t want to see anyone.  I just wanted my life back the way it … the way it used to be.

I leaned back against the closed door when tears stung my eyes, and my breath caught as if something foreign controlled the air inside my chest.  I’d never been at odds with my father, at least nothing like this, nothing that would cause me to leave home so I wouldn’t have to look into his eyes and see what kind of man he thought I’d become.  A murderer.  A cold-blooded murder.  A man without morals.  A man with no control over his own wits. Well, I wasn’t that kind of man and if anyone would know, it should have been my father.

Knuckles, rapping aggressively at the door, startled me, and I stepped forward, away from the unwanted sound and the unwanted intruder.  I dried my eyes and took a deep breath.  I wanted to be left alone.  Why didn’t anyone understand?

“Joe, please talk to me.”

My father was begging.  I knew he was hurting, but I was hurting too, and I couldn’t find it in my heart to let him press for a resolution, to smooth things over, to apologize once again.  It wasn’t in me to let the words I heard him say over my mother’s grave dissolve as if they were never said at all.

“I—I’m just tired, Pa.  I might lie down for a while.”

It wasn’t far from the truth.  I was bone tired, tired of everything and everyone.  Tonight, I’d pack my gear and tomorrow I’d be gone.

“What about supper, Joe?”

“I’m not hungry.  Apologize to Hop Sing, will you?”

Silence.

I kicked off my boots and threw my jacket on the chair and then reached for my saddlebags.  A couple of shirts and pants and a pair of long johns would do for now.  My brush and razor I’d grab in the morning.  The simple life.  No baggage to speak of.

Clouds had moved in, and the sky had turned a dusty red as the sun dipped behind the mountains.  I stood at my window and looked down at the familiar surroundings.  Twenty-five years I’d spent living in this house, my father’s house, and it was time to move on.  Most men had left their boyhood home by my age so striking out on my own was nothing but a normal progression in a man’s life.

My father had left home at a young age and Adam, he knew when the time was right and besides, Pa had Hoss—the good son.  There’d be no more worries over what I might think or do next.  Pa could relax and live a good life after I was gone.  It was time I made my way in this world and if I saved a few dollars working for Lancaster, I could move on from there.  Maybe I’d have my own spread someday.

Just as I started to turn away from the window, I saw Pa walking toward the corral.  I kept watch.  He rested his arms on the top rail, but he looked down at the ground.  Back and forth, he scuffed the soft dirt with the toe of his boot.  The clouds lost their brilliance as the sun lowered farther behind the mountain.  The earth became shadowed in darkness, only Pa’s white hair stood out like a beacon in the still of the night. He stood for a long time, unmoving.

I didn’t light the lamp; I turned away from the window, lay down on the bed, and clutched a soft quilt around my shoulders.  Tomorrow night, I’d have new quarters, a new place to call home.  A hired hand working for wages—lower than average wages—but I’d be free to think for myself, have time for myself, and become my own man.  Eventually, Pa would understand the move was best for both of us.  It would be hard on him but at the end of the day, he’d know my decision had been the right one for both of us.

Although I’d closed my eyes, my mind still reeled with thoughts and sleep wouldn’t come.  This move and what I’d tell Pa in the morning kept me awake.  I heard my bedroom door click open, but I remained unmoving on the bed. Footsteps sounded and then stopped and all was quiet again.  I didn’t move; I didn’t turn to see who stood silently inside my room.

Gently, a hand swept across my forehead and then rested on my upturned shoulder.  It was Pa.  I knew the touch, the feel, and the warmth against my skin.  I lay still; I gave no response.  Soon, the footsteps retreated, the door closed behind him, and I was alone at last.

I held back the tears.  Crying like a baby proved nothing, not now, not after the decision had been made to change my life forever.  This was for the best.  This was what I had to do.  Rolling my feet to the floor, I moved to my desk and composed a brief letter.  This would be best too.  I’d leave it in an envelope on Pa’s desk and be gone before sunrise.  No discussion.  No confrontation.  No agonizing goodbyes.

Ben

I woke to an odd-sounding noise.  I rolled to the side of my bed and picked up the pocket watch Joseph had given me last Christmas after my old chronometer finally gave out.  I appreciated every present my sons had given me over the years, but this gift held a special place in my heart.  This watch had taken extra thought and weeks of planning, something Joseph wasn’t always conscious of when it came to gift-giving.  He thought an inscription would be nice, and I found out from Hoss later that evening that Joe had to ship the timepiece off to San Francisco just to have the words engraved.  I held the watch to my heart and recounted the words he’d had written.  A son’s love is forever, Joseph.

In the dim moonlight shining through my window, the time read 4:40.  Too early for Hoss, and I knew it wouldn’t be Joseph, so I put on my robe and walked out to the hall.  Someone was downstairs.  An intruder?  I walked back into my room and reached for the derringer I kept in the drawer of my nightstand.  Though I kept the small gun in my hand, I slipped it into my dressing gown pocket.  I stood at the top of the stairs looking down.

“Who’s there?”

A sudden movement caught my eye; I gripped the gun tightly and held it at waist level.

“I have a pistol leveled at your chest.”

“Don’t shoot me, Pa.”

“Joseph?”

I dropped my gun hand to my side and started down the stairs.  Joe remained motionless beside my desk.  Darkness loomed, and I could barely make out his form until I stood right in front of him.  He was fully dressed, and saddlebags hung over his shoulder.  He wore his jacket and gunbelt; he held his hat in his hand.  My son was leaving the Ponderosa.

“I left you a note.”

I glanced down at the sealed white envelope on my desk.  “That’s it?  A note?”

“I have to go.”

I reached for his shoulder.  “This isn’t the way, Joseph.”

“It is for me.”

He turned and walked toward the front door and when he hesitated, hope rose inside me … then quickly faded when he spoke.

“Goodbye, Pa.”

Joe

Abram Lancaster’s ranch butted up to the Ponderosa’s southeast border.  We’d never found much use for this corner section since it was dry and flat and if we didn’t have a good amount of snow or rainfall, there wouldn’t be enough green grass for our cattle to graze.

Lancaster had let the place run down after his only son was gunned down during a bank robbery in Carson City.  His wife had died giving birth to the boy, but Sonny had become Abram’s pride and joy.  The boy was only sixteen years old when he’d ridden into town and never rode home again.  Abram never got over his son’s death; he always blamed himself when the boy was killed.

After a two-hour ride, I pulled Cooch up at the hitch rail in front of the small, clapboard house.  Right off, I noticed the roof needed repair, and a coat of white paint would bring the old place back to life.  I could easily add those chores to my workload—whatever that might be—if Abram were willing.

It was too early to knock on anyone’s front door so I guided Cochise to the barn where I could stable him and feed him some oats.  Cooch wasn’t a morning riser either, so this ride had been quite an effort on his part.

“You’re a good boy,” I said, patting his neck before I removed the saddle and blanket.  “This is home for now, okay?  Sorry about the hour; maybe I’ll bring coffee out later.”

I turned back to the house when I saw a lantern had been lit inside.  I probably woke the old man up, and I’d have to apologize before I even started the job.  The front door opened, and Lancaster stood at the threshold.  Dressed in his nightshirt, he held a shotgun across his arm.

“Who’s there?  Someone there?”

I started toward the house.

“It’s me, Mr. Lancaster.  Joe Cartwright.”

“Damn, boy, you startled me.  A man could get hisself killed sneakin’ around like that.”

“I’m sorry.  Sorry for the hour.”

“Then you know what time it is, right?”

“Yes, I do, Sir, and I apologize for waking you.”

“You’re prompt.  I’ll give you that much.”

I smiled.

“Come on in.  I’ll make coffee and we’ll talk some.”

Slipping off my hat, I followed Lancaster inside the house.  The rooms were small.  A wooden table and two chairs sat in the center of the largest room.  A freestanding stove took up one corner and was already putting out heat while a large chair with a table and lamp set just to the side.  This was a one-person room, a lonely room.  No book-lined shelves, no mementos, nothing more than everyday necessities.

“You always up and about this early?”

“Well, not exactly, but I wanted to get started, and I didn’t want you to worry about me showing up late on my first day.”  Although it wasn’t exactly the truth, it was close enough for now.

“Mind fillin’ the pot?”

I carried the coffee pot outside to the pump and filled it with fresh water.  I remembered Hop Sing doing the same before Pa and Adam installed indoor plumbing in the kitchen.  That had to be twenty-some years ago.  I was just small and Mama was still alive.  It must have been her idea because I don’t remember Hop Sing complaining about having to go outside for water.

“Here you go, Mr. Lancaster.”

“Thanks,” he said.  “Might as well call me Abram if we’s gonna be working together.”

“All right, Abram.  I’d like that.”

“Good.”  He reached down and picked up a wicker basket.  “Might as well fetch some eggs from the henhouse while the coffee’s brewin’.”

“I’ll get them.  Used to be my job when I was a kid.”

“Sonny’s too before—”

I snatched the basket from Abram’s hand.  I wasn’t being paid to listen to sad tales or to comfort an old man’s broken heart.  I had problems of my own and adding to the mix didn’t suit my mood this early in the morning.

“I—I’ll be right back.”

Lancaster’s hen house was half the size of ours, but our chickens fed a lot more people, and with Hop Sing’s constant baking, he counted on having good layers.

“Hop Sing?  Why do chickens lay eggs?”

“Chickens provide much good food for family.”

“I know all that but where do the eggs come from?”

“Hop Sing very busy.  Little Joe ask father.  Father know best how explain.”

Shaking memories of a five-year-old boy from my head, I glanced inside the basket—six eggs, plenty for breakfast.  I walked back to the house to find Abram dressed in overalls and a plaid shirt and coffee brewing on top of the stove.  He poured us each a cup and pointed to one of the wooden chairs.

“Sit down, Joe.  Let’s talk.”

I set the basket on the wooden counter, picked up a tin cup, and carried it to the table.  There was no offer of cream or sugar, and I didn’t ask.  Abram sipped from his cup.  I let mine sit and cool.

“I’ve known your pa for a lot of years, Joe, and never once did any of his sons come here lookin’ for work.  I gotta ask why.”

I’d gripped my tin cup to warm my hands, and I glanced up.  I’d been put on the spot, and I needed a reasonable response.

“Fair question, Abram, but I’m not sure my answer will suit you.”

“Try me.”

“It’s kind of an experiment.”   I didn’t see the harm in telling a little white lie.  “I wanted to see how a smaller spread was run, you know, what the differences might be.”

Lancaster sat back in his chair; he fiddled with the lobe of his ear while he thought over what I’d said.  I was surprised the lie came so easily, but I wasn’t about to tell someone I barely knew about my private battle with Pa.  My explanation had been forced but sound.

“Seems a bit odd, son, but it’s hard for me to pass up good labor.  I know your pa taught you boys well; in fact, Ben’s one of the best men I know.  He’s always doin’ for others and he’s been a good pa to you boys, ain’t that right?”

“Yes, Sir.”

After our initial conversation, we sipped coffee in silence and then Abram stood and moved to the stove where he scrambled the eggs I’d brought in just minutes ago.  He handed me a plate.  No salt for the eggs.  Appreciating how different life could be, I realized how good I’d had it at home.  Salt and sugar were only minor disappointments, but I’d survive.

“I noticed the roof needs repair.”

“Yep.  I got a long list, Joe.  Problem is I ain’t got enough cash to pay for labor and supplies both.”

“Why don’t I pick up the supplies, and we’ll deal with the debt later.  That roof’s not gonna last through another winter.”

“Nope.  Can’t do that.  Can’t do with no charity and that’s just what you’re offerin’.”

“I wouldn’t call it charity, Abram.  I call it being neighborly.”

“You sound like your pa.  That’s somethin’ he’d say, but when it comes right down to it, it’s charity all the same.”

“Then what would you have me do?  You hired me on to help, but all I’ve done so far is eat your food and drink your coffee.”

“What’d you think new shingles might cost?”

“I don’t know … maybe ten dollars.”  I really didn’t have a clue.

“Okay, let’s get a roof on this old place.  I ain’t sure what I can afford after that but if’n I’m gonna live here a few more years, I can’t have water drippin’ on my head.”

“Good.  I’ll take the buckboard down to Carson and pick up new shingles.  I’ll get started on the roof first thing.”

Ben

Nothing Joseph wrote in his letter surprised me.  The truth was difficult to face, and when Hoss came bounding down the stairs, I hid the envelope in my vest pocket and smiled at my middle boy as if nothing was amiss.

“I didn’t see Joe in his room.  He already up’n at ‘em this morning?”

“Yes.  Come on, let’s see what Hop Sing’s cooked up for breakfast.”

Maybe it was time for the truth.  Joe had left the Ponderosa and Hoss was part of this now.  I’d held him off for over a week, but he deserved a straight answer.  With Joe gone and no inkling whether he’d ever return, I really had no choice but to lay it all on the line, to bare my soul to my middle boy and hope he understood.

I’d been awake since Joe walked out the door.  I’d stoked the fire and fell into my chair and before I could wrap my mind around the early morning events, Hop Sing was standing by my side with a cup and saucer and a fresh pot of coffee.

“This help you think what you do now.”

I looked up and smiled at the man who knew my thoughts before I’d even put all the pieces together.  Had he known all along Joseph would leave this house or had he overheard our conversation just moments ago?

“Thank you, Hop Sing.”

What else could I say?  I could ramble on about this and that, but what purpose would it serve to defend myself to Hop Sing?  It wouldn’t bring Joseph home, so I’d taken the cup and saucer and thanked our cook, and I thought that was the end of the discussion.

“Often time, man find destiny where he hide to avoid it.  Little Joe need time to study life.  He good boy.  Father not fail Little Joe.  Little Joe not fail father.”

His words stung my heart, and my eyes filled with tears, so I coughed into my fist to hide my reaction from Hop Sing.  But when I looked up, he was gone, vanished like a soundless breeze on a summer’s day.

“We need to talk,” I said after Hoss filled his plate with pancakes and eggs.

“Somethin’ wrong, Pa?”

“Yes and no.  Well, yes.”

Hoss chuckled.  “You get enough sleep last night? You ain’t making much sense this morning.”

Between my lack of sleep and the amount of coffee I’d consumed over the last couple of hours, my mind went back and forth over different ways I could present the situation to my middle boy.  I cleared my throat.

“It’s about your brother, Joseph.”

“Oh.  What’s he done now?”

As much as I hated to ruin Hoss’ favorite time of day, I pulled the envelope from my vest pocket and handed him the letter.  “Look this over first and then I’ll explain.”

He set his fork on his plate and began reading.  Although Joe didn’t elaborate, words like trust, disappointment, hurt, and change of scenery were easy to read between the lines.  The food grew cold on our plates as I watched for Hoss’ reaction.  He read through the letter twice before he looked up.

“You deserve an explanation, Son, and I apologize for having withheld this problem between Joe and me all this time.  I’ve always asked you boys to be straight with me and this time, I failed to—“

“What in tarnation’s this all about?  All this time, I thought Joe was trying to put Sally’s death behind him, and then I read this.  I don’t get it, Pa?  Seems I’ve been wrong all along, but no one thought to tell me the truth, did they?“

“Hoss, you have to realize—“

“This whole thing … it ain’t about Sally at all.  It’s somethin’ you said outright that’s got Joe so upset.  Is that it, Pa?”

“Yes, it’s something I said, and I apologize for not—“

Hoss threw his napkin on his plate and shoved his chair back from the table.  His eyes narrowed into tiny slits; his hands fisted.  Had I been anyone but his father, I think he’d have come at me with a vengeance.

“Hoss?  Wait.  Where are you going?”  I stood and ran after my son, who was heading toward the front door.

He began buckling his gunbelt.  He was mad, and I understood, but I couldn’t let him walk out without a full explanation.  I moved in front of him and forced him to listen.

“Your brother found me at his mother’s grave after the trial.”  Hoss hesitated, and I continued.  “I made the mistake of speaking candidly to Marie, and your brother overheard most of what I said.”

“Yeah?  That still don’t explain nothing, Pa.”

“I had doubts, Son, doubts about your brother’s innocence when he was on trial.”

“Doubts about Joe?”  Hoss studied my face as if I were a stranger.  “You mean all through the trial, you thought Joseph was guilty of murdering Horace?”

“Let’s just say I wasn’t completely convinced your brother was innocent.”

My son didn’t know how to react.  He seemed frozen in place, waiting for my words to sink in.  Then, he reached for his hat.

“I need to go find Joseph.”

I reached out to touch his arm.  “Hoss ….” I wanted him to think, slow down before he took off in a huff, but he pulled away.

“You know what them words done to him, Pa?  You know how he feels knowin’ you didn’t have his back when he needed you most?”

“Hoss, I—”

“I never understood why you wasn’t sitting with Joe in Roy’s jail, but it all comes clear now, don’t it?  You thought Joe had murdered that little weasel in cold blood.”

“Hoss, please listen.”

“I ain’t got time, Pa.  I’m gonna find my little brother and—”

“And what?”

“I don’t rightly know but first, I gotta find him.  And when I do, I’ll have to search real deep inside for the right words to say ’cause he ain’t gonna come home willingly.  I already know that, but I’ll think of somethin’.”

I’d never feared my son before, but when his eyes glazed over and his fists became balls of steel, I wondered if he could hold his temper in check.  There’d been times Joe’s eyes shot daggers through to my very soul but never had Hoss shown such anger.  I took a step back.  I said nothing more, and I let my son leave the house.

When I closed the door behind him, Hop Sing stood next to the credenza.  He knew the whole story now.  He knew why Joseph had walked away and why Hoss left to find him.  I hoped he’d turn and go back to the kitchen without a word.  It was seven a.m., and I was already done in.  The morning’s conversations—Hop Sing and then Hoss—had taken their toll, and I was ready to be left alone to think this whole thing through and figure out my next move.  But I wasn’t alone, and my voice was gruff when I addressed our cook.

“What is it, Hop Sing?”

“Little Joe love father.  Mr. Hoss love father.  Words not meant to be heard.  Weigh heavy on shoulder and blame self.  It human nature to doubt.  Mr. Ben not God.  Mr. Ben only human.”

I nodded to my friend when words wouldn’t come … and then he was gone.  I stood alone in a home built to house three growing sons, but all was quiet.  Not the normal sounds of laughter or boot heels racing up the stairs too fast.  Not the sound of grown men gathered around the dining room table discussing the day ahead.  There’d be no light conversation, sitting next to a blazing fire after a long day’s work.  No complaints about who was doing what with certain checkers.

This would be a long day.  A day of silence—dead, lonely silence—and I would wait, and I would keep my mind from thinking of the worst possible scenario. Two boys gone forever, joining up with the third to find their place somewhere besides the Ponderosa.

Their silent goodbyes would haunt me the remainder of my days.  Like fathers who’d lost sons to war, who had no reason to live out the dream that was meant for their children to inherit and run as they saw fit.  A father’s legacy shattered in a moment’s time.

I collapsed in my chair by the fire.  There were chores to be done … later.

Hoss

I saddled Chubby and rode toward Virginia City.  Joe had a tendency to drink away his troubles so saloons would be my first stops.  It seemed a bit early in the day to pull on a bottle of whiskey, but my brother and I were two different people.  Joseph was a tricky sort.  He could be madder’n hell one minute and crying his eyes out the next.  He was a hard one to read, but I read him better’n most.

I was still burning inside from reading that letter he left Pa.  No wonder Joe was upset.  His whole world had come crashing down, as though the air around him was too thick to breathe.  Joe thought the world of our pa; he always had.  But now, he had nowhere to turn, no one to turn to when he needed family the most.

Joe could’ve come to me, but that wasn’t his way.  He’d rather sulk on his own than dump his problems on anyone else.  He was hurting inside, and he had nowhere to turn so running away was the alternative he thought best.  My little brother ain’t the vindictive type neither.  Telling me what went on at his mama’s grave might have seemed as though he was betraying our pa.

There weren’t no sign of Cochise on C Street so I stopped in to see Clem, but he had no satisfying answers, said he hadn’t seen much of Joe lately but he’d keep an eye out.  I didn’t want to say too much.  I weren’t one to hang out our dirty laundry for everyone to see.

I mounted back up and rode down to the livery.  If Joe had stabled Cochise, then I’d check the stage lines just in case.  If he’d left town on the stage, I feared we’d never see hide nor hair of him again.

Luckily, that wasn’t the case.  Miguel hadn’t seen Joe either, and I sighed with relief.  I rode back to the Silver Dollar.  Maybe someone had overheard a conversation and could tell me where Joe might be.  I didn’t know where else to turn.

Joe

I loaded the buckboard and started back to Lancaster’s ranch.  I’d bought a few other items at the mercantile while I was in town, and I hoped Abram wouldn’t be too upset.  After his boy died and Pa tried to help the man out, he was hesitant when friends and neighbors offered their support.  I was a couple of years older than Sonny, but I knew both father and son pretty well.  Abram wouldn’t take handouts from anyone.  Pa said his pride overrode common sense, but I’d do what I could while I was here, maybe even sneak in some much-needed work while his back was turned.  Abram was a very prideful man.

Pa had sent me to help Mr. Lancaster after Sonny died.  He could only spare one son for the job and though I tried my best to persuade him to send one of my brothers instead, I lost the coin toss fair and square.

“We do what we can for our neighbors, Joseph.”

“I tried, Pa, but he won’t let me near the place.  He says he don’t want my help.”

“Try again tomorrow.”

“I’m not going back.  The man’s—”

“He’s what, Son?”

“He’s—he’s mean and he don’t want me there.”

“You’ll figure something out.”

I’ll admit, Pa was right.  Abram finally conceded after I gave him an ultimatum.

“Either you let me do the work, Mr. Lancaster, or my pa’s gonna tan my hide.”  It was only a little white lie and besides, Pa told me to figure something out, so I did.

“Tan your hide?  I find that hard to believe, Boy.”

“Listen, Mr. Lancaster.  My pa sent me here to do a job and if you send me home again, he’ll know I failed.  My pa don’t take to failure, Sir, and that’s why he sent me back to your place again today.  So, can we work out some kinda deal?  I’d rather not go home to a whoopin’.”

“Since you put it that way, Little Joe, why don’t we get busy in the barn?”

Abram let me tend the stock and then sort through a tangled mess of harnesses and bridles he’d piled in the back of the barn.  Nothing more than a few menial chores, but they were jobs I’d always been stuck with at home, and I knew what I was doing.  I’d laid the tack out on the floor in straight lines.  Then, I saddle-soaped each one carefully before I hung it back on the wall where it belonged.  Halfway through the day, I looked up to see Mr. Lancaster standing at the barn door.

“You’re a good worker, Little Joe.”

“Thank you, Sir.  I’m about finished here.”

I wasn’t sure how long he’d been watching me and when he walked farther inside the barn, he laid his hands on top of a shiny new saddle.

“That’s sure a nice-looking saddle, Mr. Lancaster.”

“It was meant to be a gift.”

“A gift?”

“For my boy.  He was killed two days before his birthday.”

I wasn’t as smart as Pa or Adam when it came to knowing the right words to say, but I did my best to bring comfort to a broken man.  By day’s end, he asked if I’d mind riding by his place every now and then.  He said I’d been helpful in more ways than one, and he’d miss me when I was gone.

“I’d like that, Sir.”

I unloaded the shingles and still had daylight to burn so I figured I’d get started.  Abram was pleased but assured me there was no rush to finish the job in one day.

“I’ll at least get the shingles hauled up on the roof and start taking the old ones off.  There’s plenty of time before supper and besides, I need to earn my keep.”

“It’s your choice, Joe.  Ladder’s behind the barn.”

He was a man of few words, but I thanked him before stripping off my jacket and gunbelt and throwing them in the back of the buckboard.  An hour later, I had the shingles hauled to the roof and by suppertime, when he insisted I quit for the day, I had half the old boards removed and loaded back into the buckboard so I could carry them away from the house to burn.

“I thank you kindly for the salt and sugar you brung, Joe.  Guess I’d learned to live without after Sonny died.”  Abram half-smiled.  “Even though my boy was as skinny as a post, he never could keep from snitching the sweetenin’.”

“Sounds like my brother, Hoss.  I’m not sure he could go a day without sugar, but I have to admit Abram, I like a little sugar in my coffee and a little salt in my stew.”

The stew he sat on the table was meatless.  Potatoes, carrots, and onions—and of course, we both added salt—but I wondered if this was a normal meal for Abram.  Meat prices were high and although we never went without at any meal Hop Sing served, I suppose many families did.

I’d never had call to do without.  Pa made sure we were fed and housed properly, and I was just beginning to see how the other half lived.  Sonny was always a thin kid but so was I, in fact; I was just now starting to put meat on my bones.  Would Sonny have too or was his situation different than my own?  Had he always wanted more but was forced to live without?

“You remind me of my boy, Joe.  He was a lot like you.”

I put my thoughts of Sonny aside.  He’d been dead seven years and his father still grieved.  “Thank you, Abram,” I said.  “I’ll take that as a compliment.”

“My boy always wanted better.  He was never satisfied with the way things were.”

“I’m not sure I understand.”

“I don’t know if you remember, but we was hog farmers back then—before Sonny was killed.”

“I remember.  We always bought from you.  Hop Sing used to make a monthly trip out to this place.”

“That’s right, he did.”

I’d nearly forgotten those days.  Now we bought from a supplier in town but for years, the Lancasters supplied us with bacon and ham and the best pork roast, according to Hoss, in all of Nevada.

“Why’d you give it up, hog farming, that is?”

Abram exhaled slowly.  “My boy didn’t want to be a hog farmer.  Said the kids at school made fun and called him names.  As much as his tales saddened me, what was I to do?  That’s how I made a living.  That’s how my father before me survived this wilderness we called home for the last thirty-some years.”

I nodded my head.  Abram was right.  Kids can be mean when they want, and Sonny and his father’s pigs were often the brunt of their jokes.

“We had a fight the night before Sonny rode into Carson and walked right into the middle of a bank holdup.  Said he was never comin’ back.  Said he was done raising dirty ol’ pigs for a living and he’d find work elsewhere.  I pleaded with him not to go away mad, but he was done listening to his old man.  He said we’d been over this a hundred times, and he was old enough to make his own way.  He planned to draw out his savings and move on to greener pastures, long as there weren’t no hogs living on the land.”

My heart sank.  Abram was a good man, and Sonny was a good kid.  How had they come to this fork in the road when all they had in this world was each other?

“Ben Cartwright might be the perfect father, Joe, but not every father knows how to handle certain situations.  Sons expect their pa’s to be steadfast and all-knowing, but it ain’t always the case.  I should’ve listened to my boy.  I should’ve heard him out.  I should’ve known how much he was hurting inside, but I let my pride stand in the way.”

“Nobody’s perfect, Abram.  You did what you could to provide for you and your boy.  You had no way of knowing the bank would be robbed that day and Sonny would— well …”

“You’re right about most of it, Joe, but I blame myself for my boy’s death and I always will.  Sonny would be alive today if I’d listened, if I’d really heard what he was trying to tell me.  Even with him gone, I still pray for forgiveness.  Does that make sense?  No,” he chuckled, “probably not.  I loved that boy.  Every day that goes by, I ask God to forgive me for not being the kind of father he needed when times got rough.  It weren’t his fault we didn’t see eye to eye, but that’s not what mattered.  What mattered most was that he left here mad.  He never gave me a chance to settle our differences.  I never got to say goodbye.”

I turned my head away.  I couldn’t look at Abram.  My stew had turned cold, and my appetite was gone.

“Excuse me.  I better check the stock.”

“Joe?  Wait!  Don’t rush off.”

“I’ll be back.”

The air had cooled, and I walked toward the buckboard to retrieve my jacket and hat.  Was Pa suffering as much as Abram Lancaster?  No, I wasn’t dead, but I was as good as, and I’d told him so in the letter.  I can’t be your son anymore.  I’ll find my own way.  The words I wrote had been harsh; I meant them to be harsh, to hurt, to strike back at the one person who’d doubted me—my father.  Consider me dead.  I won’t be coming back.

The words had come so easily on paper—unkind words that would hurt my father the same way he’d hurt me.  It wasn’t just the trial and Pa believing I could have killed Horace, it started much earlier.  We’d had words after Sally’s death.  I knew Horace was to blame, and I told Pa how I felt about the bank clerk having something to do with her death.  I hadn’t forgotten those words either.

“It’s just the way I feel.”

“The way you feel?”  Pa repeated my words with sarcasm in his voice.  “You accuse Horace because of the way you feel?”

Pa hurt me then too.  At a point when I was desperate for answers, my father mocked my gut feeling.  He forced his own opinions about laws and why we have laws and how justice would be served.  He wouldn’t listen; instead, he preached his own brand of wisdom, and my mind began shutting down.  My grief burned like a raging wildfire and overpowered anything else my father had to say.

When I was arrested for murdering Horace, and because of that brief but bitter conversation, Pa just assumed I’d gone after him, that I’d kill the man because—in my gut—I believed he’d murdered my fiancée.  But now, it all made sense.  He’d heard my words loud and clear and considering what I’d said— “It’s just the way I feel.” —Pa rushed to judgment.

I nearly chuckled at my newfound discovery.  My father was acting more like Joe Cartwright than Ben Cartwright. “Think before you act.”  Wasn’t that what he’d preached my entire life?  Did Pa’s gut feeling override his own common sense?

That’s why he never came to the jail to visit.  That’s why he’d sent Hoss in his stead.  He had doubts, and why wouldn’t he?  Why wouldn’t anyone with half a brain in his head believe I’d done the unthinkable?

Pa knows my temper.  He knows how much I can take before I break and do something I’ll regret.  My God.  The way I’d phrased my words had been nothing to Pa but a full-blown confession of guilt.

I headed back toward the house.  My head was clearer now, and I wasn’t going to end up a casualty like Sonny and have Pa suffer regrets for the rest of his life.  I had to make things right.

“There’s something I have to do,” I said to Mr. Lancaster.  “I’ll be back later tonight, and I’ll work on that roof first thing in the morning.”

“Was it something I said?”

“No,” I lied and then smiled at Abram.  “Actually, yes, it was.”

I didn’t take the time to explain.  As Hoss would say, our dirty laundry was our own business.  I saddled Cochise, grabbed my gunbelt, and rode north toward the lake where my ma was buried.  I had my own confession to make.

By dusk, the wind had picked up, and autumn leaves flitted across the road in whirling rushes, spooking Cochise into an uneven gait. As light faded, leaving the sky an inky black, he seemed steadier and more sure of himself, but I kept a tight rein.  I adjusted my hat farther down on my forehead and pulled the collar of my jacket tighter together.

Lightning flashed and thunder sounded like cannons battling above me.  A storm was moving in fast.  My mind flashed to the old shingles I’d removed at Lancaster’s place, but it was too late to compensate for my eagerness now.  I’d finish the job tomorrow and hope Abram wasn’t dripped on before the night was over.

Cooch snorted his discontent at being out on a night like this; I patted his neck and talked freely until he settled, and we continued down the road.  The promontory wasn’t much farther.  Another bright flash illuminated the sky and, with the next roll of thunder, my father’s voice sounded in my head.

“Joseph, get inside now.  Don’t be a fool.”

But I didn’t turn back.  I pulled up next to Mama’s grave and tied Cooch to a low-lying scrub.  Maybe I had no sense at all, but my mother had been waiting a long time for me to come to my senses.  It was time to forgive my father.  I knelt on one knee and placed my hand on top of the smooth granite stone.

“It’s me, Mama.  I’ve certainly made a mess of things.  I guess you’re used to hearing me say that, but I really messed up this time, and it’s taken me a while to think things through and work it all out in my head.

“All this time, I thought—well, you probably already know, but Pa isn’t the bad guy I made him out to be.  I know why he doubted me, and I’m ashamed to say, I ran off—I left the Ponderosa, and I left Pa a letter I never should’ve written.

“I wrote some pretty awful words, and I’ve gotta get home and make things right before … if anything happened while Pa and I were at odds, I’d never forgive myself.

“You know how much I loved Sally, and I suppose I wasn’t … or I didn’t explain myself to Pa the way I should have but after the trial, I carried such a deep hurt inside that I let it build and fester until I couldn’t remain in the same house anymore.

“I’m not sure how I’ll make it up to him.  I don’t know what I can say that will convince Pa I don’t blame him for thinking the worst.  Help me, Mama.  I don’t know what to do?”

“You needn’t do anything but come back home, Son.”

The shock of Pa’s voice frightened me, and I fell backward, landing flat on my butt.  My legs sprawled in front of me, and my hat toppled from my head.  My heart beat like a drum, and my thoughts scattered like the leaves swirling around me.

“How—how long have you been here?”  My voice was shaky and barely above a whisper.

“Long enough, Joseph.”

“Where’s Buck?  I didn’t see him when I rode up.”

“Does it matter?”

“No, I guess not.”  I stood, reached for my hat, and brushed off the seat of my pants.  “Why are you here?”

“I took a chance you’d be here too.”

“You heard everything I said?”

“Yes.”

Pa stood on the slope just above me and when I started up the hill, he stepped forward to meet me halfway.

“The letter …”

“The letter isn’t important, Son.

“But it is, Pa.  I never should’ve—“

“Joe—“

“I didn’t mean any of it, Pa, not really.  I was angry and the words came easy, but I never should’ve written any of those things.”

“Let’s just say we all make mistakes.”  Pa reached for my shoulder; he gripped tightly.  “Do you want to know my biggest fear?”

“Fear?”

“A father worries, Joe.  A father has fears, and I let mine overrule my common sense.  I believed the worst, and that’s where I failed us both.  I wasn’t there when you needed me most and for that, there’s no apology to fit the crime.”

This wasn’t right.  I should’ve been apologizing, and all I was hearing was my father’s confession, that this string of events had been his fault, not mine.

“You didn’t fail me, Pa.  You’ve never failed me.”

“Oh, but I did, Son, and I won’t accept your forgiveness until I’m able to forgive myself.  I wasn’t the father you needed, and you’ve paid the price every hour of every day because of my shortcomings.  I made you feel less of a man, and leaving the Ponderosa was inevitable.  I only pray that we can salvage the relationship we once had.”

Guarding my emotions was impossible, and I fell into my father’s arms.  His warmth surrounded me, and the biting chill I’d felt for so long was quickly removed from my heart.  Tears blurred my eyes, but I refused to wipe them away.  I held tight to my father; I didn’t want to break the hold.

His eyes mirrored mine, and it wasn’t long before we both broke the silence with laughter.  We found what we’d been searching for all this time—forgiveness, and a renewed faith in each other that would lead us back where we belonged.

I respected my father like no other, and it was my own doing when I put Pa on a pedestal so high, he was bound to fall.  No man is perfect, not even Ben Cartwright but from now on, we’d work through the difficult times together. No more running.  No more letters written in anger.  No avoidance when we should be sorting things out.

“I have a job.  I need to finish the work I’ve started before I can come home.”

In the darkness, I could barely make out Pa’s features, but I think he nodded his head.

“I’m working for Abram Lancaster.  He’ll be expecting me by morning.”

“I’ll let your brother know as soon as he returns home.”

“Hoss?”

“He’s out looking for you.”

“Looking for me?”

“He’s pretty upset with me right now.”

“You told him?”

“I let him read the letter.  I had to explain.”

We were both silent until I found the words I needed.

“It’s my fault.  I overreacted and I—“

“Joseph—” Pa stepped farther down the slope, so we were eye to eye.  He slipped his hand around the back of my neck and held tight.  “It’s over.  Nothing more needs to be said.”

I closed my eyes and, for a second time tonight, I let Pa’s gentle touch fill my heart and touch my soul.  I knew where I belonged.  I needed that feeling of home more than I craved a spoonful of sugar or a pinch of salt.

I woke the following morning to find Hoss sitting on Chubby in the front yard of Lancaster’s place.  I’d taken up residence in the loft, and I rubbed my eyes hard at the sight of my big brother waiting for me to emerge from the barn.

“What’re you doin’ here?”  

“Came to help.”

“Oh, okay, I guess.”

I scratched my head.  I hadn’t had my morning coffee and I was still reeling from the night before.  Hoss dismounted and clapped me on the shoulder.  Although he was trying to hide a smile, I could tell he and Pa had talked last night and straightened things out between them.  Hoss never stayed angry for long; in fact, I usually didn’t either until this time.  This time, I’d been stepped on and crushed, at least that was my way of thinking until a near stranger pointed me in the right direction.  I looked up at Hoss, who was staring at the roof I’d started yesterday.

“Thought we’d get the job done faster if I pitched in to help.”

“That we would,” I replied, happy to have my brother by my side.  “But I can’t do a dang thing till I’ve had a cup of coffee.”

“Then what’re we waitin’ for?”

I shook my head and chuckled.  There was nothing like a big brother to get the day started in high fashion.  “Well, come on.  I’ll even let you gather the eggs.”

By lunchtime, new shingles had replaced old, and the old had been burned out behind the barn and with my brother’s help, the small, two-room house had a fresh coat of paint before the sun set that evening.  Not only did Hoss and I take pride in our accomplishments, but Abram seemed a different man.  He stood back and smiled as his eyes roamed across the shiny white clapboards.

“You boys are hard workers,” he said.  “Course, this is more’n I ever expected for a day’s work.”

“I’m glad you’re pleased, Abram, but my time here is finished.  I’ll be moving on now.”

“I figgered as much.”

“You did?”

“I did, son.  You see, every man needs a break sometime in his life.  Sonny needed a break from hog farming, and I been taking a break ever since my boy rode into Carson and never rode home.  You’ve given me something back, Joe.  You too, Hoss.

“You boys’ve given me my life back.  I been moping around this place, not caring much about anything.  But when I stand back and look at this house, I see how just a little effort can make a world of difference.”

A little effort?  Hoss and I worked our tails off.   “What happens now?”  

“I think I’ll buy me a couple of hogs—husband and wife, you know, and go from there.”

“That’s great.  Make sure we’re your first customers.”

“I’ll do that, Little Joe.  Oh, I almost forgot.  I owe you wages.”

I raised my hand.  “No, not this time, Mr. Lancaster.  You gave me something too, something I needed, and it was worth a lot more than a few coins jangling in my pocket.”

“That ain’t fair, Joe.  You boys worked too hard to walk off empty-handed.”

“Maybe so, but I learned exactly what I needed to know.”  Glancing at Hoss, I snapped my fingers when a thought crossed my mind.  “How about we get the first slab of bacon from your smokehouse free of charge?  Deal?”

“You got a deal, Joseph.”

“Good.  Then we’ll be on our way.  You take care, Mr. Lancaster.”

“You boys do the same.”

“This ain’t gonna be an easy ride, Joseph.”

“Yeah, well, I want to get home tonight.”

“All right, but don’t go flying home like the devil’s on your tail.”

“Trust me, Hoss.  You know me better’n that.”

The moon drifted in and out from behind the clouds, and the ride was difficult.  It took us twice as long as if we’d ridden during daylight hours, but Pa was expecting us, and I wasn’t about to disappoint.  Because Hoss helped with the shingles and paint, we finished the job twice as fast as I would have alone.

As we rode, I reflected on the events that created another milestone in my life.  How often we’re caught unaware, and how often we’re led down a difficult path.  My father meant the world to me and, at some point in my life, I’d convinced myself he could do no wrong.  Pa was my hero—all-knowing, law-abiding, fearless, confident, and unmatched by any other man I knew.  But I was wrong.  My father was only human.  He wasn’t God; he didn’t pretend to be God.  He wasn’t all-knowing.  He wasn’t perfect.  He’s a man who struggled every day to be the best he could be.  The best father, the best employer, and the best citizen the state of Nevada has ever known.

Growing up on the Ponderosa, I had everything I’d ever needed and wanted.  Abram Lancaster had nothing in comparison, but what he taught me about life was invaluable.  He opened my eyes to the “what ifs,” and I didn’t want Pa and me to end up with regrets for the rest of our lives.

As we closed in on home, my forever home, the place where my spirit soared, I could almost smell the coffee drifting through the house while Pa sat in his leather chair pretending to read.  The crackling fire would bring him warmth until his sons were home and we were safely together again.

Hoss and I stabled and fed our mounts and walked toward the house where lamps burned bright to welcome us home.  As we crossed the yard, my brother’s arm lay heavy on my shoulders until I opened the front door and walked inside.

“Hey, Pa.  We’re home.”

The End.

2014

Fables and Truths

by jfclover

Word passed quickly through Storey County.  Rustlers had been combing the area for easy pickings. Strays that wandered away from the main herds were easy to steal, especially on larger ranches where herds were separated by mountainous terrain.  A hot running iron disguised the brand, and the stolen cattle were ready for immediate sale to any unsuspecting buyer. Friends and neighbors gathered at the Ponderosa, discussed the problem, and decided an overall search for the thieves should begin immediately.

Since I’d been stuck inside the schoolhouse taking my final exams, I wasn’t allowed to go with Pa and my brothers on the last cattle drive to Sacramento but with my schooling now complete, I’d become a full-fledged Ponderosa ranch hand.  Maybe I was the lowliest man on the list of seasoned cowboys but given the chance, I would soon prove my worth to the men I’d be working alongside day in and day out. Pa seemed to think I was over-eager about certain things, but I knew I had it in me to be the best ranch hand ever.  Maybe I was too eager, but I was ready to show Pa and everyone else I was worth my weight.  Well, maybe I was worth a bit more than my actual weight.

Tomorrow, we would all ride out and get an exact tally of the cattle that hadn’t gone to market last month. Pa teamed Hoss and me together and gave us the area near Angel’s Point.  Since it was mostly canyonland where cattle often nestled in too deep, they needed human brains and muscles to free their hooves from rocky crevices so they could rejoin the herd.  I was agile and I was strong, and I’m sure Pa had that in mind when he picked Hoss and me to ride through the narrow ravines.

Pa had been adamant, though, and my father always had the last word in any conversation. “If you see signs of rustlers, don’t you dare go after them alone.”  Hoss and I nodded our heads and the subject was closed.

It was a clear, bright morning and I felt on top of the world.  My first day as a truly bonafide ranchhand had finally come, and I was prepared to do my job well.  I vowed to stay focused, to remain alert, and cautious if need be.  I tended to get carried away sometimes but now that I was fully grown, I also vowed to leave my childish behavior behind and prove myself a worthwhile hand.

Adam and I often went ‘round and ‘round with each other.  We’d argue over anything and everything and during our heated discussions, we usually ended up offending each other with words we could never take back.  In fact, just this morning Adam told Pa he thought Hoss should take Jake along with us as though I wasn’t good enough to get the job done.  ‘Course I argued the point until Pa stepped in and told Adam straight out that I was more than capable of doing my part on the ranch.

I’ll admit I was glad Pa had let me ride out with Hoss, who was my best friend in the whole world.  He wasn’t like Adam who still considered me a wet-behind-the-ears kid.  In Adam’s eyes, I would remain the baby of the family forever but truth be told, it was my eldest brother I wanted to impress more than Pa or Hoss or any other hand on the ranch.

“Joseph will use his head.  He’s a vital part of this ranch, and he’ll do the right thing, won’t you, Son?”

“Sure, I will, Pa.  You can count on me.”

I ate Pa’s words up—a vital part of the ranch—was music to my ears.  Pa had faith in my abilities even if Adam didn’t, and I would show big brother I could handle anything as well as he could, maybe even better.

By noon, Hoss was eager for a break, and we sat down to eat lunch.  We’d counted thirty-seven head and still had thirteen more to find before we headed back to the house.

“Them beeves is hiding everywhere, ain’t they, Joe?”

“You got that right, brother.  They ain’t got the brains God gave them.”

“First rule of ranching, Little Joe.  Cattle ain’t got no brains.  They’ve got to be the stupidest farm animals God ever put on this earth.”

“I’ll remember that, Hoss.”  I chuckled but my brother overheard me and didn’t understand why I was laughing.

“What’s so funny?”

“Nothing.  Guess I was just thinking of—it’s nothin’, Hoss.”

“Now, come on, Joe,” he said sternly.  “Don’t be like that.  Don’t leave me hangin’.”

“Okay, you really want to know?”

“Course I do.”

“Okay then picture in your mind what Adam’s remark would have been if I’d said cows didn’t use the brains God gave them.”  I leaned back against a bent-trunked tree and crossed my arms, waiting for Hoss’ reply.

“You see, Joe, Adam’s smarter’n me and he would have told you—“

“No, Hoss.  Stop right there.”

“Huh?”

“That’s where you’re wrong, brother.  Adam ain’t no smarter than you are.  He just has a way of saying things that make everyone else feel stupid.”

“Ah, come on, Little Joe. “

“You know I’m right, Hoss.  Adam would have given me a whole speech on cattle and the size of their brain, and how they get into such a fix, and on and on until I’d wished I’d never said anything in the first place.”

“Yeah, sometimes he does run on but that ain’t no reason—“

“Don’t you see, Hoss?  Adam doesn’t ever think I’ll be old enough or smart enough to handle jobs on the ranch.  Like today.  He wanted Jake to come with us because I’m not good enough to dig cattle out of … of whatever mess they got themselves into.”

“Adam’s just watchin’ out for you, Joe.  He just don’t use the right words sometimes.”

“Watchin’ out for me?”  I shook my head and pushed myself up from the ground.  “If Adam had his way, I’d still be in school.  I’d be sent off to some college until I was old enough and smart enough to handle the job of digging brainless cows out of mud holes and tight crevices.”

After my last remark about my older brother, I stood and walked toward my horse.  I’d let my mouth run like a fool kid, and while I gulped lukewarm water from my canteen, Hoss gathered up the empty cloth sacks Hop Sing had packed full of food and stuffed them in his saddlebags.

“We best find the rest of them steers or we’ll be out here till nightfall.”  That was Hoss’ way of getting me back on track, and he was right.  I shouldn’t have said all those things about big brother but in turn, Adam knew how to throw a silent punch.  Maybe it wasn’t his intention, but I felt everyone he’d ever thrown.

Hoss patted my shoulder before we mounted.  The conversation was over. There were no lingering aftereffects, no hurt feelings, and no one walked away mad. That was how Hoss and I got along.  We said our piece and moved on.  Brothers—friends—a kinship I’d never want to live without.

An hour later, I’d only marked three more head on the tally sheet.  “Where do you think they’re all hiding, Hoss?”

“Danged if I know, Little Joe.  We’ve scoured this entire area at least three times.  I suppose we’ll have to circle wider this time ‘round.  Ten head don’t go missin’ that easy.”

“You think it’s them rustlers?”  I felt my stomach tighten and I looked up at Hoss.  His facial expressions usually gave way to his thoughts, and when his eyes narrowed into tight slits, I knew he was working hard on an answer.

“Maybe, but I ain’t seen no tracks leading away.  Have you?”

“No, but wait!  You hear something?”

“Huh?”

“This way, Hoss.”  My brother followed me around a tight bend and from the ridge above; we looked down toward the floor of a narrow ravine.  “There’s the last of our cattle, Brother.”

“You’re probably right.  You see anyone down there?”

I stood in my stirrups to get a better look, but all I could see was ten cows trapped in a three-sided canyon.  “No—you?”

“Wait.  Down there by the stream.”

Again, I stood from my saddle and saw the two men who’d stolen Ponderosa cattle.  “Yeah, I see them now.”

“We best go tell Pa what we found.”

“Hoss, wait.  We can get them.”

“We better do as Pa said, Joe.”

“No—we can get them, Hoss.  Look, there’s two of them and two of us.”   I tried my best to convince Hoss we could take them by ourselves, that we didn’t need outside help.  “We can get the jump on them easy.  They’re trapped.  It’s a box canyon and they’ve nowhere to run.”

“Joseph …”

I started down the narrow rim of the ravine and Hoss had no choice but to follow or let me ride into their camp alone.  Wasn’t that what Pa said?  “Don’t go in alone.”  I knew Hoss would back me—that’s the kind of brother he was. Though he didn’t argue the point, he was probably cursing me under his breath.  After riding halfway down the gully, I moved Cooch off the main path.  Chubby followed right behind and into a heavily wooded area where we tied both horses.

“We’ll walk in from here, Big Brother.”

“Just hold your horses, Little Joe.  We best make sure there’s only two of ‘em down there.”

“I ain’t seen no others.”

“I ain’t neither, but the last thing we need is to end up surrounded by a bunch of rustlers we ain’t counted on.”

“Why don’t you start down from here and I’ll circle to the left.  That way they’re trapped for sure.”  Hoss was nervous.  Worry shadowed his eyes, but I wasn’t intending to back down.  This was my chance to shine, to show the world what I was made of, and I planned to see it through.  “Ready?”

“Make sure you keep your head down and don’t try nothin’ fancy till I get down there, you hear?”

“I ain’t a stupid kid, Hoss.  I know exactly what I’m doing and besides, we’re at Angel’s Point.  I’ve heard all them old trapper’s stories about this place and you have too.  Ain’t nothin’ bad ever happens here.  This land is almost sacred.”

“Sacred or not, Joe, remember to keep your head down and your guard up.”

I wasn’t about to let on that I wasn’t as sure of myself as I pretended to be, but my gut told me we could do this.  I was a good shot.  I’d been practicing with a six-shooter since I’d turned fifteen and to Pa and Adam’s dismay, I was fast and on target 99% of the time.  Adam reminded Pa how a man who was known to be a fast gun would often be called out.  I usually ignored most of my brother’s snide remarks, but that time I’d heard every word.  I was fast and others would soon find out how fast.  Was that a curse or was I just lucky to be skilled in that area?  So far, I hadn’t had the chance to find out.

My father had let me practice all I wanted, but I wasn’t allowed to wear a gun until I turned sixteen when Pa gave me a fancy new Colt for my birthday.  I was so proud of my pearl-handled gun, so honored my father felt I was old enough to be trusted to wear a sidearm, maybe I took my new status a bit too far.  Sure, I’d shot a squirrel rifle since I was ten or eleven years old, but a sidearm was different.  It meant I was a man; I was old enough and smart enough to respect the advantages and disadvantages of carrying a gun in plain sight.

I shook off the memories.  Our plan appeared sound but I wouldn’t know if I didn’t get moving.  Try as I might, I found myself daydreaming once again as I picked my way down the narrow slope.  What did rustlers look like? Were they old and toothless?  Were they unwashed with a smoky, greasy smell?  This wasn’t the time or place to be caught off guard, and moving off to the left, I kept my eyes on the two men who’d finished up at the creek and were kneeling next to their campfire.

When a twig broke under my bootheel, both men stood from their squat positions and turned in my direction.  I pulled my gun before I continued into their camp.  But what I saw was not anywhere near what I’d expected.  The rustlers were boys—young boys—younger than me.

“Hold it right there,” I said in my deepest, grizzliest voice.

They seemed surprised to see me and raised their hands, letting their tin cups fall to the ground.  I hollered at Hoss to join me but rather than looking away from the young thieves, I heard my brother circling the campfire and my confidence soared.  We’d found the rustlers and they were only kids—unarmed kids at that.

They had no guns, no holsters, no rifles that I could see, and their eyes glistened with fright.  They’d been caught red-handed, and now they would pay the price for stealing Ponderosa cattle.  I remembered Pa’s directive.  “Don’t go in alone.”  Well, Pa didn’t know we were dealing with two boys younger than me or that Hoss and I could handle the problem with such little effort.

Neither boy had looked back at Hoss.  Their eyes were on me, and the heavy Colt I had pointed in their direction.  “What’s this all about?”  

One boy started to cry and the other became the spokesman of the two.  “We was hungry, mister.  That’s all.”

“And so you stole ten head of cattle?  Sorry, fellas.  I ain’t buying that story at all.”

I felt more relaxed than I should have.  Hoss and I had the drop on the boys and there was no way they were going to escape so I lowered my pistol.  Hoss holstered his gun as we tried to make sense of the situation.

“Why so many cattle if you was just hungry,” my brother said from behind the two boys.

Both boys were startled and turned their heads at the sound of Hoss’ deep voice.  And when they saw my brother’s size, they huddled even closer together.

“We’re sorry, mister,” said the eager, young spokesman.  “We thought we could sell the rest and … and—“

“And what?”  I hollered.  “These are my father’s cattle.  They’re not yours to sell.”

“We won’t do nothing like this again, mister.  I promise.”

I glanced up at Hoss.  They were only kids who’d made a mistake in judgment.  Did they deserve a second chance, or should we haul their carcasses into town?  “What’d you say, Hoss?”

Hoss glanced and me and shrugged his shoulders.  “Fine, you’re free to go, but if my brother and I catch you ‘round these parts again, we’ll haul you into the sheriff faster’n you can—“

“Thank you, sir.  Th … thanks,” the boys each stuttered, nearly tripping over their own feet as they backed away.  “We didn’t mean no harm, honest.  We’s just—“

“Get outta here,” I said and holstered my gun.  These kids weren’t a threat, only stupid.  “And don’t bother comin’ back ever again.”

“Guess they’ll stay good and hungry,” Hoss said.  “Maybe we should have given them somethin’ to eat.”

“They can go snare a rabbit like everyone else, Big Brother.”

Hoss chuckled.  “Yeah, guess you’re right.”

“Think we did the right thing, letting them go?”  I looked over my shoulder.  I probably would have run as fast as my legs would carry me, but the boys were slow to leave camp.  As Hoss began kicking dirt over their campfire, a gunshot cracked loudly through the canyon walls.

“No!”  I screamed.

Burning pain spun me like a kid’s toy top.  I don’t know if I grabbed my side first or fell to the ground before a second shot was fired.  I turned my head and watched my brother’s face grimace before he fell forward barely missing the burning fire in his downward spiral toward the canyon floor.

“Hoss!”  

Another shot skidded beside my shoulder, kicking up dirt and rock and keeping me from moving toward my brother.  I kept to the ground and covered my head with my hands until … I’m not sure how long I lay unmoving.  But, I heard laughter—the sound of a young boy’s giggles sounded close by.  Had they moved in closer for the kill?

Beads of sweat tickled my forehead, as I loosened my gun from its holster.  I held the weight steady in my hand but also hidden from sight.  And when I heard whispering behind me, although I couldn’t make out their words, I flipped to my back and aimed at the largest surface—the boys’ chests.  First one and then the other, and each boy spun in place and hit the ground with a sharp, crashing thud.  There was no struggling effort from either.  I’d shot both boys dead.

After pressing my hand to my side, I raised myself to a sitting position.  Hoss lay facedown on the ground, and the two boys lay face up as if staring, accusing, threatening retribution.  My mind soared with guilt, and a horrible sense of dread like I’d never known before washed over me.  And when my stomach churned like thunder, I rolled to my side and heaved my lunch into the dust-covered coals of the boy’s campfire.  But, there was Hoss, still unmoving, and totally unaware of my actions.  Was my brother dead too?

I swiped at my mouth with the back of my hand, still holding my gun as I scooted toward my big brother.  “Hoss?”  I holstered the Colt and placed my hand on my brother’s shoulder.  “Hoss?”

Although he was still breathing, he’d been shot in the back, and we were far from home.  Really far—and how was I to lift my brother onto his horse?  Could he ride?  Could we make it home in time for Doc to remove the bullet?

Blood soaked my brother’s shirt, and the rusty-red stain was becoming a larger pool across his back.  I pressed my hand to the wound and Hoss tried to squirm away from my pressured touch.  “I’m right here, Brother.  You’ve been shot.  Don’t try to move.  I’ve got to stop the bleeding.”

“Joe?  Little Joe?”

His voice was faint and breathy, and I took a deep breath of my own before I spoke again.  “Lay still, Hoss.  Don’t try to talk.”

I pulled off my shirt and even though I wasn’t sure what to do, I ripped it into strips to wrap around Hoss’s wound.  I’d watched my brother tend animals before—hurt raccoons and foxes and even a deer that had been shot in the shoulder but not killed. This is what he’d done with most injuries.  He’d wrapped the wound tightly.  I did the same.

But the problem was getting my brother home.  The canyon was too rough for a travois, and I didn’t think Hoss could sit up long enough to ride.  He was barely conscious, and there was no way I could hold him in the saddle.  Damn if I knew what to do.

“The bullet, Joe.  Get … get the bullet.”

“What?”

“Get … get it … out.”

“Hoss, I can’t—“

“Little Joe … the knife.  Fire.”

My breathing came faster now, and I needed to steer Hoss in a different direction.  I pressed my hand tight against my side where the boy’s bullet had nicked my hide.  My skin burned like fire but was nothing a stitch or two wouldn’t cure, maybe even just a bandage, but Hoss.  He was asking the impossible.

“My … pocket.  The knife, Joe.  Hold … hold over fire.”

I swallowed my nervous fear and dug inside my brother’s pocket where he always kept the small pocketknife Pa had given him for his birthday years ago.  I’d seen him sharpen it often.  He even oiled the tiny hinge, which kept it looking and working like new.  I stirred the remaining cinders with a stick until they burned with a bright, orange glow, then I exposed the blade and set it atop the hot, fiery coals.

But when I pulled Hoss’ shirt out from under his belt and saw the damage the bullet had caused, I turned my eyes away.  And when I had the nerve to look a second time, I was able to center my thoughts rather than just stare like a frightened kid doing nothing to help my brother.

“I need your saddlebags, Hoss.  I need supplies.  I’ll be right back, okay?”

Hoss didn’t move and when I reached for his shoulder, my eyes begin to burn, but I didn’t have time for tears.  After brushing my hands across my cheeks, I charged up the hill to the horses where I hoped Hoss had something of value in his saddlebags.

When I returned, I dumped the bags upside down on the ground.  A flask of whiskey I never knew my brother carried with him nearly made me smile.  He also had a clean shirt I could use as a bandage.  An apple, two strips of jerky, and a crumbled piece of hardtack were the only other items inside.  I’d grabbed both canteens off our mounts so I was as ready as I could be.  But how could I take a knife to my brother?  My God.  Just what was he asking me to do?

“Hoss?”

“Mmm … ”

“You okay?”

“Yeah … good as gold, Little Brother.“

“Here.  Bite down on this.”  I slid a slice of jerky between my brother’s teeth.

I stared down at the wound.  How deep would I have to go?  When I reached for Hoss’ knife—not realizing how hot the damn handle would be—I promptly dropped it back onto the coals and cursed my stupidity.  After wrapping Hoss’ shirt around my hand, I reached for the knife a second time.  As I examined the wound, the entire area was tinged red with a charred circle of black soot surrounding the bullet’s entrance.  I touched the torn muscle and ragged skin with my fingertips and my breathing halted once again.

“I can’t do this, Hoss.  We’ll have to wait for Pa or the doc.”

Hoss moved his hand slowly and pulled the slice of jerky from his mouth.  “Little Joe,” he said, pushing air up from his belly to form the words.  “The bullet.  Get it out, Boy.  I … I trust you to …”

After those few simple words, my brother’s hand went slack, and the strips of jerky fell to the ground.  Hoss had passed out—lost consciousness—and I needed to get the job done before he woke again.  As I poured whiskey over the blade, my hand trembled and a cold chill came over me as though I’d fallen into a damp, dark cave with no way out.

Although I’d seen Hoss do this before and figured it was the right thing to do, I hovered the blade over his back, but I couldn’t make that first cut.  The wound was hot to the touch, and I was wasting precious time.  I took a deep breath, gripped the knife with white knuckles, and pierced my brother’s skin.

Even though I’d remained huddled next to Hoss most of the night, I shivered and clenched my teeth tightly together.  And, as the bright morning sun found its way over the mountaintops and into our camp, the air held a frosty bite and heavy dew had settled over the land.  I’d wrapped Hoss with both bedrolls and had him use my jacket as a pillow on the uneven ground.  And though his moans and groans were slight, my brother was suffering, and I was the cause of his pain.

I hadn’t touched the two dead boys.  Their bodies lay where they had fallen yesterday.  I had nothing to cover them with nor did I have a shovel to bury them, so they were out in the open for me to stare at now that daylight was upon us.  Had they been runaways? Were they just kids trying to make a buck or two selling off other people’s cattle?  That’s what one kid had said, but they seemed so young to be out on their own with such big moneymaking schemes.

When Hoss began to stir, I grabbed one of the canteens and held it to his lips.  “Here.  Take a drink.”  Although he tried, most of the water ran down his chin and onto the ground.  “Let’s try once more, Big Brother.”

I felt his forehead with the palm of my hand and, as I expected, his skin was hot and clammy.  I’d been lucky and I’d thanked God for small favors.  The bullet wasn’t terribly deep, and Hoss had remained unconscious the entire time I’d played doctor.  The fact he was still alive was encouraging, but I’d heard talk of people dying of infection even after a bullet was removed.  How was I to know if my brother was dying?  How long did it take infection to set in?  So many unanswered questions.

I’d done all the right things, hadn’t I?  I’d heated the knife and I’d poured whiskey over both the knife and the wound.  That was right, wasn’t it?  God, how I needed Pa and Adam to ride up and help my brother get home.  How would they ever find us?  Would they ride up to Angel’s Point and see us deep between these canyon walls?  But then it came to me out of nowhere. The distress call—fire three shots in the air.  I checked the saddlebags for extra bullets but there were none.  Hoss hadn’t fired his gun.  He still had six shots and I had four.  I had no extra bullets to waste.

Was it too early in the day?  Should I wait?  God … I didn’t know what to do and I couldn’t take the chance of firing too many shots too soon.  I would wait another hour and give Pa and Adam a chance to ride this way.  Would they gather up a posse first?  Damn.  I cursed our situation.

I’d been such a fool to lead Hoss into this mess.  “Don’t go after them alone.”  Pa’s words hit me with such force; I brought my knees to my chest and held my head in my hands knowing this whole, incredible disaster was my fault.  I could see it all now.  Adam’s accusing eyes and Pa’s look of disappointment at the choice I’d made.  I was to blame for my brother being shot and two dead kids lying only a few feet away.

Only a fool kid would go after rustlers alone and that was me—a fool kid.  No one would turn their back on thieves no matter what age or how innocent they looked.  A thief was a thief, and Hoss and I had both made the mistake of letting them walk away. Kids—that’s what we kept telling ourselves, but we paid a price.  We’d baited ourselves for disaster.

Hoss was growing more uncomfortable.  His face was pale and small rivulets of sweat marked his cheeks.  I kept wiping his forehead with a damp cloth, but he needed the doc, and we were miles from the house or from Virginia City.

I smiled and let my hand go lax against my brother’s frame.  The best sound ever rang out through the morning stillness—three shots had been fired, and I stood to my feet and fired three back.

“They’re here, Hoss.  Pa and Adam are here!”

Doc Martin stayed with Hoss for the better part of the afternoon.  And, when Pa asked if he’d stay for supper, he declined the offer and turned toward me.  His eyes narrowed as he smiled and squeezed my shoulder.  “You did a fine job, Son.”

I nodded my head but what could I say?  I felt uncomfortable around everyone and kept my eyes aimed toward the floor; anything to avoid the accusing glares from Pa and big brother, Adam.

“Hoss could have died if you hadn’t removed that bullet when you did.  I’m proud of you, Little Joe.”

“Thanks, Doc.”  Though my spirits should have soared, I felt miserable and wondered what Adam and Pa were thinking.

Maybe the doctor was proud but certainly not my father.  Pa hadn’t said two words since we’d arrived home.  I understood how worried he was about Hoss, but he’d chosen not to speak to me about the incident, at least not yet.

After running up to Pa and Adam when they first arrived at our camp, I directed them straight to Hoss.  “He’s been shot.  He’s in a bad way.”

Adam and Pa both knelt, each hovering over my big brother with deep concern.  And with their fingers probing his back, Hoss began to stir.  Pa spoke to Adam in low tones I could barely make out, and it wasn’t long before I felt like an outsider, an unnecessary person.  A nobody.

“It’s my fault Hoss was shot,” I blurted like a flitting jaybird.

Adam gave me a quick glance, but Pa’s hands and eyes never left my unmoving brother.  I knew Pa had heard me, and in the silence of the moment, I felt even more ill at ease.  I kicked my toe in the dirt and turned away from everyone but moments later, Adam was standing beside me, resting his hand on my shoulder.

“Let’s take a walk.”  I nodded, but I was too afraid to open my mouth.  What stupid thing would I say next?  “What happened, Joe?”

I pointed to the two boys lying prone on the ground.  “One of ‘em shot Hoss.”

“And?”

“I had to stop them.”

Adam turned so he was facing me dead-on.  “You?  You killed both boys?”

I nodded again.

Adam blew out a long, loud breath and shook his head in disbelief.  “We’ll have to take them to the sheriff, Joe.”

“Do we have to?  Maybe we should just bury them here.”

Adam grimaced.  Adam always did the right thing.  “I don’t think so, Joe.  The sheriff needs to know what happened.”

“Okay.” I sulked at my brother’s righteousness.  “If you think that’s best.”

“I do.”

I didn’t bother to argue.  What was the use?  Pa would agree with Adam. I was outnumbered.  I had no choice but to face the sheriff and tell my side of the story.

“Hoss was asking for you, Little Joe,” said the doctor.

I glanced at Pa, hoping to be excused.  He unlocked his arms and smiled. After thanking Doc Martin, I raced up the stairs to Hoss’ room.  I stood by the door, noting the unpleasant smell of sickness as soon as I crossed the threshold.   Dressed in a nightshirt, my brother lay flat on his back.  A blanket covered his legs and most of his chest.  

“Hey … Punkin.”

“Hoss—” Noting how he struggled to breathe, I was afraid to walk farther inside the room.  

“Come here, boy … come sit by ol’ Hoss.”

I moved closer to the bed and touched my brother’s hand with the tips of my fingers. “Doc says you’ll live.”

“Doc tells me you saved my life, Little Joe.”

“You didn’t give me much choice.”

“Huh?”

“Don’t you remember?  You told me everything to do.  You told me I had to get the bullet out.  You said you trusted me to … ”  I let my words trail away.

“You sure about that?”

“‘Course, I’m sure.  You told me to get the knife out of your pocket.”

“Oh, Joe.  I didn’t say nothing of the sort.”

“You did, Hoss.  Why would I make it up?”

“You sure you didn’t let them old trapper’s tales ‘bout Angel’s Point go to your head?”

“Don’t be silly.  Why would I do that?”

“I ain’t sure.”

I stared past my brother at a small, oval picture of his ma.  I’m sure it was Hoss’ voice.  I know my brother’s voice.  “The bullet, Joe.  Get the bullet.”  Was I losing my mind?  Who was I trying to convince?  Me?  Hoss?  A woman named Inger?

“You okay?”

“Yeah, I guess so.”

Hoss tried sitting up and I pushed him back down on the bed.  “I don’t think you’re supposed to be moving around.”

“You … you seem outta sorts, Joe.  Something wrong?”

“I said I was fine, Hoss.”  How could he possibly forget our conversation?  I never would’ve dug for that bullet without Hoss guiding me every step of the way.

“Doc check that wound of yours?”

“It’s nothin’,” I said, twisting to the side.

“What wound?”  I turned and faced the door where my father stood with his hands planted on his hips.  His voice startled me, and I turned back to Hoss, hoping Pa would let the question drop.  “What wound?”  Pa repeated.

“Joe?  Didn’t Doc look at your side?”

“I said it’s nothin’, Hoss.  I gotta go.”

“Hold on there, Young Man.”  Pa blocked the doorway and wouldn’t let me pass.

“It’s nothin’.  Why doesn’t anyone ever listen to what I say?”

I pushed past my father and ran into my bedroom.  I slammed the door behind me.  My “scratch” was nothing compared to what Hoss had suffered through, and I took care of it myself without my father or the doctor poking and prodding when my own brother had nearly died.

Moments later, my bedroom door opened, and Pa stood frozen, his large frame blocking the hall light, and his voice, though soft, carried across the room.  “Joseph?”  I chose not to answer when he called my name.  I needed time to think, time to figure out just what happened on that mountain.  “May I come in?”

Although I’d flopped down on my bed after running from Hoss’ room, I rolled my feet to the floor and faced my father.  “It’s only a scratch.”

“Mind if I take a look?”

No one in this house was ever going to let me grow up and decide things for myself. “Would you believe Adam if he told you it was only a scratch?”

“I might.”

“So why won’t you believe me, Pa?”  My words came out harsher than they should have but this time, Pa didn’t correct my ill-mannered behavior.

“Because you’re not Adam.  Because you’re Joe, and I have reason to believe your claim of “just a scratch” might not be the honest truth.”

“You should be with Hoss, not me, Pa.”

“Is that what you think?”

“Yessir.”

“Who do you think sent me to talk to you?  Who can’t rest comfortably because he’s worried about his little brother?”

“Hoss?”

“I’m not sure what all happened out there, Son, but I have two injured boys, not just one. Although I admit I didn’t know you’d been hurt until moments ago.  Why didn’t you say something, Joe?”

“Because it’s nothing, Pa.  How many times do I have to—”

“You put up a brave front, Joseph, but I think it’s time you let me check that scratch.  If nothing else, do it for your brother.”

I stood from the bed and slowly unbuttoned my shirt then pulled it to the side so Pa could see for himself it was nothing.  When he ran his fingers across the ragged burn I caught my breath, but there were no tears, no crying out.  I tried not to flinch.

“You’ll probably end up with a scar,” Pa said.  “I bet Hop Sing has something that will help “the scratch” heal a bit faster.”

“A scar?  You think?”

“Yes, I think.  Son, you were shot.”  Pa slid his long fingers alongside the wound, inspecting it a second time.  “Do you have any idea how lucky you were the bullet only grazed your side?”

“I never really had time to think about it, Pa.”  I flopped down on the edge of my bed and Pa sat down beside me.  It was time to confess my wrongdoings.  “I’m sorry I disobeyed you.  It wasn’t Hoss’ idea to go after those two, it was mine.”

“Oh, really?”

“Yeah—really.”  My father hinted at a smile as his hand crossed my shoulders.  “You already knew that, didn’t you?”

“Let’s just say, I suspected as much.”

“I should have listened—actually, I did listen to what you said, but—I’m sorry.  We should have waited.”

“Yes, you should have waited.”

“Is Hoss really gonna be okay?”

“Paul thinks he’ll be just fine thanks to you.”

“Hoss made me dig for that bullet.  He told me what to do, Pa.  It’s like he was guiding me through the whole procedure even though he was unconscious a lot of the time.”  I looked up at my father.  “I thought about all the animals he’d cared for over the years and that he was never afraid to tend their broken bones or … or whatever ailed them.”

Pa nodded his head, his lips formed a straight line, and when I felt his hand tighten against my shoulder, I thought maybe I said something out of turn.  “Even though you found it necessary to go after the rustlers after I asked you not to, I’m proud of you for keeping your head when your brother’s life was at stake.  I’m grateful, Joseph.  You rose to the occasion, and I know it took a great deal of inner strength for you to do what was necessary.”  Pa’s hand tightened again, and for the first time since the shootings, I began to relax.  “Without realizing, you’ve learned a great deal from Hoss over the years, and this time, you were put to the test.  You didn’t panic and you did what mattered.  You saved your brother’s life.”

I didn’t have an answer.  I felt unworthy of praise after what I’d done to cause the shootings to begin with.  There was a long, uncomfortable silence as I waited for Pa to address the reason we disobeyed him and took on the rustlers alone.  My heart beat a little faster with anticipation, wondering how I’d explain why I’d chosen to disobey and then dragged my brother along with me.  But the discussion never came.  Instead, Pa stood from my bed and faced me head-on.

“I’ll send Hop Sing up to dress that little scratch of yours and then I think your brother would like to see you.”

“Is that all?”  

“Is there more?”

“No, sir.”

If Pa wanted answers, he would have asked by now.  He would have hounded me until I relived the day’s events, until he knew every detail, beginning to end.  But he’d let the matter drop, and while part of me felt fortunate; another part thought he deserved an explanation.

Adam and I left the two dead boys with the sheriff before riding home, and I knew the matter wasn’t over.  The sheriff said the county would pay for the boys’ burials, and I wasn’t to worry about a thing.  But somehow, I still worried.  Their deaths gnawed at me even after a long discussion with Adam on our way home earlier in the day.

“What’s bothering you, Joe?”

It’s as though Adam could read my mind, and he was offering me the chance to tell him everything that took place at Angel’s Point.  But my mind was already messed up, and I didn’t need to be ridiculed for my behavior by my oldest brother.  I didn’t need him telling me what he would have done in my place.

Would he have killed those boys?  Would have let them go?  No—I already knew the answer, but I needed to talk.  I needed someone to understand the pressure I was under.  Was Adam that person?  Would my explanation convince him I had no other choice but to fire my gun?

“I killed two people, Adam.  Two boys who should be running and playing, eating ice cream and watermelon, and learning how to read and figure, but they can’t do anything now, and it’s my fault they’re dead.”  I tried to steady my voice, but I could see their faces and see their young bodies lying on the ground.  “I was scared, Adam scared they’d shoot Hoss again, and I aimed straight for their chests, knowing I couldn’t miss from such close range.”

Although I’d blurted out my thoughts, nothing I said sounded convincing, and I turned my head away.  I could hear Adam calling my name, and I finally turned back and looked straight into his dark, shaded eyes.  Maybe he understood.  Maybe he could help me through the pain I felt inside.

“Joe—” he said, reaching out to lay his hand on my arm, but Sport began to prance and the moment passed as my brother fought to correct his mount.

“It’s okay, Adam.”

I started to ride forward.  I wanted to leave the ugly thoughts of death and dying behind.  I needed a moment’s peace.  I needed to be a boy again and dream of fishing with my friends or playing kid games and not being part of the adult world I thought I craved more than anything else.  Yesterday, my life had changed, and how was I to leave those memories behind and just be a kid again?

Adam caught up with me, and I saw the look on his face, but was it a look of pity or disgust?  I wasn’t sure how he felt, and I was too afraid to ask.

“Let’s try this again, Joe,” he said as we plodded forward.

“It doesn’t matter, Adam.”

“Oh, but it does.  You’ll never be the same person you were before the shootings, and I think it’s best if you talk it out.”

“What’s there to talk about?  I did what I had to do.”

“Exactly my point.  You found yourself in a situation you’d never experienced before, and you did exactly what you had to do.”

“Maybe there was another way.  Maybe if I’d—”

“I know they were just boys, Joe, but what would have happened if you’d stopped to think things over?  What if you’d hesitated?”  Adam grabbed Cooch’s reins and he looked me in the eye.  “You and Hoss would have been killed, and we’d be burying the two of you instead of the two young men who opted to carry guns of their own.”

My eyes filled with tears as I pictured Hoss lying dead on the ground, and I swiped my hand across my face.  I didn’t want Adam to know how upset I really was.  He already thought of me as a little kid and crying only made things worse.

“Believe me, Joe.  You did the only thing you could’ve done.  Any man in your shoes would have done the exact same thing.”

I nodded after hearing my brother’s heartfelt words.  Maybe Adam was right.  Maybe shooting those boys had been my only option.  Maybe in time, the vivid memories would fade, and life would make sense once again.  Wait—had Adam called me a man?

For the next three nights, I slept in Hoss’ room.  I listened to him breathe, and I watched as his pale, sullen cheeks returned to a rosy, healthy glow.  Hoss was on the mend, and Doc said he’d be up and around in another week or so.

Hoss and I didn’t need words between us to know what the other was thinking.  Simple eye contact or a gentle touch of his hand on mine let me know what he was feeling.  He would tell me to bury the past and move forward, and I was starting to feel like maybe that was the right thing to do.

What Adam had said made sense.  If Hoss had died because of those two young thieves, I never would’ve forgiven myself for dragging him down that ravine along with me.  Sitting next to his bed, knowing I’d done my best under trying circumstances, I made a lifelong promise.

I’d never use my power of persuasion to lure Hoss into any kind of trouble again.

The End

6-2014

Wings of Eagles

by jfclover

Book 1

Spring – 1856

We rode double.  We rode bareback.  Each Indian pony held two of Miss Collier’s best students.  I was ordered to ride with twelve-year-old Maria Mendoza.  Her older brother, Manuel rode with nine-year-old Alice Turner.  The twins, Thomas and Cynthia Townsend, rode together. Three young braves led three ponies with the six captives, and two braves followed close behind.  Even though I whispered softly to my charge, she continued to squirm and cry.

“Sit still, Maria,” I whispered softly.  “You’re only making things worse.”

The Braves kept a steady pace.  Most of us remained silent.  Maria was the only real crier.  She sat in front of me, and my arms encircled her, but her jostling about made it hard to keep her in place and keep her from falling off the pony.  Her wrists were tied, as were mine, but she was my charge as long as we were riding.

“Please stop,” I begged.  “Sit still or we’ll both fall.”

Her voice was fragile; I couldn’t make out any words through her constant sobs, and I was growing weary.  Holding Maria in place was an unnatural position, a hard way to sit a horse, and the braves knew how tired and sore we’d be when the journey ended.  They were already challenging our will to survive.  We’d be weak and nearly useless when we reached our final destination.

Our teacher, Miss Collier, was close to Hoss’ age.  She was the banker’s daughter, but she’d volunteered to substitute teach while Miss Jones and her mother left on a trip to St. Louis for Miss Jones’ sister’s wedding.  Our substitute was definitely an improvement over sour-face Jones; she was a princess, a pretty lady with hair like golden sun and eyes that sparkled when she talked, and the boys, especially, had all fallen in love the minute she walked through the front door of our one-room schoolhouse.

But what we’d all witnessed a few short hours ago would stay with us forever.  Her cries and terrified screams still echoed in my mind.  I couldn’t even picture her beautiful face without remembering what the filthy Injuns had done to such a fine-looking woman.

Two braves had stood over her.  With a knife at her throat, one brave held her to the ground while a taller man straddled her legs and stripped the clothes from her body.  Knife man uttered words I didn’t understand.  I wondered if they’d ever seen a naked white woman before.  They seemed to be in awe as they stared and ran their hands over her pale, white skin.

Her skirt and layers of petticoats had been scattered everywhere.  The three of us boys had been tied at the wrists, our ankles had been tied under the horses’ bellies, and we couldn’t begin to save her.  We could only watch as three of the braves took turns violating our pretty, young teacher.

One man, or maybe he was only a boy, shouted at his friends.  Though the words were unclear, I understood his meaning.  He held our reins in his hand; he was ready to ride.  He hadn’t taken his turn with our teacher.  Maybe he was afraid white men were nearby.  I could tell by his voice, he was nervous over the other braves prolonged enjoyment.

I needed to sit up straight, if only for a minute, but I couldn’t, not without pulling Maria back with me.  The strain in my legs became worse; my thighs burned though I wasn’t alone.  Manuel had gritted his teeth against his own discomfort and Thomas and Cynthia were beginning to weave in the saddle.  Each boy was responsible for a female person.  None of us could lose our seating without taking our charge down with us.

We traveled for hours.  The sun beat down hard.  Sweat dripped from my hairline and into my eyes.  I blinked repeatedly as we traveled south.  The Paiutes lived north of the Ponderosa, and I determined that our captors were either Modoc or Bannock.  The Paiutes were our friends.  These men weren’t Paiutes.

The landscape was void of trees or grasses, and the horse’s unshod hooves beat loud against the cracked, uneven ground, a barren land that was draped with an invisible canopy against rains and snows.  This was no man’s land where food and wood were scarce.  No way to survive if we were to fall and be left to our own devices.  A heartless land.  A land that sang a song of death.

~

The ride through the high desert was only a ruse to hide our trail and confuse any would-be tracker.  After a few hours, we took a severe right-hand turn and headed back toward the mountains.  We continued riding until nightfall.  We were tired, hungry, and most of all thirsty.  We’d been given nothing so far.

Our captors had been silent most of the day, but now they were talking and moving their hands accordingly.  The tall brave, the one who seemed to be the leader, pointed his fourteen-foot lance toward a break in the foothills.  Apparently, they’d found the landmark we were to ride through.  Though I studied our surroundings, nothing looked familiar.

Along the winding path between foothills was a small stream snaking beside us, and we were allowed to dismount.  Though the horses were led down the bank first, a brave, the nervous one, pointed his lance toward the stream and we all rushed down the hill and cupped the cool, clear water to our mouths.

I splashed water over the back of my neck and scrubbed my face with my hands to remove grit from the day’s ride.  I wasn’t alone.  It seemed like everyone had the same instinctive ideas except Manuel.  He waded deeper into the creek but he didn’t drink or splash water, and then I realized what was on his mind.  He planned to escape.

“No!”  I cautioned in a loud whisper.

Stupid fool.  How far did he think he’d get?  There were five braves with lances and tomahawks and knives against a stupid, fourteen-year-old kid.  He raced across the stream and had just started up the far bank when he was captured by two braves and thrown to the ground.  One man pulled his knife.  He threw Manuel’s boots into the stream and cut the shirt from his back.  They each grabbed an arm and hauled him back toward the rest of us where he was beaten unconscious and, like a lifeless deer, he was thrown face down over the rump of a brave’s mount to be carried the rest of the way.

The ever-crying Maria would ride alone.  This time, I was tied to a pony with little Alice.  Three men grabbed the ponies’ ropes, and we continued our trek into the mountains.

Their camp wasn’t much farther.  Over another rise and down into a secluded valley sat thirty or forty teepees.  How far was I from home?  I tried to guess, but I was tired and confused by our meandering route.  It had been an exhausting day, and I was glad to be standing on solid ground and no longer straddling the spine of an Indian pony.

We’d been ordered to dismount in the center of camp, and a crowd of people gathered around us.  I was guessing Bannock though I wasn’t sure.  Men, women, and children stood and stared at the new arrivals.  Maria quickly ran to her brother when he was pushed off the back of the horse and landed in a heap on the ground.  He was still unconscious.

The beat of a drum sounded behind me, a steady thump, thump, thump, but all I could do was stare back at the people who gawked at the new arrivals.  What would happen now?  They’d let us drink from the stream, which told me they hadn’t planned to kill us right off.  They wanted us alive, but why?

Again, I noticed the younger brave, the one who hadn’t taken his turn with our teacher and wondered if there was something decent about him, some inner kindness the others hadn’t displayed.  Though he was a head taller than me, he didn’t look much older.  He wore a wide leather band on his left wrist, and I gathered it protected his arm from his bowstring.  Some type of animal fur, maybe fox, had been weaved through his long, black braids.

An older man, possibly the chief—at least he looked like somebody important—stood and talked to the five braves.  He pointed to Manuel, who hadn’t moved from his spot on the ground.  The old man gave orders to one of the young men.  The brave nodded his head and motioned to two of the other young men who quickly did his bidding.

The taller man pushed a crying Maria aside and rolled Manuel to his back then spread his legs.  An older woman handed him a large oval-shaped rock, and it was set on the ground between his ankles.  He was coming around.  He started to sit up when the tall brave placed his foot on Manuel’s chest to hold him in place.

Maria wouldn’t leave them alone, and I reached out and tried to scoot her back toward me.  For my efforts, I was backhanded across the face and Maria was dragged away from the circle.

The taller brave stood toe-to-toe with the prone body.  He pulled his tomahawk from the band at his waist and slammed it hard against Manuel’s ankle, cracking the bone against the large oval rock.  I turned my head and bit down on my bottom lip when Manuel’s scream echoed through the camp.  The bone would not be set; my friend would never run again.

The rest of us huddled together.  I held nine-year-old Alice to my side and when she wrapped her thin, little arms around my waist, I felt her tremble.  I patted her shoulder, hoping that might ease some of her fear.

So many different smells.  Unlike home, there were fresh leather hides that had been cleaned and stacked in piles.  Buffalo chips burned in fires and there was a hint of tobacco, but the odor was unlike Pa’s and nothing I wanted to get used to.  How long before they let us go?  A day?  A month?  Longer?

As Manuel lay moaning and writhing on the hard ground, the rest of us were tied together—wrist-to-wrist with rawhide strips—and moved to another part of the camp.  We were fed a watery soup then hauled as a group toward an undecorated teepee.  We’d all sleep together in one tent, and I didn’t know if or when Manuel would join us.  A guard was stationed at the bearflap entrance though I didn’t think any of us were dumb enough to attempt an escape.

Although we remained tied to each other, we all managed some much-needed sleep until the bearskin flap flew open at dawn, and we were hauled outside.  Little Alice had an accident during the night and since she slept closest to me, the left leg of my trousers was damp and smelled like the devil.  Drawing the others behind me, I walked out into the gray light of an overcast dawn.

We stood in a line.  The girls shivered in the cold morning air.  Thomas, who was fifteen, more than a year older than me, was holding his own and putting on a brave front for our captors.  Manuel was nowhere in sight.

A young brave untied our hands and we all rubbed our swollen wrists.  All eyes faced forward.  What came next?  Would any of us be freed and sent home?  I didn’t worry too much.  My brothers would find me soon.

~

Sheriff Taylor – October ‘56

I’d talked to them Cartwright boys at least once a week over the past five months.  They’d been searching from sunup to sundown, looking for their missing brother, but they’d found nothing.  No tracks—nothing gave them a clue to his whereabouts.  Seemed like bright and early every Monday morning they was in my office, asking if I had any new information on any of the children, but my answer was always the same.  “Sorry, boys.”

When Miss Collier, and the children, hadn’t returned to the schoolhouse by three that spring afternoon, I’d been summoned by one of the older boys in the class.  I figured they was on their way back, but I told him I’d take a ride out to Skylar’s bluff and see if one of the kids had gotten hurt and couldn’t walk back to town.

As I started down Main Street, Avery Townsend, the owner of Townsend’s Feed and Seed, stopped me and asked where I was going.

“Where you off to, Sheriff?”

“Heading up to Skylar’s bluff,” I said.  “Kids ain’t back yet and the other children are worried.”

“My young’uns are up there.  Why don’t I go with you?”

“They’re probably heading back,” I said, ‘but you’re more’n welcome to ride along.”

Avery Townsend saddled his horse and left his wife, Mabel, in charge of the store.  Maybe he needed a break from all her caterwaulin’.  Though a small-statured woman, everyone in our little mountain community knew she was the real boss of the feed and seed.  We rode side by side toward the bluff, and Avery filled me in on why only six children were invited on the picnic.

“My Thomas and Cynthia are the top students in the class,” he gloated.  “Mabel and I are sending my boy off to college next year.  No feed and seed for him.  That boy’s destined for great things, Sheriff.”

I wasn’t sure who was more irritating, Avery or his wife.  The only thing he ever talked about was that son of his and how brilliant the kid was.  The man’s whole life was geared toward that boy’s accomplishments.

“Who else won top honors—in the class, I mean?”  I wondered if he kept track of anyone else’s accomplishments.

“Ben Cartwright’s youngest boy and I believe one of the miners has two children who do well, although I’m not sure how that came about.  Oh, and little Alice Turner, the banker’s daughter, but she’s just a child.  Hard to know how she’ll handle the work when the subject matter becomes more challenging.”

It wasn’t a long ride.  The children had walked from the schoolhouse, but there was no sign of them or their teacher returning.  As we rode up the backside of the bluff, I spotted unshod prints near the lake, and my breath caught in my throat.  Suddenly, I had a real bad feeling.  I’d planned to dismount; I wanted to make certain the horses weren’t shod, but something at the highest point of the bluff caught my eye.  I turned my horse around.

“What is it, Sheriff?”

“I’m not sure.  Maybe you should stay here.”

“What?  Why?”

Avery turned in his saddle.  He looked to the top of the bluff and saw what I’d seen just moments ago.  He took off, racing up the flat-topped hill where two wooden poles had been crossed, set in the ground, and tied in the middle to form a large X.  What remained of Miss Collier had been attached to the tall stakes with rawhide strips.  She’d been stripped naked.  Her calico skirt, white petticoats, and white blouse fluttered like flags on top of each pole.  Townsend arrived first.  He called for his children.  I dismounted quickly and tried to calm the frantic father.  

“We’ll find them,” I lied, but I didn’t know what else to say.

Children who’d been captured by Indians were seldom seen again.  I’d never witnessed anything like this but I’d heard stories, and I knew difficult times lay ahead for the four sets of parents and for me.

Avery Townsend fell to his knees.  “Lord help the children,” he cried into the palms of his hands.

I untied my bedroll and walked toward the schoolteacher and her aboveground grave.  With my knife, I cut the rawhide that held her mutilated body and wrapped her as best I could inside the wool blanket.  Her small, lean body was cut and bruised.  Blood had dried between her legs and she’d been scalped.

It was nearly suppertime when Avery and I returned to town.  We met Adam Cartwright on the way down.  He glanced at the body I had draped over my horse’s rump and looked me straight in the eye.  I shook my head and he understood my meaning.  He sunk deep in his saddle when he realized none of the children had been found.  

Parents of the missing children plus a group of concerned citizens had gathered in front of my office.  When they spotted the neatly tied bedroll, the entire crowd came rushing forward.

At thirty-one years old, I’d only been a peace officer for two months.  I knew some of the families, especially Ben Cartwright, who’d pushed other ranchers and townsfolk to have me sworn in as sheriff of the small but growing community known as Genoa.  I was capable of handling most disagreements.  I’d put rowdy drunks in jail and broken up fights in the saloons, but what I witnessed today made me question the job I was sworn to uphold.

“Avery—” I said softly.  “Will you take my horse and … and take the woman to the undertaker while I speak to these people?”

I didn’t think Townsend was in any shape to relive the story I had to tell.  Without a word, he took my horse’s reins and slowly made his way down Main Street.  I’d been correct in my assumption.  Maybe a few minutes alone and he could come to terms.

Adam Cartwright stood beside his father and after we made eye contact, he took hold of Ben’s arm to steady the poor man against what was to come.  I wished someone would steady me as I looked into the anxious crowd that hoped my account of the teacher’s death wasn’t the horrific picture they’d already painted in their minds.

“Jack?”  Ben Cartwright’s pleading voice made me shiver with deep sadness.  “Where are the children?”

I looked away from the rancher and his son and focused on my boot tips as I considered the right words to say.  I cleared my throat.

“I don’t know, sir,” I said.  “Avery and I only found the woman.”

“God, no!”  I turned my attention to the fear-stricken voice of James Turner who’d pulled his pretty, petite wife Carolyn to his side.  “Not my Alice.  She’s only nine years old, Sheriff.  It was savages, wasn’t it, Jack?  It was dirty, heathen savages.”

“Let’s not jump ahead of ourselves, Jim,” Ben said.  “We know nothing for certain.”

“My, God.  What will they do to a child that age?”

Adam stepped forward.  “Miss Collier—” he said.  “You believe the attack was caused by a band of renegades?”

“I’m almost certain.  Walk down to the undertaker if you have the stomach for that sort of thing.”  I took a deep breath and realized what I’d said to a man I called friend.  “I’m sorry, Adam.  I should’nt’ve said that but yes, I’m sure it was a band of renegades.  What tribe?  I don’t rightly know.”

Adam’s younger brother Hoss stepped closer to his pa.  His eyes narrowed into thin slits but he held back his growing rage.  “We’ll find ‘im, Pa,” he said.  “Don’t go worryin’ yourself over this.  Me and Adam’ll find them dirty, stinkin’ Injuns and we’ll bring Little Joe back home.”

When I started for my office door, Adam grabbed my arm.  “Hoss and I are heading out now.”

“Okay,” I said.  “I’ll round up more men and we’ll follow.  They shouldn’t be too far ahead of us.”

~

Ben

I remembered the look on Joe’s face before he left for school.  He’d left the house in a huff.  When I insisted he attend the picnic with the rest of the children, he fought me and tried to get out of the end-of-the-year party.

“The picnic’s fine for little kids,” Joe said.  “But I’m a man.  I don’t wanna share a box lunch with a nine-year-old girl.  It’s embarrassing, Pa.”

At thirteen, Joseph believed he was a grown man.  He wanted to do the work of a man and he wanted to be paid the same wages as our hired hands.  No matter what I said to the boy, we ended up arguing the point until he became disrespectful and was either sent to his room or I gave him a list of chores to have completed by sundown.

“Embarrassing or not,” I said, “Miss Collier has arranged this outing for her best students of which you are one.  How can you consider that embarrassing?”

“Because it is, Pa.  How would you like to share a box lunch with Miss Hawkins?”

“That’s completely different, Joseph, and you know it.”

“No, it ain’t, Pa.  You never listen.  You treat me like a little kid, and I ain’t your little baby anymore.  I’m a man.”

Little Joe slammed the door behind him, and I shouted his name, “Joseph!”  but I didn’t follow him into the yard.

I was livid but if I held him back, he’d be late for school.  Our conversation was far from over and if that boy knew what was in store for him when he returned home, he’d be smart to run off with a band of gypsies.  I hadn’t used the loop of my belt for months, but Joseph’s attitude had to change.

Those had been my final thoughts concerning my son, and my last words had been voiced in anger.  There’d been no loving goodbye, no way to make up for the argument that had reared its ugly face more than once.  Had I forgotten what it was like when I’d said those same words to my father?  Hadn’t I turned my back on my family and run off to sea?

But Joseph had worked so hard.  He’d pulled his grades from average to excellent in just one year.  I was so proud of his accomplishments, but had I told him that?  Had I taken time to mention how pleased I was or how proud his mother would have been with her young scholar?

No.  When he so desperately wanted to be taken seriously, when he so wanted to become a man and have a say in his own affairs, I’d forced him to go on that damn picnic and share his lunch with a little girl.

You’re a damn fool, Ben Cartwright.  Lord help me, but what in God’s name would we do now?

~

Bannock camp

We’d lived with the People for nearly six moons.  There’d been no sign of my brothers or a posse or any other white man.  All of us had been separated into different lodges on our first full day with the People.  I rarely saw my classmates.  They’d been scattered throughout the camp and were kept close to their assigned lodges.

The two older girls, Cynthia and Maria, had become slaves to two different families.  A woman called Rising Sun took little Alice into her home as a replacement for the daughter she’d lost to some illness last winter.  I’d been informed that she was the main reason we’d been sought out and captured last spring.

Replacing Rising Sun’s daughter with a white child was the only way to silence the grieving mother’s endless wailing.  The chief, who’d grown weary of her cries, ordered five Bannock braves to find her a new child.  Little Alice was spotted at our picnic and, if the men were able to seize the entire group of children, they would be highly commended for stealing more than a single child away from the white man.

The raid happened so quickly that none of us had a chance to fight back or slip away.  Five young warriors had surrounded us, had secured a rope around us, and had our hands tied behind our backs in a matter of seconds.  Separate ropes were tied in noose-like fashion around our necks and we were ordered to mount the extra ponies they’d brought with them.

The girls screamed and cried while the boys stared at the painted faces of the men standing tall around us; we were helpless to fight back.  Thin stripes of black paint covered the brave’s foreheads and cheeks.  They carried lances, tomahawks, and knives, and we were no match.  We’d been caught off guard, never considering our end-of-the-year picnic would be raided and we’d never see our homes or families again.

The younger brave, the boy with the fur-wrapped braids, the boy who hadn’t been part of the mess with our teacher, became my mentor and my disciplinarian.  He instructed me on the ways of the Bannock.

His name was Lone Eagle, and I wasn’t allowed any farther than an arm’s reach from him twenty-four hours a day.  Though he was my only teacher, he was also the only brave allowed to punish me however he saw fit.

As months passed and the angle of the sun shifted from high overhead leaving summer behind, my instructor came to realize he could trust me, that I had no plans to run away, and that the dreaded nighttime noose was ceremoniously tossed into the camp’s center fire.

My family had failed me.  I knew that now and I knew the reasons why.  To my brothers, I was nothing more than a nuisance, a scrawny little kid who only caused trouble or got in the way of something important.  Ranch business came first; it always would, and my father insisted I was too young to take on the jobs my brothers had done for years.

I was too young to leave school like Hoss had at my age.  I was sent on stupid picnics when I could have been more useful doing a man’s job, but no.  Pa had said three more years of school.  Three more years of hell.  As much as I fought and begged for a simple taste of manhood, I had been denied.

Learning the ways of the Bannock had brought a type of self-confidence I hadn’t known before.  My ability to learn what was important in life and what was needed to survive proved invaluable and for the first time in my life, my opinion concerning adult matters was taken seriously.

I wasn’t stupid, and Lone Eagle was a good teacher.  I learned fast, and I showed my Bannock mentor I was worthy of his teachings.  He began grooming me to become a true warrior, a man who rode with honor among the People.  I’d been given a new life, a chance to prove myself and I held my head high.

The past was the past.  I knew that now, too, and I treasured the days ahead.  Though the early days were hard, days when I wept for my old life with Pa and my brothers, those thoughts of home and family had been severed by beatings, followed by a gentle kindness I hadn’t expected.  The knowledge that I was Bannock and I should accept my future was driven into my mind day and night.

My future was here and now.  Why I’d been accepted into this band were reasons unknown to me, but I was gaining respect from the elders.  I took my instructions seriously.  Over the last few months, I’d absorbed the teachings, and I grew strong mentally.

I grew physically too.  Taller and stronger, and I was allowed more privileges as time passed.  Lone Eagle was still my only instructor, but I was allowed out of his sight for brief periods.  Because he lived alone and didn’t own a slave, we often worked together, chopping wood or tending the ponies, or scrounging up food for our daily meal.

Though he was young, younger than my white brother, Hoss, Lone Eagle was a man worth admiring.  The words he spoke were words I could finally understand.  The white man’s tongue was slipping from my mind.  At times, I struggled to remember the correct word or its meaning, but they were words of a past life and were unwanted and unnecessary.

Except for the tall, broad-shouldered brave named Running Wolf, who was the most aggressive when it came to torturing my school teacher and seemed to despise every white man, I’d been accepted by everyone else in the tribe.  I would never turn my back or let down my guard when it came to Running Wolf.  He was not to be trusted.

Manuel would spend the rest of his life as a slave.  His crippled leg labeled him inferior to any other man in the tribe, including Thomas and me.  Even little Alice had a higher rank within the camp than the poor soul they’d renamed Dog Foot.  He would never meet their standards so they goaded and teased and humiliated him and finally reduced his status to a white slave rather than a man they could mold into a warrior.

He lived with Standing Tall, the chief’s wife, and as I looked back over the past six months, I realized my friend had brought on his own destiny.  He’d brought shame to himself with his foolish behavior that day at the creek when he tried to run.  When the entire camp moved southwest at the end of August, I got a glimpse of him hobbling along with a crutch under his left arm.  And though we were nearly the same age, he shuffled along like a burned-out old man.

Little Joe had been my Christian name and like everyone else, I’d been given a new name, a name the elders thought was appropriate and suited my demeanor.  I was called Bear Cub now, and until I proved I was mentally and physically ready for my vision quest, I wouldn’t know my true identity or be able to choose my true Bannock name until I’d been immersed in the teachings of the Great Spirit.

Lone Eagle worked hard to prepare me for my time on the mountain.  I still wasn’t allowed to ride and hunt alone.  I still didn’t have my own pony.  I was still considered a boy in the eyes of the People but not for much longer.  I was becoming stronger every day, and I hoped Lone Eagle would approve of my efforts and mention my name in a positive manner to the chief.  My future would be set in stone after my quest.

Thoughts of my birth family, my father, and two brothers were becoming a gray area in my mind.  During those first few weeks of captivity, I cursed my brothers for not searching long enough, for not caring enough to find me.  The white man’s world was all I knew, and I tried to keep the memory of my family close to my heart and mind.

But Lone Eagle saw something in me he thought was worth saving.  He kept me with him and, in the beginning, he concealed my daily acts of rebellion from the rest of the tribe.  He never let on to the chief or the elders how much force he’d used to keep me in line and keep me from returning to the white man’s world.  If not for Lone Eagle’s tactics early on, I would have been denied my freedoms and realized the same fate as Manuel, Dog Foot.

I was a boy with a future, but living under Lone Eagle’s iron hand hadn’t been easy.  Though I’d learned to hold my own, the brutality I endured didn’t seem to fit the crime.  The scars marking my body were outward signs of disobedience, but they also showed bravery and, in time, my actions were seen as heroic and eager to learn from my mistakes. Though I never cried out, I cursed Lone Eagle with every lash that cut my skin and left my body bloody and marked forever.

Rather than breaking my spirit, my will to live during the transition spurred me on to different levels of manhood.  I’d tolerated the lashes to my back, and I tolerated the fever that burned through me when I was staked to the ground.  I’d been humiliated and laughed at, stripped naked, and paraded around the camp on a leash because Lone Eagle’s determined need for discipline was greater than just another private scolding.

I cursed my white brothers too.  “Damn you, Hoss.  Damn you, Adam.  Why didn’t you care enough to find me?”

After every punishment, I was taken inside Lone Eagle’s lodge where I was cared for and where I was fed berries and fresh meat.  My reddened flesh was doctored with a healing ointment, and I was praised through the night for my true acts of courage.

When the time was right, several of Lone Eagle’s friends came and went and each one supplied me with a gift for bravery against the quirt Lone Eagle often used to set me straight.  Placed by my side were a bow and seven arrows, a quiver fashioned from deer hide, a 12” knife, and a tomahawk, which were all symbols of my ever-growing acceptance within the tribe.

Three days ago, I denounced my life as a white man.  I was Bannock now; I’d given up the white man’s ways, and Lone Eagle announced to the tribe that his job was finished, that I was ready to become a man, and that I should be granted the right to my journey, my quest.  

Although my boots had been taken away the day I’d been captured, they were saved for the ceremonial bonfire.  My boots and the rest of my white man’s clothing were symbols of another world.  New clothing was presented to me, and I wore my new doeskin with pride.  To be taken into the tribe as an equal, as the man I’d longed to become, a gift my white father had denied me, gave me a sense of pride and great honor.

The ceremony that evening was grand.  My clothes were burned in the bonfire and everyone cheered.  Food was plentiful.  We danced and played until the wee hours of the morning.  Women and children danced too and, one by one, different families took me aside and congratulated me for my emergence from the dark and into the light.

Thomas had never proved his worth and his time was finished.  Thomas, who’d been called He Who Cries, was weak in spirit.  He had surrendered himself to the hands of the Bannock.  He’d begged for death during the beatings and the lash and, as I was welcomed into the tribe, Thomas was taken back to the high plains.  He was staked to the ground where no one would be forced to watch the Great Spirit condemn his body and mind to a slow and miserable death.

~

Bannock camp – July ‘57

I’d lived with the Bannocks for more than a year.  Lone Eagle had become—not only my mentor—but also the best friend I’d ever had.  Every day we’d ride out of camp together, and he’d fill me in on the lay of the land and survival technics I would use for the rest of my life.  Some areas almost looked familiar.  Tall mountain peaks stood like ancient pillars against a sea of blue sky.  But, there were times my mind would betray me with memories of the past.  I wanted nothing to do with my previous life.  Strength came from always moving forward, knowing and accepting that my future had been laid out for me by a greater power than myself.

When the six of us had been abducted, we rode through the high desert in order to fool the white man.  We’d left no visible tracks.  We circled over rocks and ragged cliffs for nearly half a day until our captors were able to make their way into the camp safely.  I hadn’t realized the route we’d taken at the time, but Lone Eagle had mentioned that first day of captivity on one of our longer rides.

“See the sun, Bear Cub?”

“Yes, I see the sun.”  I also feel the sun’s burning rays against my back and face.

My near-naked skin had darkened greatly, but I was still growing accustomed to the lack of protection from sun, wind, and rain.  The Bannocks were used to such things.  My skin had always been protected but no longer, and I was feeling the effects, but it wasn’t my place to complain or criticize.  Relax and adapt and change my mind’s direction to something more useful than whining over sunbaked skin.

“Did you pay attention to the sun on the day you and the others were taken?  Had you watched closely, you would have known we were riding in circles.”

I felt embarrassed by my lack of knowledge, of basic common sense.  My white brothers had tried to teach me about the wilderness and what to look for or how to react to certain situations, but I’d never taken them seriously.  To me, it was all hogwash when I was a young white boy.  Now, I understood the seriousness of knowing and understanding my surroundings.

“I should have paid attention,” I said.

“You were not Bannock then.  You are now.”

We sat atop a ridge looking down into a soft, green valley below.  I rode a borrowed horse though soon—after my quest—I would be able to choose my own mount from the herd of wild ponies that roamed the area near camp.

“Tell me what you see, Cub?”

I hated these questions.  I always got the answers wrong but in the end, I learned a great deal from Lone Eagle.  Passing his knowledge on to me was a kindness, and I’d always be grateful for his patient understanding.

“I see the sun,” I said.  “It is high in the sky.  It is midday.”  I took a deep breath before I continued.  “I see a green valley surrounded by tall mountains on three sides.  I see many trees and a small creek and the water is running fast.”

“Anything else?”

“I am not a smart man in the ways of the world, Lone Eagle.  I am not seeing what you want me to see.”

“Where is your escape route?  Where will you hide if the white man is only a few lengths behind?”

I looked toward the mountains.  A valley was a dangerous place for the Bannock to ride alone.  I looked for an entrance into the foothills.

“To the west,” I said.  I pointed my finger in the direction I was looking.  “Where dark shadows meet the light of the valley.  There is a break, a passageway through the hills that will take me high in the mountains.”

“Good, little one.  You are starting to see what you never noticed before and that is good.  You are learning.  In a few days, the chief will permit your vision quest.  You will be alone for three days and three nights.  You will be without food and water and without means to defend yourself from any intruders you may encounter so you must always be aware.

“You will spend time with the Great Spirit.  He will lead you on your final journey toward manhood.  Even though your belly will ache, you will not give in to hunger.  You will traverse an area the Bannock call the badlands in search of your true self.  And when your time is finished, you will descend from the red plateau a new man, a spiritual man, a fearless man, because you have given your soul to the highest power in the land.”

“Am I worthy of the Great Spirit’s gifts?”

“Only you can decide your fate, Cub.  He Who Cries was weak in spirit.  Dog Foot was foolish and he was punished for his actions.  You are neither foolish nor weak.  You have worked hard and you have learned much.

“When you return, you will be a man.  You will never look at life the same way again.  Your childhood will vanish.  You will be brave, wise, and loyal, but most important; you must depend on yourself.  You will love many and trust few.  You will paddle your own canoe.”

“Then I am ready.”

“Yes.  You are ready, my friend.  And when you return, I will no longer be your teacher.  You will be my equal, and I will call you brother.”

“Brother …” I said with an even smile.  “I will be honored.”

~

Vision Quest

We left camp early, before sunrise.  We rode a full day to reach the red rocks though we would camp on the outskirts overnight.  I would not see my final destination until the morning my quest actually began.  Lone Eagle will take leave with my pony and all my earthly belongings, and I will meet with the Great Spirit.  I will open my mind and welcome his knowledge of earth and sky and all things in between.

I was tired when we stopped for the night though it might have been the nervous feeling I had inside that made the ride seem longer than it really was.  There’d been no banter, no conversation, only the quiet stillness of the land.  I watched the direction of the sun overhead.  I would soon watch for birds, mainly doves.  Since I couldn’t bring water with me, doves would point me to the nearest stream.  As I followed my teacher to the top of the mountain, I took in as much of the landscape as possible.

“I have something for you, Cub.”  Lone Eagle handed me a small pouch.  “Powered willow bark,” he said.  It’s a powerful laxative.  It will clean you out and make you ready for your vision.  You will take it now.”

My final instructions were given.  Most of Lone Eagle’s advice was a repeat of things he’d told me before but maybe I’d overlooked or didn’t think were necessary at the time.  This time, I concentrated on every word he said.  I didn’t interrupt.  I didn’t ask childish questions.

When we broke camp, we left the horses behind and walked to the top of a ridge where plateaus, deep basins, and tall spiked sandstone statues loomed on the other side—a pinkish-red wasteland, a no man’s land.  I’d been warned of alkaline in the water, water poisoned by mineral salts, and that a low-running stream might be safe to drink, but never a guarantee.  The land was a maze of ravines and tall, spiky peaks, deep, two-hundred-foot gorges loomed as far as the eye could see.  Shale and gravel made for curving footpaths through the gaps between outcroppings of pointed rock that towered against a backdrop of deep, blue sky.

I would enter the rose-colored land free of all my worldly goods, and I would hand my mind and body over to the Great Spirit.  I wasn’t allowed to wear my breechclout or my moccasins, no leggings or shirt.  I handed my knife and my water skin to Lone Eagle and slipped off the last of my clothing.  Stripped of everything, I became a newborn child entering a brand-new world.

Morning sun shadowed Lone Eagle’s face, but I could tell he was pleased that the day had finally come.  His eyes were watery even in shadow.  I reached out and clasped his hand.

“We will meet again in three days,” I said.

“Stay strong, my friend.”  Slowly, he backed away, and he was gone.

I started down the first ravine.  The gravelly surface was slippery and by noontime, the bottoms of my feet were bruised and worn raw, and I was leaving a trail of blood.  I sat on a flat sandstone rock and contemplated.  Somehow, I’d have to wrap my feet or I’d have coyotes and wolves, maybe even bears tracking my scent.  I wasn’t sure what types of predators might travel through the rocky terrain.

Overhangs were plentiful and I could crawl between rocks and sleep protected from the elements.  But it was far from nighttime and I had to keep traveling or my time would be wasted.  The Great Spirit was watching every move I made.

After pulling up several clumps of straw-like grass, I took the longer blades and tied them together to make some kind of wrap for my sore feet, but the grass was too dry and the knots crumbled through my fingers.  I wasn’t the first person to walk through these canyons.  Others had suffered from sore feet and I’m sure they thought nothing of it.  I needed to move on, sore feet or not.

By dusk, I couldn’t take another step.  My feet were numb, I was drenched in sweat, and one of the worldly possessions I’d given up was the leather band that held my hair back from my face.  Damn curly hair.  It had grown to shoulder length, and it curled toward my face.  Without the band to keep it in place, my long, springy curls were nothing but a constant nuisance.

Standing on top of a long stretch of rock, I glanced at the area I would cover tomorrow.  Tall, thin peaks and narrow valleys dotted the landscape, leaving everything but the sky a mind-numbing pinkish red.  I was alone, truly alone for the first time in my life.  No family or friends, only my own voice, and my own devices.  No sounds of birdsong, not even a breeze existed in this desolate land.

I wasn’t ready to call it a night.  I jumped down to the next grouping of rocks, and my right foot slipped out from under me, but I caught myself before too much damage was done.

“Just scraped a little hide,” I mumbled as I ran my fingers over my left shin.  “No real damage.”

The long, narrow cut bled like a babbling brook.  I used a clump of grass to wipe away the excess blood; it was the best I could do though I needed to leave the scent behind.  The pungent odor might attract animals I didn’t want to come at me since I was without a weapon.

Because there weren’t any more suitable paths to follow, I made my own way through the cavernous terrain.  Lower ground meant warmer air, and I could spend the night more comfortably.  Though my lips were dry and my stomach ached from hunger, I stored those thoughts in the back of my mind.  If the Great Spirit found me worthy, he had the power to quench my thirst and satisfy my hunger.  He would broaden my mind with his teachings, and I would find new ways to overcome any physical pain.

When the sun dipped behind the taller peaks, it left deeper shadows and cooled the air.  A sudden gust of wind intensified by day’s end chilled my sunbaked skin.  It was time to make camp.  I looked for an overhang, preferably a three-sided rock formation, so I could defend myself if need be.

Lone Eagle taught me better than to be caught off guard.  To stumble through darkness without a plan was just plain foolish, and I should have known better than to wait this late to make camp.  I wasn’t a kid anymore.  A kid would lie down anywhere and be done with it, but a true Bannock brave should have more sense.  I’d know better tomorrow.  A man learns from his mistakes, and I prayed I hadn’t offended the Great Spirit with my blatant stupidity.

The rocks surrounding me still held heat from the day’s sun.  I was tired and I ducked under the first overhang I came to and crawled toward the back wall.  Though my head nearly touched the rock ceiling, I pulled my knees to my chest and stared into a sea of darkness.

Without a companion to talk to, my mind drifted in many directions.  I watched for any kind of movement or any unnecessary sounds then realized I was scaring myself half to death for no reason other than maybe I was still a child and not ready to be a man.  Could the Great Spirit read my thoughts?  Would he know I was shaking with fear and afraid of monsters in the night?

I covered my head with my hands; I tried to clear my thoughts but memories I thought I’d buried snaked through my mind and brought a sense of terror so vivid and so real I wanted to scream.  But they weren’t my screams.  The girls I used to tease and play with in school were screaming and crying, and I could do nothing to relieve the horror of that first day in camp.

Rawhide strips bound the girls together wrist-to-wrist.  Their clothing was ripped from their bodies and thrown into the camp’s main bonfire.  They stood naked in front of the People and became the focal point of the entire camp.  Women rushed forward while the men and children stayed their distance, blanketed in shadows.

I watched as a man grabbed at the goods hidden behind his breechclout and nudge the man beside him.  And after he spoke, the two men laughed like children.  They were eyeing the naked girls, and I prayed there wouldn’t be a repeat performance like the one I’d seen earlier in the day with Miss Collier.

Like prized horseflesh, the girls were inspected.  Their mouths were forced open to check their teeth.  Their legs were spread and the women felt between the older girls’ legs to make sure they were still fresh and hadn’t been ruined by white men.

Thomas turned his eyes away as the women inspected his twin sister.  At fifteen, she had fully matured and I wondered if she could withstand the embarrassment of being handled in such a way.  She was such a pretty girl—blonde, tall, and shapely—and as tears streaked her face, I wanted to kill every brown-handed woman who touched her.

Nine-year-old Alice was swept away first.  She had been the reason for the raid and her new mother, Rising Sun, took her in hand and led her to her own lodge as a replacement daughter.  Alice never cried.  Maybe she was numb or in shock, but she never shed a tear.

Cynthia, the valedictorian of our class, was taken away next.  The rawhide tie had been loosened from Maria’s wrist and a noose was placed over Cynthia’s head then pulled tight against her neck.  A woman I would later know as Cries in the Night, an old lady with a sour, pointy face and long gray hair hauled her away.  I saw fear in Cynthia’s eyes, a final plea for help, but my own hands were bound and the noose around my neck made it impossible for me to help her or anyone else.

Though I didn’t see her again for a couple of months, I knew what she had become.  Cries in the Night had taught her well.  Cynthia was clothed in rags.  Her long, blonde hair was matted and she was filthy.  She hadn’t been allowed to bathe.  Her wrists were permanently scarred from the rawhide ties that kept her in line during those first few weeks of captivity.  She knew to keep her eyes on the ground when passing in front of the People, which included me and her brother Thomas.  Cynthia would never again be my equal.  Cynthia had become Cries in the Night’s slave.

~

The sweet sound of birdsong forced uninvited memories from my mind, and I crawled out from under the overhang into a world the Great Spirit had painted both earth and sky in a fiery glow of red. I’d slept on cold, unforgiving rock.  My body ached and I felt hollow inside.  Perhaps it was hunger and thirst.  Perhaps it was a night filled with the chaos of unwanted dreams.

I looked for birds.  I’d heard their morning songs and they would lead me to water where I could drink my fill and wash yesterday’s sweat and grit from my skin.  I needed to appear presentable for the Great Spirit.

Call it terrors in the night, but I woke thinking of Cynthia and her matted hair and the filth that nearly dripped from her body.  I knew the Great Spirit would have nothing to do with her.  Her prayers would go unanswered and in death, her soul would search for peace but it would be denied and she would forever remain between heaven and earth.

The sweet sounds of cooing doves caught my attention, and I raced down the ravine toward the bottom of the canyon where they were taking their morning baths.  Many great men had traveled these paths before and had purposely designed the three-day vigil for young men like me.  As I ran, my inner strength began to soar and I came alive like no other time before.  My senses elevated.  I could smell the dew, and my skin prickled with excitement in the clean morning air.

My hunger was gone.  The fragile bond between mind and body was strengthening with every step I took through the reddened wilderness.  I wasn’t alone any longer.  Lone Eagle’s teachings burned inside me and brought with them the fire of life.  I was alive, truly alive and my future was just at hand.

I felt proud and uninhibited.  My soul had been burdened for fifteen years.  The Bannocks had freed me from the white man’s restrictions, a life I’d always known and was glad to leave behind.  My mind was open to new teachings and new beliefs, and I was ready to take on a world of freedom and bask in the glory of manhood.

A winding stream trickled before me, and I raced faster until white, bouncing bubbles covered my feet and shins.  I cupped a handful of water and brought it to my nose.  No mineral smell.  I scooped water from a deeper pool and drank, and drank, and drank.

I splashed water over my head and shoulders, and I shuddered at the refreshing coolness before I immersed the length of my body and let the rushing surge of white water flow through my hair and remove the salty streaks of perspiration from my skin.

The world was beautiful, and I welcomed the new day.  And, as darkness approached that second evening, I was ready for nightfall.  I’d gathered enough dry grass for a bed and I’d found an alcove where I could rest and still see for miles.

“Lesson number one, Bear Cub.  Think, plan, execute.  Learn, and you won’t make the same mistake twice.”

By day three, I was feeling the effects of my quest.  I couldn’t carry water with me, and I had to keep moving up and down the narrow canyons, searching and listening for the one and only voice that would show me my destiny.

My stomach begged for food, and my feet were cut, bruised, and so swollen that every step I took tested my willingness to move forward.  My head pounded from the blazing summer heat.  The strength I’d found at the stream the day before was gone and left me feeling empty inside.  Like a child, tears filled my eyes as pain washed through me and over me like a herd of thundering hooves against hard-packed ground.  Even though I knew it was wrong, I begged the Great Spirit for a minute’s worth of relief.

“Help me find my way,” I shouted into the abyss, into a wilderness void of life.

My mind became a fragile mass of visions of the People and their ways.  White captives.  Why were some forced into slavery and others, like me, being molded into fighting men who received love and honor from the People within the tribe?  My heart cried for the less fortunate.

Manuel had been crippled and was sentenced to a life of slavery.  His younger sister, Maria, had witnessed her brother’s crime against the People and yet she chose to fight back and, in turn, she’d become a slave also.  Her silky black hair had been clipped above her ears, proving she was no longer a desirable woman or worthy of a normal life.

The first night in camp, Maria had been hauled away by a woman called Loose Fist.  And when the young Mexican girl had acted out, she’d been tied and gagged and set outside her mistress’s lodge wearing only a breechclout and nothing to hide her budding femininity.

The People were encouraged by Loose Fist to rid their unwanted garbage on her slave. After tossing scraps from the day’s meal on Maria’s lap, the rotting meat brought cheese flies and blowflies and their larva flooded Maria’s hair and hidden cavities.  The cruel reprimand taught the twelve-year-old girl that submission was the true foundation of a Bannock slave.  Her punishment lasted three days.  She’d only been set outside the lodge once.  She was quick to learn her place.

In a year’s time, Cynthia had grown tired and old.  She walked with a limp and one shoulder hung lower than the other, as though bones had been broken by beatings she’d managed to survive.  She and Maria would never become wives, but Cynthia’s belly was growing.  Soon, she would become a mother.

By holding my tongue and keeping my wits about me that first day, I’d survived and I’d found my place in this world.  I was no man’s slave.  Lone Eagle, who was two years my senior, convinced the elders that I was worthy of studying their culture.  That I should not be used as a slave, that to break me completely was not what the Great Spirit would want.  That he would take full responsibility for my education and any punishment I deserved.  That he knew how to erase my past without breaking me, and that I would become a loyal and treasured Bannock, an asset to the tribe.

~

I was a child in mind and body.  I was unworthy of becoming a man; I knew that now.  I would never find my rightful place among the People.  I’d be lucky if I was cast aside as a slave or not put to death for all the sense I’d shown during my quest.

Think, plan, execute.  

Three simple words escaped me, and I found myself without lodging when darkness fell.  I’d waited too late to make camp.  A smooth-sided rock had become my bed, and I’d fallen asleep on one of the highest plateaus in the area.  There were no overhangs or caves, and there was no soft bed to lie on.  If the Great Spirit saw fit to take my body and soul tonight, I’d understand his disappointment in a simple white boy thinking he could ever become a Bannock brave, much less an honored warrior.

Instead of planning my future, I let my thoughts drift to past events until my mind became a wasteland of shifting memories.  Slithering snakes and overgrown giants, enemies I couldn’t fight barehanded, forced my weary eyes wide open and kept me staring into the darkness, waiting and watching for the senseless demise of Bear Cub.

I drifted in and out of sleep.  I allowed shadowed memories of the past to change the landscape from jagged red rocks to grassy plains surrounded by high mountain peaks.  Dreams brought peace of mind and comfort and a way to escape the barbaric giants who’d left their footprints throughout the valleys of this wasteland, and I remembered the young boy I’d once been.

He rides alone.  He rides fast through a green meadow of wildflowers toward a bubbling brook.  The young, white boy scoops a hatful of water and lets his horse have his fill before he kneels down on one knee and leans forward.  With both hands, he splashes water over his face and neck then brings the clear, sparkling bubbles to his parched lips.  He drinks and he laughs, and then he removes his clothing before plunging his entire body into the deeper end of the stream.  He hears voices, not scolding, but laughter, and he looks up to find two familiar faces giggling at his antics.

“If you ain’t the goofiest kid I’ve ever known, Little Joe.  Ain’t you freezin’ to death?”

“No,” I said to the big man.  “Join me?”

“Not on your life.  Me and Adam came to collect your ornery hide for supper.”

“Right now?”

“Right now,” the darker man answered.

Like waves hit the shore, their names came rushing forward, and their faces became clear in my mind.  My white brothers were always watching, always knowing that my continued existence was in their hands, but where were they now?  Why had they left me alone for so long?

Hoss could laugh the day away, but there was no laughter in Adam’s voice and even though he wasn’t upset with my behavior, his voice always sounded stern.  Like my white father, he could rattle my thinking and put an end to a perfect day.

“I’m comin’,” I said.  “You two need to lighten up and enjoy life more often.”

“That’s your opinion, little brother,” Adam fired back as always.  “Now put your clothes on and turn your pony toward home before Hop Sing takes a meat cleaver to all three of us.”

~

I woke up startled.  Another time, another life.  It was only a dream, but it seemed so real.  The clothes and the hat were not of my world and the young, white boy was a stranger, an enemy I should only watch from a distance and only when I was armed and ready for battle.  I shook away the thoughts.  Surely, the Great Spirit had tricked me with the dream.  Surely, he would show me the true ways of the People and not fill me with visions of white boys who rode alone and unafraid.

I was stiff and cold.  My joints ached.  Had I become an old woman like Cynthia?  Was I destined for beatings and a life of bondage?  I pushed myself up and sat cross-legged as though I was enjoying a campfire.  I could almost smell rabbit roasting over the spring-like flames and, until I opened my eyes and met the surrounding darkness, my brief fantasy faded and reality hit once again.

Stars didn’t dot the sky.  Clouds passed over the moon and filled the lonely night with such nothingness that I couldn’t see ten feet in front of me.  Just what had I learned?  My quest was winding down, and I felt no different than the morning Lone Eagle had left me and ridden back to camp.

There was no leaping from boy to man.  There were no sudden revelations.  I didn’t grow taller.  My voice didn’t deepen like a real man’s should.  I wasn’t stronger or faster or better with a bow and arrow.  What was the point of all this anyway?  What kind of changes were supposed to take place?  Frustration?  Loneliness?  If anything, I’d regressed farther into childhood.  I stood to my feet and fisted both hands.  I shouted to the heavens.

“Show me the way, damn it.  I beg you to show me the way.”

The Great Spirit cast my feet out from under me, and I fell, skidding and crashing from rock to rock, scraping and gouging and coughing up dust until I came to an abrupt halt with my legs dangling off the edge of a cliff.

My shouts had angered the Great Spirit, but I wasn’t ready to die.  Had he saved me from death?  Had he stopped my downward spiral before I plunged another thirty feet and lay sprawled in the middle of nowhere?  Would scavengers attack my broken body and would my remains lie unburied for eternity?

My hands slipped across loose bits of sandstone.  I dug my fingers deeper around a narrow ridge of rock and kicked my legs forward, trying to find a foothold that might prevent my untimely death.  My fingers cramped; I couldn’t grip much longer, and I cried out.

“No!”  I screamed.  “Don’t do this.  It’s not my time.”

My fingers bled; my feet found no hold as I frantically kicked back and forth through the dark of night and felt nothing.  Silently I prayed and silently I would die.  I rested my legs.  My time was now.  The last few moments of life were near and I cleared my mind of all thoughts and all visions of past and present.  I would go out like a man, not a child.  No screaming or crying for a life that wasn’t meant to be.  Even as my fingers gave way to nothingness, my mind was at peace.

~

Ponderosa

“Pa!”

Slamming the front door behind him, Hoss called out his father’s name.  When no answer came, he called for his brother.

“Adam!  Where is everyone?”

Leaving their freshly made sandwiches on the chopping block, Ben and Adam moved from the kitchen and into the dining room to see what all the ruckus was about.

“This better be good,” Adam said as he followed his father through the narrow walkway.

“Oh, there you are,” Hoss said, still catching his breath.

“Why all the shouting, son?”

“There was a sighting.”

“A what?”

“A sighting, Pa.  A sighting.”

“You gotta do better than that,” Adam quipped.

“Are you two touched in the head?  Joseph!  Someone thinks they might have seen Little Joe.”

“What?”  Father and son reacted in unison.  “Where?”

Twenty-year-old Hoss was clearly out of breath.  He’d ridden hard from town to give his family the news and now he wondered if Little Joe even crossed their minds anymore.  A year had passed, but that didn’t mean the kid wasn’t still out there somewhere.

“South of here,” he said.  “Jed Kinsey and his boy rode through town yesterday to get likkered up and rumor has it they said an Injun what looked like a white man was ridin’ with a real Injun.”

“How could they tell?”  Ben nearly shouted.  “How close were they?”

“All I know is what Sheriff Taylor told me.  He said one man weren’t real big and he had a curly mane of hair, and the trappers thought he was probably a white man who’d turned Injun.”

“I doubt our little brother would’ve turned Injun, Hoss. If anything—if the kid was still alive— he would’ve escaped by now.  Don’t you think?”

“You can’t be sure, Adam.  You’re just guessin’.”

“Hold on, both of you,” Ben said.  “First off, the Paiutes live north of us and there have been no signs of Modoc or Bannock in the area for at least a year, maybe more.  I don’t know what or who these trappers thought they saw, Hoss, but I’ll have to side with Adam on this one.”

“You mean you’re givin’ up?  You ain’t got no hope of ever seein’ Little Joe again?”

“I’ll never give up hope completely, son, but do you really think, if your young brother were still alive, he’d be riding alongside another Indian and not making his way home to the Ponderosa?  Don’t you think he’d try everything in his power to make his way back to us?”

Hoss shoved his hands deep into his pockets.  He scrapped the wooden floor with the heel of his boot.  “I don’t know what I think, Pa, but if there’s a possibility Joe’s still out there, don’t you think Adam and I should at least scout the area to make sure?”

Ben reached for Hoss’ shoulder.  “I know how you feel, son.  Adam and I feel the same way, but heading out on a wild goose chase isn’t the answer.”

Hoss respected his father more than anyone else in the world, but he had trouble swallowing Ben’s “It’s not Joe” attitude toward the situation.  They’d searched for months, but those days were behind them and now with a possible sighting, no one in his family seemed to take him seriously.

“You really don’t think it’s Little Joe?”

“No, son.  Can you imagine your little brother dressed in Indian attire and riding along peacefully with another brave?  You know your brother, Hoss, and you know Little Joe would never—“

“It’s okay, Pa,” Adam said when Ben couldn’t find words that might put his mind at ease over his missing son.  He placed his hand on his father’s shoulder and glared menacingly at Hoss for rushing in and blurting out the impossible.  That was Little Joe’s trick, not something Hoss usually did, considering the circumstances.

“Come on, big boy.  We’re just fixing lunch.”

Three days later, a trapper known as ol’ Missouri rode into Virginia City with a dead body slung over his packhorse.  He rode straight to the jail to off his load and be on his way.

“Found this boy staked to the ground,” the old trapper said when Jack Taylor stepped outside his office.

“Whereabouts, Missouri?”

“Down by the canyon lands this side of Twin Forks.”

Jack examined the corpse.  Though scavengers had gotten the best of him, he was the only blonde male who’d been captured at Skylar’s bluff over a year ago, and the small patches of matted blonde hair that remained identified him as Thomas Townsend.  He’d inform Avery Townsend first.  But, in all fairness, he’d have to tell all the missing children’s parents how and where the boy had died.

~

Bear Cub

Buzzards circled overhead, swooping and diving, waiting to feast on the dead.  The sweet scent of blood had lured them, but the feast they’d hoped for wasn’t a corpse just yet.  I moved my arms; I held my hands in front of my face.  Scratched and bloody, the deeper cuts were embedded with gritty bits of red stone—swollen but nothing broken—after the twenty-foot fall.

I tried to push myself up, but my left leg hammered with pain.  My knee felt like it would fold beneath me, too sore to hold my weight if I tried to stand.  Sweat trickled down the side of my face and unconsciously, I swiped at it with the back of my hand.  Pain soured my stomach; I felt lightheaded.  My knee burned like fire.  Fear ruled my thoughts.

Dawn was a long way off.  I struggled to breathe, and I fought hard to control my fears, but I was weak and helpless.  How would I climb to the top of the ridge my morning?  Lone Eagle would never find me unless he spotted the vultures and concentrated on their eerie cries.  Again, I let my mind wander.  This time, though, the girls weren’t screaming inside my head.  They were my own pitiful cries, and I begged the Great Spirit to keep me from going back to that time and place.

Torn and nearly threadbare, my shirt fluttered about my chest, and I walked stiffly. It was my first summer with the People and, with a noose tied around my neck and my eyes facing the ground, Lone Eagle hauled me through camp as punishment for my crimes.

Taller than me, with dark skin and eyes as black as coal, Lone Eagle moved with the grace of a bobcat stalking his prey.  He was muscular through the shoulders, and his legs were strong, as though he’d lived atop a pony since he was a small child.  He carried himself with confidence.  Though he was young, he possessed the quietude of a man of many years.

I shuffled along as best I could.  My body ached from the beating I’d suffered the day before.  The thrashing was fresh in my mind, and my hatred toward my captors grew with every step I was forced to take through the camp.  I was a showpiece for all to see, a captive who had to learn his place quickly, learn that he was no match for a Bannock brave.

Women touched my pale skin as I was paraded for all to see.  Men pointed and laughed.  They taunted me with words I didn’t understand.  Children did their best to trip me up.  They stepped on my feet and whipped my shins with wiry branches they’d torn off nearby trees.

In the eyes of my captors, repetition was key to education.  Every morning at sunrise, I was led to the same place, a place of learning, and every morning I resisted my instructor’s harsh commands that I let go of the white man’s world and join the world of the People, but choosing to resist nearly cost me my life.  By day three, I was shown my captor’s quirt, a small leather whip.  Without using words, I knew what he was planning.  Communication was difficult, and after many repetitions, I slowly began to learn certain words and commands.

He’d show me the quirt and say the word.  He’d make a fist and say the word.  He’d point to me.  He’d point to himself.  He’d throw words at me as though he was angry, as though I was beneath him, nothing more than a stray dog that couldn’t learn simple commands.  In time, I understood enough to keep my thoughts to myself and not fight back.  Lone Eagle seemed pleased with my slow but steady progress.

Not every day was set aside for “classroom” learning.  There were days my wrists were bound behind my back, my ankle was tethered to a pole in the center of camp, and I was blindfolded.  I was ordered not to move, and from dawn till dusk, my assignment was to alter my thinking about my past and accept my future.  As far as I could tell, the only crime I committed was being born a white man.

Other days brought different ways to break a white boy with a stubborn nature.  With my arms stretched out from my sides, I was required to hold leather pouches of water.  It wasn’t long until my arms would shake, and my legs would shake, and I thought the tendons in my neck would snap from the strain of keeping my arms out level from my sides.  With his quirt, Lone Eagle would tap the undersides of each arm until I lifted the bags higher.  He would smile and nod his head.  He was proud of his power over his captive.

There were other ways to break a man, and Lone Eagle used more than one method to end my relationship with the world I was born into.  Often, we’d go back and forth—a day of torment and a day of learning until he was satisfied I would no longer defy his way of life.  There were days I wasn’t given food to eat or water to drink.  There were days I was forced to drink bags of water, and I was unable to excuse myself and perform the most basic bodily function.  And, on those days, he would stand me in the center of camp and, by day’s end; I had no choice but to embarrass myself in front of the entire band of onlookers.  My instructor was thorough and in the end, he won me over.

Survival was key in those early days.  All I could manage were thoughts of escaping the brutality of the People.  If I survived the beatings, if I could rise above the humiliation and the constant taunting, there was a chance I’d see Pa and my brothers again.  Over time, things changed.  My outlook on life changed.

No longer did I feel like a captive.  I was becoming an equal in the eyes of the People.  I worked hard.  I suffered through everything that was dished out and I survived, and I was conditioned to believe I could become a great warrior.  Lone Eagle was like a brother to me though I would never say the words aloud; I began feeling a kinship with the man who’d changed my life.  The man who believed in me and who’d spent nearly a year training me for a better life.

With the coming of spring nearly a year later, a small band of braves were appointed by the elders to leave the next morning for a hunt.  Food had been scarce during the winter months.  Babies cried when their mothers could no longer feed them.  Though everything within the camp was shared among the People, there was nothing left, and I knew real hunger for the first time in my life.

Lone Eagle was one of the men selected by the elders, and I would be left without a twenty-four-hour guard for the first time since I’d been brought to the camp.

“Can I trust you, Cub?”

“Yes.”

“Can I trust you to behave and do your chores if I leave you alone for two days and a night?”

“Yes.”

“If I find you’ve disappointed me …”

“Never, Lone Eagle.  My place is here.  I know that now.”

“Prove to the people of this band that you can be trusted and a time will be set for your vision quest.”  Lone Eagle watched my eyes light up and he smiled.  “You are a good boy, Cub, and you will become an even better man after your quest.”

I nodded my head.  I would finally have a day—two days, actually—alone.  No lessons, no beatings, and no embarrassing moments in front of the tribe.  My chores were simple.  I’d gather and chop wood for the cookfire and make frames for the hides for the upcoming hunt.

Lone Eagle thought he owned me but after my quest, I’d be considered a man.  I’d be allowed to pick out my own mount and not have to ride on a borrowed pony.  I’d be allowed to go hunting with the other braves.  I wouldn’t be under Lone Eagle’s strict supervision any longer.  I’d finally be free to think and do as I pleased.

~

“Hold him still,” Running Wolf scolded his partner, Sits Tall, or I’ll tie you and the white boy back to back and flail you both.”

Sits Tall pulled my hands behind my back and ran a thin length of rawhide around my wrists several times before he tied off the ends.  He kicked me hard behind the knees, and I dropped to the ground like a rock drops to the bottom of a stream, but I knew not to make a sound or the beating could leave me crippled or worse.

Truth was, I’d done nothing wrong.  Punished without a trial, without my side of the story being told wasn’t fair, but I had no choice other than to comply with the wishes of Running Wolf, the meanest man in camp, the tall warrior who’d led the attack on Miss Collier almost a year ago.

Stepping over my back, Running Wolf stood next to Sits Tall.  “String him up,” he said.

Sits jerked me to my knees and strapped a leather collar around my neck.  With a length of rawhide, he attached the collar to my wrists and pulled the thin piece of leather taut until my arms nearly met the back of my head.  The weaker my arms became, the tighter the collar would become until I’d eventually choked myself to death.  No one to blame but myself.

I was left to rot in the warm, spring sun.  Anyone who passed taunted and teased the guilty white boy.  Cries in the Night brought Cynthia out of their lodge and had her sit down in front of me.  With my face tilted toward the sky, I could only see the face of Cries, and I could only wonder why the old woman wanted her slave to watch me die.

Cries hollered a command I wasn’t familiar with, and Cynthia rose to her knees so we were face to face.  Cries repeated her command.  I could smell her musky scent when she pressed her lips against mine.  I couldn’t move.  I couldn’t kiss her back.  If that’s what she wanted, I didn’t know.  Cynthia, Yellow Hair, had been beaten and used for so long; I didn’t know what she expected me to do.

How was I to react to a woman or a woman-slave?  Cries husband and sons had used her body for nearly a year and her belly was swollen with child.  Her eyes were dull and lifeless.  Her lips were cracked and traces of blood had dried at each corner of her mouth.

She pulled back only slightly and whispered, “Help me, Joe.”

I couldn’t speak and, even if I wanted to, Cries in the Night was standing over us and she’d overheard Cynthia’s pleas and jerked her to her feet.

“What did you say?”

Cynthia shook her head.

“You want to end up like him?”

“No—I didn’t … “

I was surprised to see tears spring from Yellow Hair’s eyes.  How could she still have tears after all she’d been through?  Within minutes, she was tied in the same position as I was.  A leather collar was placed around her neck and her stiff arms were pulled up behind her back.

She’d never last an hour.  The fun-loving girl I’d known when we were kids in school had been beaten and humiliated for months, long enough that if she lowered her arms, she’d be freed from the life she was living.  It’s a choice she’d have to make but maybe I could talk her through it.  Maybe that’s why she and I were placed here together.  Maybe I could make a difference for her and her child.

I prayed for a cloud.  The sun’s rays were harsh.  I hadn’t worn a shirt for months and my skin was used to the burning rays but Cynthia had been kept inside most days and her pale, white skin was a different story.  Cries had pulled the deerskin dress off her slave’s shoulders and it hung from the rawhide belt just above her swollen belly.  When the collar was pulled tight to her wrists, her breasts were not only exposed, but her round, pink nipples pointed straight toward the sky.

So that no one would overhear, I talked softly to Cynthia, but with the collar pressing against my throat, my words were few.  Only when she gasped for air, when her arms had fallen, did I try to convince her to hold on, that I’d get her home to her ma and pa.

After nearly an hour, both of our ties were cut and both of us fell forward face down on the ground.  Our hands were still tied when Running Wolf slipped his foot under my chest and flipped me to my back.  He did the same with Yellow Hair and knelt down on his heels then ran his index finger down her chest between her sunburned breasts.

“Little girl ready to behave?”

“Leave her alone,” I said.

“Lone Eagle not teach manners correctly.  You defy me, white boy?”

“No, but she’s been through enough.”

“You want her for your woman.  Is that what Bear Cub desires?”

Cynthia turned to face me.

“She’s Cries in the Night’s slave.  She’ll never be my woman.”

“Maybe I trade something of value for slave girl.  Would that please the white boy?”

“I—yes.  That would please white boy very much.”  Running Wolf stood and walked away.  I turned toward Cynthia.  What just happened?  “Do you understand?”

She didn’t answer.  Her face was bright red, as was her neck and chest and the sun was still beating, still burning her tender skin.

“Can you roll over?”

“I can’t, Joe.  I’m too—I can’t … “

It didn’t take Running Wolf long to make the trade.  He stood over the two of us with his hands on his hips and his knees locked tight.  He reached down and pulled me to my feet.  His grin widened.

“I make trade,” he said.  “I trade you to Cries in the Night.”

“W—what?  Why?”  I stammered like a fool.  “I—I don’t understand.”

Running Wolf grinned again.  “Change mind.  Decide you not worthy of white girl.”

“But I thought—“

“You thought wrong, Bear Cub.  White girl mine now.”

“No,” I said, shaking my head.  I couldn’t let him have her.  He’d rut her to death in one night.  “You can’t do that.  You can’t take her just like that.  You gave me your word.  Doesn’t that count for something?”

“Word mean nothing to white boy.  Word only good for men of equal value.”

“Then I challenge you.  The best man wins.”

“A fight?  White boy want to fight Running Wolf?”

“If I win, I get the girl.”

“White boy dumber than look.”

“Maybe.  Is Running Wolf afraid of white boy?”

Running Wolf drew the twelve-inch blade from his sheath and held the tip to the tender flesh under my chin.  “Running Wolf not afraid.”

He grabbed my arm and jerked me sideways then cut the ties at my wrists.  Both arms tingled.  My wrists had been tied behind my back for over an hour.  My arms had been forced halfway up my back for so long that any normal strength I had was cut considerably.

I’d just challenged the meanest, tallest brave in camp.  I’d let my foolish pride override common sense.  I knew that now but it was too late.  I’d be dead in a matter of minutes, and Running Wolf would have Cynthia and bragging rights and, as a trophy, he’d tie my scalp to his lance.

“No weapons,” I said abruptly.

“Ha!  White boy funny.  Bear Cub give orders to Bannock warrior?”

“Is Bannock warrior afraid to fight fair?  Does Running Wolf need weapon to win battle against young white boy?”

With his left hand, he throttled my neck, just above the leather collar, and like his name, his intense glare became wolf-like; a golden hue edged his coal-black eyes.

“We fight to the death,” he growled.  “Winner take slave girl, and white boy thrown to the vultures to be picked clean.”

“Fine.”

My arms dangled at my sides and I shook them both, desperate to get feeling back before Running Wolf attacked.  I was disadvantaged and he was well aware.  My muscles ached.  I was a head shorter and a whole lot thinner than my opponent, but I was fast—jackrabbit fast—and I’d use that asset to my advantage.

We stood two arm-lengths apart, staring, sizing each other up.  I grinned at Running Wolf.  I shifted my weight left then right.  I danced, trying to throw him off.  He only stared.  I raised fisted hands and I kept up the dance.  Though his eyes narrowed, he continued to stare.

People gathered around us, and I planned to give them a helluva show.  Men, women, and children began cheering and though I didn’t know every word they shouted, I heard my name loud and clear when it was called.  Were they cheering for the white boy?  No, but maybe they cheered for underdog.  Whatever the meaning, their voices gave me strength and I smiled again at my opponent.  I’d let him take the first shot.

I dodged his first punch; I dodged the second, and Running Wolf seemed confused by my skittering dance.  The cheers grew louder and I took a deep breath before I plunged headfirst into my opponent’s gut.  We both went down.  Running Wolf was on his back and I was sprawled on top of him.  I raised my left hand, but he grabbed hold and rolled me to my back.  The punches to my face were brutal.  Left—right—left—right.  Running Wolf had total control.  Blood seeped from my nose and mouth.  My vision blurred as he pommeled both sides of my face.

He raised himself up on his knees and I found the advantage I needed.  I kneed him dead center in the nads.  He grabbed himself with both hands and rolled to his side; it was my turn to let loose on the mighty warrior.

I beat his face just like he’d beaten mine.  Left—right—left—right.  I punched him in the gut then wrapped my hands in a chokehold around his thick neck.  I moved my hands higher, closer to his chin and cut off his air, and I listened as he coughed and wheezed for breath.

“To the death?”  I said.  “Your rules, big man.”

I laid into him a second time.  His nose and mouth bled.  He was still choking when I poked my fingers into his eyes.  He raised his hands to his face, and I kneed him again as hard as I could between the legs.  My opponent was nearly spent.  Did I really want to kill him?  I’d never killed a man before and I stood to my feet.  I backed away.  I caught my breath.  What should I do now?  

Running Wolf didn’t move.  He didn’t stand up.  He covered his face with his hands and rolled to his side.  The crowd surrounding us became silent and that’s when I looked up and saw the chief, Hole in the Mountain, had appeared and stood over the motionless man lying curled into himself on the ground.

“It is over,” the chief said.

“Take white slave.  She is yours.”

Still panting like a water-deprived dog, I stood in disbelief.  “To the death,” were Running Wolf’s rules, but the chief said otherwise and his words were final.  I reached down and helped Cynthia to her feet.  Her hands were still tied and the leather collars still circled both our necks.  I looked toward Hole in the Mountain; I had no knife of my own.  He understood my plea and cut us both free of our bindings.

“Go,” he said.  “When Lone Eagle returns from hunt, you will meet with Great Spirit.  You honorable man.  No longer boy, son of white man.  You Bannock.   You use slave girl for own pleasure when return from quest.  She yours now.”

I wasn’t sure of protocol, and I bowed my head to the chief.  I reached for Yellow Hair’s arm and dragged her along with me back to the lodge Lone Eagle and I shared.  So many thoughts ran through my mind I couldn’t sort them all or make sense of my life.  I’d become Bannock, owner of a slave, honored by Hole in the Mountain in front of the entire tribe.  What would Lone Eagle say to that?

I’d been accused and punished for a crime I didn’t commit.  I’d gone to gather wood for the cookfire and Running Wolf had accused me of trying to escape when leaving camp was the farthest thing from my mind.  I’d learned to follow the rules early on.  I’d been deprived of food and water on too many occasions to pull a stunt like that.  I’d been publically humiliated.  I’d been beaten and whipped until my back was raw, but that wasn’t the reason I stayed.  I stayed because this was my home.  This was where I belonged.

And now I owned a slave, a girl I’d known most of my life.  I could never lay with her.  Not now, not ever, so what was I to do?  Where would she sleep?  Lone Eagle and I shared a small lodge.  There wasn’t enough space to add a third person.  I couldn’t send her back to Cries in the Night; I had to keep her, but for how long?  Forever?

Desperate to save her life, I made her a promise.  I’d promised I’d get her home to her ma and pa.  Would she even remember what I’d said?  God, I hoped not.  And worse than anything else, she was with child.  Another mouth to feed.  In a matter of minutes, Lone Eagle and I had grown from a household of two to a household of four.

“Joe—” she said.

“Best if you call me Bear Cub, Yellow Hair.  There is no Joe anymore.”

“You’re not one of them.  You’re Little Joe Cartwright.  You always will be.”

“No.  You’re wrong.”

Yellow Hair had a strange look on her face.  We stood outside my lodge, her new home.  Guess I’d be sleeping outside until … this was such a mess.  Lone Eagle would know what to do with her.  I sure as hell didn’t.

“Why don’t you go down to the creek and clean up some.  Take your time,” I said.  “I have much thinking to do.”

“Yellow Hair,” she said.  With both hands, she stroked her cropped hair.  Like Maria, her long hair had been cut just below her ears.

“Don’t worry.  Hair grows back,” I said.

She walked away; her head was bowed like always.  She was a slave who’d lived with a bitter old woman.  She knew nothing but to surrender to Cries demands.  Her spirit and love of life had been beaten out of her long ago, and I wasn’t sure she even wanted to go back to the white man’s world.  Would she even be accepted if I risked my life to return her?  I didn’t have the answers.  I didn’t know if I ever would.

~

The noonday sun was high overhead when the hunting party rode into camp with three deer and an elk.  I’d spent the night outside our lodge and gave Yellow Hair my bearskin until Lone Eagle and I could figure out better sleeping arrangements.  I’d have to explain the fight and Yellow Hair’s presence, and I dreaded talking about any of it when I’d promised there’d be no trouble while Lone Eagle was away.

I stood outside the lodge when the hunters rode in.  Yellow Hair was kneeling over the cookfire, stirring onions into a pot of boiling water.  We both watched as the men dropped their kill in the middle of camp.  There would be a grand ceremony tonight, and my mouth watered knowing we’d have more than wild onion soup for supper.  I wondered if Yellow Hair could attend the night’s festivities.  Now that she’d bathed, she was halfway presentable; plus, she was no longer a slave.

I also wondered what went through her mind on her first day of freedom.  Could she even understand basic freedoms anymore?  She’d cooked for Cries and her family, and she began cooking for Lone Eagle and me without being asked.  Was her routine so ingrained she just did things without having to think?  I had a lot to talk over with Lone Eagle before the day was out.

I walked toward the center of camp.  Hoping I wouldn’t see Running Wolf, I was anxious to welcome my friend home.  I looked a fright.  I knew my face and chest were bruised, and I could see the red marks from the ties that had cut into my wrists.  I assumed my neck showed the same red ring from Running Wolf’s punishment.

Lone Eagle had pushed a good-sized elk from the rump of his horse.  We’d use every part of the animal.  Nothing ever went to waste after a kill.  I jogged toward him.  I wanted to congratulate him, but he took one look at me, and his eyes narrowed into unforgiving slits.

“I can explain,” I said quickly.

“You promised.”

“Wait.  There’s—there’s an explanation.”

“Not now, Bear Cub.”

He grabbed hold of my arm and hauled me toward a tall cottonwood tree, away from the crowd of people who’d gathered in the center of camp.

“Arm’s together,” he shouted.

I held my arms out in front of me and Lone Eagle inspected my wrists.  He pushed my head back and ran his hand down my throat.  I swallowed hard.  If he’d only let me explain.

“Grab the branch, Cub.”

“Why won’t you listen to me,” I said as I reached up and wrapped my hands around the lowest limb.  “Please, Lone Eagle.”

His face had turned flame-red with anger.  All he saw was that someone had punished me for a wrongdoing, and now it was his turn to teach me how to behave properly while he was away.  He pulled his quirt from the band around his waist, and he fanned the leather strings across his hand.

“You learn nothing.  You are a stupid, inconsiderate white boy and you never learn.  Do I not teach you anything of value?  Why do you always disobey my instructions?”

My words would mean nothing now.  He’d made up his mind.  Again, I was deemed guilty without a trial.  Let him whip me.  I didn’t care anymore.  Let him do anything he wanted but in the end, Lone Eagle would come out the loser.  Hole in the Mountain would see to that.  The chief knew what was fair and just, and suffering through another whipping . . .

The lash struck once, twice and by the third time he flailed the leather cords, I gripped the limb with all my might.  Four, five, six, and my legs trembled under my weight.  Seven, eight, nine, ten, and I couldn’t catch my breath, but I held my attacker’s eyes.

Lone Eagle rapped his quirt against the side of his leg.  The rhythm of the taps revealed the rage still burning inside him.  He’d convinced himself I’d disobeyed his orders.  No questions asked and no rational answers I might give would ease his mind.

I hadn’t fallen to the ground.  I hadn’t shed tears or cried out in pain and that enraged Lone Eagle.  I wasn’t as thin-skinned as I had been months ago when the whippings first started.  If he wanted to break me, he’d have to go farther this time; he’d have to come close to killing me.

“Losing face” spans all nations.  The one-braid man of my youth often talked about losing face.  White men followed the code of the West or they, too, would lose face and be ostracized by the community of people they considered friends and neighbors.  The Bannocks were no different.  Lone Eagle thought my punishment was justified and if he didn’t do everything in his power to cut me down to size, he would “lose face” in the eyes of the chief and the elders of the tribe.

“Turn your back,” he said.

“Are you a coward, my friend?  You can’t look me in the eye when you raise the whip?”

“Turn your back now!”

I did as I was told.

“Hands on the limb.”

I reached for the limb and locked my fingers over the top.

One, two, three, four—tears threatened—five, six, seven—and I dropped to the ground.  My breathing came in a staccato-like fashion, wheezing, gasping, and sucking in small bits of air to fill my lungs.

“Enough,” came a deep voice from behind.

“He must be disciplined.”

“No, Lone Eagle.  You are wrong.”

Pain overwhelmed me and I couldn’t make out the man’s voice, but it could have been the chief.  I couldn’t see the two men standing behind me.  I couldn’t move; I couldn’t lift my head.

“Why do you not believe him?”

“There is no explanation.  He disobeyed and he needs to pay for his actions.”

“Take him to your lodge.  If the boy’s explanation did not satisfy you, then listen to the white slave.  She fears her own shadow.  She will not lie.  She will tell you what happened while you were away.”

“Slave?”  Lone Eagle questioned.  “What slave?”

“Go now.  Take the boy home and tend him.  He is your responsibility.”

~

Lone Eagle worked a medicinal salve into every cut on my chest and back.  Although his hands were rough and calloused, his fingertips glided across my skin in gentle, circular motions that eventually cooled my fevered skin.  He never left my side.  If he wasn’t tending my back, he was applying bear grease to my hair or massaging a silky, fine lotion onto my coarse, cracked feet.

I hadn’t said a word; I hadn’t looked at him.  Only yesterday, I’d considered him like a brother.  Lone Eagle spoke a medley of apologies, one right after the other, but I’d shut him out.  Maybe he talked to Yellow Hair.  Maybe someone else in camp had told him the reasons for the marks on my neck and wrists.  I didn’t know; I didn’t care.  What I knew was that the man who’d whipped me just hours ago was now begging me to accept his apology. Repeatedly, and in every syllable available in his native tongue, he asked that I forgive him.

His words were heartfelt; he felt shame for what he’d done.  He asked that I give him double the lashes he’d given me, that I make him my slave, and that I publicly denounce him.  The list went on and on.

I wasn’t ready to forgive.  I should have started my quest tomorrow, but my body was broken, torn, ripped, and bleeding, and it was no one’s fault but Lone Eagle’s.  He never listened.  He wouldn’t hear me out.  I would never forgive him for not trusting me.

As day grew into night and fiery pain coursed through me more than any other beating or whipping I’d taken before, I cursed Lone Eagle.  I hated Lone Eagle.  I hated everything about him.

Why it happened and why I couldn’t control myself, I wasn’t sure but when Lone Eagle stepped outside the lodge, I broke down completely.  Not just a few gentle tears—no, it was the uncontrollable ugly cry, and I buried my face in the bearskin.

I’d never felt so lonely, so abandoned, or so tired of living.  I had no friends; I had no family; I had nothing to call my own.  The life I’d been living had become a burden, a way to break every good thought I ever had.  The person I considered my friend had broken me this time.  I was no better off than Cynthia, old and withered Yellow Hair.  Knowing and realizing the truth brought forth a new light.  I simply didn’t care if I lived or died.

There was no life to go back to, no reason to care if my wounds healed or not.  Joe Cartwright was dead; my vision quest was ruined, and I’d be Lone Eagle’s “boy” forever.  My fate was sealed, and I buried my face deeper into the soft fur.

The following day, rugs and furs were piled up behind me, and Lone Eagle lifted me to a sitting position.  He sat down beside me and picked up a turtle bowl filled with Yellow Hair’s elk stew.  He touched the wooden spoon to my lips.  I turned my head away, but Lone Eagle showed great patience.  He would wait me out.

I hadn’t eaten for—well, I’m not sure how long it had been and I was starving.  All day long, I’d smelled elk and onions and an assortment of spices simmering over the cookfire, and my stomach rumbled and growled uncontrollably.  I finally gave in.  I let Lone Eagle feed me the entire bowl of thick, spicy stew.

After drinking my fill from the water pouch, I laid my head back against the furs propped up behind me and closed my eyes.  Moments later, I was sound asleep, a restful sleep, and a dreamless sleep.  When I woke, my head rested on Lone Eagle’s shoulder and quickly, I tried to adjust myself.  

“Let me go,” I cried softly.  “Don’t touch me.”

Something tickled the back of my neck.  I reached up to find a gold chain with a gold coin medallion resting on my chest.  I fingered the coin, but I was cautious.  What did it mean?

“The coin will keep you safe from harm,” Lone Eagle said.  “It will bring light to the dark days ahead.”

“This is yours.”

“Was,” he said.  “ It is yours now.”

“Take it back.  I want nothing from you.”

“I acted unwisely; I have disgraced the name given to me by my mother and father.  I have disgraced the ancestors that came before me.  I can no longer wear the medallion with honor.  It is all I have to give.”

“You who hates me?”

“The coin was my father’s,” he said softly.  “When my father raised the scalp of his enemy, he took a second prize from the man he’d just killed.  This Mexican coin lay glimmering against the dead man’s chest.  My father raised the prized possession above his head and praised the Great Spirit for sparing his life and the lives of many other Bannock warriors that day.”

Again, I ran my fingers over the embossed coin.  I looked into Lone Eagle’s eyes.  “I can not take this.”  I tried to lift the chain over my head but Lone Eagle stayed my hands.

“When my father returned to camp after killing the men who tried to steal our land, my mother told me he reached inside the cradle and lifted me into his arms.  ‘He will be called Lone Eagle,’ he said to my mother.  He showed her his prize, and she ran her small fingers over the engraved eagle on the shiny Mexican coin.  ‘It will keep him safe through all life’s travels.’

“I wore this golden coin to honor my father.  Now it is yours.  You will pass this token of friendship on to your son and he will pass it to his son, and you will keep the story of a great Bannock warrior alive.

“I have been scolded by Hole in the Mountain.  I nearly cost you your life with my intolerable ignorance.  I brought shame to the camp and shame upon myself.  I am no longer worthy of my father’s gift but you are, Bear Cub.  I have talked to Yellow Hair and even a slave girl has more sense than I.

“I have learned of your infinite bravery in the face of Running Wolf.  I have learned you freed Yellow Hair from the old woman and that she is yours to keep.  You are still a boy yet you show more courage than a man twice your age or twice your size.”

My body ached and my fever held steady.  I rolled to the side, away from Lone Eagle.  Maybe I should have said something, but I was torn between hating and forgiving.  He’d parted with his prized possession as though I was kin, someone special, someone he considered worthy but did that excuse the whipping?  My body was still on fire and there was only one person to blame.

Though I thrashed through the night—fevered and chilled—and had no way to find comfort even on my silky, black bearskin, I woke to find Lone Eagle cradling me to his chest.  He held me tight, and he stroked the back of my head as if I were a young child.

His eyes were red-rimmed; tears stained his dark cheeks.  His hair hung loose; the otter fur he used to wrap his long black braids was gone.  I shivered in spite of a roaring fire that warmed the morning chill.

Yellow Hair sat across the lodge; her knees were pulled to her chest.  She stared at the two of us.  What was she thinking?  Her life had taken a different turn than mine though now she was free.  Did she feel any different?  Though I was fighting to come to terms with Lone Eagle, what had been her reaction during the last few days?  Beatings and apologies.  Gifts and gentle strokes of comfort.

“Can you walk?”  Lone Eagle stood.  He gently lifted me from the bearskin and steadied me on my feet.  “We walk.  We talk now.”

Yellow Hair reached out and pulled the bearskin flap to the side so Lone Eagle could help me out the door.  It was certain she knew her place.  She had no intention of speaking up or stopping Lone Eagle from leaving his lodge with me in tow.

The deeper cuts pulled tight against my back and chest, and I fought Lone Eagle’s hold.  I could walk by myself.  I didn’t need his help.  I didn’t want his help.  He could talk all he wanted but nothing would change the way I felt.  The man I considered my friend had gone too far.

He released my arm, but he nodded in the direction of the main campfire.  We walked side by side as equals.  I wasn’t about to trail behind him this time.  Those days were gone and I held my head high.

When we reached the campfire, the People circled around the two of us.  Suddenly, we’d become the main attraction.  I took a deep breath.  I didn’t know what was to come.  This wasn’t talking.  This was something else completely.

Lone Eagle kneeled down before me and bowed his head.  One by one, the People came forward.  Gifts were offered.  Brightly painted arrows were laid at my feet.  A gift of yellow yarrow, a medicine often used for healing was placed next to me.  An eagle’s feather that meant good luck and good fortune lay across my bare feet.

I was in awe of the People, and I began to understand why he’d walked me to this area of camp.  Lone Eagle brought his shame out in the open.  He was asking my forgiveness once again only this time, it was a public announcement of his wrongdoing.

The world narrowed around us.  It was just the two of us.  When he finally looked up, his watery eyes revealed compassion and honesty.  I wanted to look away; instead, I found myself kneeling in front of him.  I reached out and placed my hands on his shoulders and the pain I’d fought for days began to vanish.

“I have something else for you, Bear Cub.”

I smoothed my fingers over the gold coin Lone Eagle had given me last night.  Yellow Hair walked into the center of camp and handed Lone Eagle his wolf skin, a gift from mother to son the day she lay dying.

“It is yours now,” he said.  He draped the soft gray skin over my shoulders and pulled the ends together across my chest.

“No,” I said softly.  “This is a gift for your firstborn.”

“That was my mother’s wish, Cub, not mine.  I have no family and I have yet to take a wife.  My mother and father are dead.  I have only you and the slave to provide for.”

I stared into Lone Eagle’s eyes.  I was without words.

“You have lived through much, Bear Cub, but a gem cannot be polished without friction; a man cannot be perfected without trials.  You are a survivor, my friend, and you have proven yourself in the eyes of the tribe and of the Great Spirit.  I am not a wise man; I am a boy who acted foolishly.  I have begged your forgiveness but I see in your eyes that you hesitate to accept my pleas.  

“I can do nothing more.  I can only relinquish what means most to me in this world.  I pray you will accept these small tokens, and I pray they will protect you as they protected my father and mother and have protected me since their death.”

The hate I carried was gone.  Lone Eagle was sincere.  He meant every word.  He’d publically exposed his shame to me and to the People.  He’d fallen to his knees to ask one more time that I forgive him.  I smiled and nodded my head.

“Brothers?”  I said.

Tears formed in his eyes, but his smile was genuine.  “I’d be honored.”

The past was the past.  We would travel through life as brothers. There’d be no teacher or student; there’d be no reason for discipline or harsh words between us.  We were as one.  Our battles would be the same.  I’d found my true friend, my true brother, and we rose to our feet together.

~

The throbbing in my left knee woke me from a sound sleep as morning sun littered my face and shoulders with warmth.  I began to stir though my movements were slow and deliberate.  Memories swirled through my mind so fast that I had to take into account what was real and what had been a dream.  The surrounding peaks and valleys of red sandstone quickly told the story and cleared away the visions of my dreams.

I reached for my knee.  Though it was stiff and swollen, I had to move.  I had to climb to the top of the highest plateau before I could be taken back to camp.  So began my ascent.  I half-walked, half-dragged myself up narrow ravines and over an outcropping of cliffs.

A smile crossed my face when I saw my “brother” sitting atop his paint pony, a borrowed pony at his side.  As soon as he caught my eye, he jumped down from his horse and rushed toward me.

“What has happened to you, my friend?”

I wasn’t a pretty sight.  My hands and feet were raw and my knee—well, it wasn’t pretty either, and neither was the package between my legs.  Bruised black and blue, my nads had taken a beating when I fell from the rocky overhang.  My hair dripped with sweat and without the leather band, a tangle of curls nearly covered my eyes  Still catching my breath due to the climb, I answered Lone Eagle.  

“Nothing much.”

“Nothing much?”

“Just a rock slide and … minor things.  That’s all.”

“Can you ride?”

“Of course, I can ride.”

“We go then.”

“Not unless you brought something for me to wear.  I’m not about to sit a pony’s back in my altogether.”

Lone Eagle chuckled at my comment—that’s until he looked down at my nakedness and his eyes widened in concern at my bruised manhood.

“I’m fine,” I said, “at least I will be.”

“Did a she-wolf attack you?”

“Let’s forget it, okay?  No more talk.  Let’s go.”

I slipped into my breechclout and arranged my goods carefully inside.  Lone Eagle handed me my knife and my water pouch.  Then he handed me the Mexican coin.  I ran my fingers over the golden eagle before I slipped it over my head and let it rest against my chest.  A quick smile let him know I was still pleased with his gift.

With all the weight on my left knee, I grabbed the pony’s mane and barely swung my right leg up and over her back, which, in turn, sent a fevered jolt clear up my spine.  My nads were swollen and looked like two ripe plumbs, but I managed to breathe slowly and keep the brittle agony from showing.

“Okay,” I said.  “Ready to go.”

When I glanced at Lone Eagle’s contorted face, I knew he felt my pain, but that’s what friends were for, share and share alike, and we took off at a gallop until we reached Bear Lake and stopped to rest our horses.

“Look,” I said, pointing to the sky.

A bald eagle with a least a seven-foot wingspan soared above the two of us.  His talons were extended

“He is fishing,” Lone Eagle said.

About twenty feet ahead of us, the full-grown eagle swooped down to the water’s surface and pulled out a wriggling fish.

“Wow,” I said.  “That’s really something.”

“Have you chosen a new name, Cub?”

I hadn’t thought about it; in fact, I’d forgotten that my true name only came after my quest, and I would carry the name with me forever.

“Brothers?”  I said.

“Yes.”

“Then I choose the name Golden Eagle.”  I fingered the gold coin.  “In honor of you and your father.”

Lone Eagle dipped his head and then smiled.  “You honor us both, Golden Eagle.”

At that moment, I knew I’d left my boyhood behind.  I’d left Bear Cub behind, and I’d be known as Golden Eagle for eternity.  I was Lone Eagle’s true brother and friend.  There’d be time for play, time for hunting, and time for improving our skills as young warriors.

~

Book 2

Summer’s End 1857

Think, plan, execute.  Words I vowed to live by.

With Lone Eagle by my side, we’d watched the herd for a week, and I was torn between a muscular, black stallion and the brilliant markings of a black and white pinto.  Each pony had more spunk than the rest of the herd.  Each held his head high and commanded respect.

“We’ve been at this a week and you are still undecided.”

“No, my choice is made,” I said.  I stared at the pinto.  Flashy and fast and easy to spot.  “The black and white.  I have chosen the pinto, Lone Eagle.  If he looks as good close up as he does from afar, he and I will be partners for a great many years.”

“You have chosen wisely.”

I smiled at my brother.  “Yes, I know.”

“You will come for him tomorrow?”

“At sunrise.”

“Then you will use my horse.”

“Raven?”

“He is the swiftest pony in camp.  I will have him ready before sunup.”

“You’re a good brother, Lone Eagle.  Someday, I’ll return the favor.”

“Don’t make promises you can’t keep, little brother,” he said with a chuckle.  “Let’s go home.”

Lone Eagle led Raven away from the camp to ready him for tomorrow’s ride and though I had plenty to keep me busy, I realized Yellow Hair had remained inside the lodge way past noon.  Normally, she’d have been bent over the cookfire or cleaning hides or sharpening rib bones into knives, but she’d chosen to do nothing but lay on her bearskin, facing away from the small lodge’s fire.

I’d had enough.  Lone Eagle would return home soon, and I wouldn’t let my brother go hungry because of a lazy white girl who’d neglected her duties. If she expected a roof over her head and food to warm her belly, she needed to earn her keep.  After all, I’d never taken a whip to her flesh or made her feel second best.  All Lone Eagle and I asked of her was a bowl of food at the end of a long day.

I pushed through the bearskin and stared down at Yellow Hair.  “Why do you sleep all day?  The other women are cooking for their families and you are curled up in the corner like a child.”

“It’s my time,“ she moaned softly.

“Time?  Time for what?”

“The baby.”

“The baby?”

My heart thumped like bullets against my chest.  “You need a woman.  I—I’ll get someone.  You stay put.”

“No—no one will come.  I’m not Bannock, Joe.  I need you to—“

Yellow Hair pulled her legs tight to her belly and muffled a sharp cry into the bearskin bed.  “What’s wrong?  What’s happening?”

“The water in the kettle should be hot.  You’ll need a clean doeskin to wrap the baby.  Hurry—”

I scrambled on my hands and knees until I found the small pile of doeskins that would eventually be stitched together for new winter clothing.  I grabbed the top piece and crawled back toward Yellow Hair.

“Will this do?”

“That’s good.”

“What now?”

“It’s coming, Joe.”  Her response was breathy and I realized I was holding my own breath.  The woman’s cries scared me to death.  “The baby’s coming.”

“I’ve never birthed a real baby.”  Though I should have, I wasn’t showing much confidence.    

“I haven’t either so shut up and help me.”  Yellow Hair rolled to her back and, with her knees facing up; she kept her feet flat on the floor.  “Get down by my feet so you can catch the baby when it comes.”

“I can’t do that,” I cried out.

“You can and you will.  It’s coming.  It’s coming now!”

I moved in front of Yellow Hair just as the dark-haired head appeared between her legs.  “What now?”

“God, Joe!  Oh, God!

With white-knuckled fingers, she gripped the bearskin and tried to push the baby out.  Her back arched and her face became fiery red.  Her legs trembled as the baby made its way through the opening and into my hands.

“It’s here,” I said more calmly than I felt.  “I have a good hold.  Don’t push anymore.”

I held the newborn to my chest and wiped her tiny face with my knuckles before I wrapped her in doeskin, but the cord was still attached.  I reached for my knife and freed the baby girl from her mother.

“It’s a girl,” I said, but Yellow Hair had rolled to her side, facing the lodge wall.  “You have a baby girl,” I repeated, but there was no answer.  She’d curled into herself and wouldn’t look at either of us.  She had to be exhausted and when she shivered, I covered her with a soft blanket.

I would let her rest and not worry her about the baby just yet.  I was content to sit by the fire and hold the little one myself.  Using a small cloth, I dipped it in the hot water and waited for it to cool some before I cleaned more of the baby’s face and body.  She was half-breed, an unwanted child by most standards.

“What’s your fate, little one,” I said.  “You sure are a pretty little thing.”

The flap burst open and Lone Eagle stood in the doorway.  He looked down at the child and me but there was no smile, nothing to let me know I’d done a good deed.

“Come see what I have, big brother,” I said smiling.  “Seems we have another mouth to feed.”

Lone Eagle knelt down on one knee and looked at the baby’s small face.  “Why do you have the child?  Why is she not with her mother?”

“Yellow Hair’s tired.  She’s sleeping.”

He shook his head.  “Not right.  She should be holding the child not you.”

“Does it matter?”

He looked into the fire as though he had to think on his words before saying anything else.  “It is not your child to hold.”

“I don’t understand what you’re saying.”

“It is not your place to become fond of someone else’s child, especially a woman like Yellow Hair.”

“She’s not my wife but she’s not a slave anymore either.  We all have to live together, brother.  Maybe you want to hold her too.”

“I not hold child.”

“Why not?  Here,” I said, holding the infant out to Lone Eagle.

He stood and backed away.  “No, not right.”

I wasn’t about to force him, but his custom seemed strange; I did not understand and I said no more about it.  I held the baby to my chest when she started to squirm and patted her back until her little cries subsided.

After a few minutes, I laid the child under the soft blanket next to her mother and built up the fire inside the lodge.  I stepped outside to find Lone Eagle. The afternoon air was warm and the sun felt good on my face.  With the birthing behind me, I found myself overwhelmed with pride.  Though it was considered women’s work, I couldn’t stop thinking how satisfied I felt after taking part in bringing a new life into the world.

Lone Eagle appeared from behind the lodge.  “Does she want the baby?”

“What?”  I said.  “Of course.  Why wouldn’t she?”

“She is without husband.  The baby has one of three fathers.”

“You’re right, but what does that mean?  Will Cries in the Night want the baby for her own?  Will she take the baby away from Yellow Hair?”

“No.  The baby is half-breed, slave baby.  She is nothing.”

“Nothing?”  I said.  “She’s a human being.  She has a right to—“

“No.  The child has no rights.  She is feast for buzzards.”

“You’re wrong, Lone Eagle.  I won’t let that happen.”

“You will and you will not argue.  Take baby away now.”

Heat blazed through me; my face reddened, and I clenched my fists.  “No.  I won’t kill Yellow Hair’s baby.”

“Are you still a child yourself?”

“Don’t do this, Lone Eagle.  Don’t threaten me.”

“I am only telling this because it is the right thing to do.  Take the baby now and be done with it.”

I shook my head; tears blurred my vision as I blocked the entrance to our lodge.  I didn’t want to go against my brother.  I didn’t want to fight over the newborn.  “The People are wrong.  Killing an innocent child is wrong.”

“If you are not man enough—“

I swallowed the lump in my throat but kept my place in front of the bearflap.  “I won’t let you do this.”

“Do you still have white man’s blood running through your veins, Golden Eagle?  Do you not accept the ways of the People after so much time has passed?”

“The white man’s ways are different, but is that so bad?  What if she was your child?  Would you still want her dead?”  

“You grieve for another man’s child.  I do not understand.”

“I can’t explain, Lone Eagle, but my heart aches.  I can’t tell you why I feel this way, but I do.”

Turning my back on my brother, I stepped inside the lodge.  There’d been enough talk.  I set another log on the fire and moved toward Yellow Hair and the baby, but something didn’t feel right.  Doeskin covered the baby’s face and she was unmoving.  I reached down for the child and her mother swatted my hand away.

“She’s gone,” Yellow Hair said.  “She’s dead.”

“Dead?  No . . .”

Still facing the wall, Yellow Hair held the baby to her chest and curled into a tight ball as if protecting her dead child.  Though I didn’t understand her intent, I knelt down on one knee and tried to pry the baby from her arms.

“Please,” I whispered softly.  “Let me bury the child in a proper grave.”

Her entire body seemed to give way, and I lifted the infant from her mother’s arms.  I carried the wrapped bundle outside.  Lone Eagle only stared. Maybe he thought I killed her myself.  No words were spoken.  He handed me a shovel and pointed to an ancient cottonwood tree away from the People’s burial ground.  The slave child would be buried separate from the rest of the tribe.

~

When I woke the following morning, Lone Eagle wasn’t lying on his bearskin and I looked toward Yellow Hair, but she was still sleeping in a corner of the lodge.  I didn’t want to wake her.  She needed time to herself.

I dressed, pushed the flap aside, and stepped outside the lodge.  In the dim haze of dawn stood Lone Eagle and dressed-for-the-hunt was Raven.  The inside of his ears had been painted red.  His tale had been shaved and painted red too.  For luck, my wolf skin had been attached to the surcingle and draped over his hindquarters.

“He looks fine,” I said.

“He will serve you today as he has served me for more than three years.”

Lone Eagle was a superior horseman, and though he’d worked with me for more than a year, I was still a beginner compared to him.  His abilities were endless, and as soon as the paint and I become acquainted more thoroughly, my pony and I would learn together.

I’d seen Lone Eagle slip to the side of his horse, hiding his entire body, aim, and shoot his bow.  I’d seen him stand on Raven’s back and ride at a full gallop.  He was truly magnificent.  Though my left knee still gave me fits from the fall during my quest, I vaulted onto Raven’s back.

“Wish me luck?”  I said.

“I have faith.”

I walked Raven through camp and the People nodded and smiled.  At first, I supposed they were wishing me good luck until I thought about Yellow Hair and her child.  Did they know?  Did they assume I’d killed the baby since I was the one who buried her?

I couldn’t dwell on such things.  Not today, and I took off at a gallop to find the herd.  The sun was directly above when I spotted my pinto.  Think, plan, execute.  I rode along a flat-topped ridge staring down at the long stretch of uneven landscape.  In order to get a rope over his head, I’d have to box him in a three-sided canyon so he couldn’t escape.  I circled to my left and started down into the valley.

Ears perked when the herd saw me coming.  Slowly at first, they trotted forward toward a narrow gulch—exactly what I wanted.  At first, I only kept pace, not bothering to outrun or mingle with the crowd.  And then, I raced forward at a dead run.  Though there were several pintos, the one I’d chosen had clearer markings, and he’d taken the lead.

My spirited pony turned the herd left and I saw my chance.  I bore down on Raven until we were riding alongside the paint, and I gathered the rope loosely in my hand.  Looping a generous oval ring over my head, I swung out, but the paint sensed danger and bobbed his head just as the rope hit his neck.  Knowing Lone Eagle would have kept pace with the herd, I had to slow down to coil my rope and try again.  I gained speed until we were back together, neck and neck.

Raven was blowing hard; so was the paint, but I kept pace and threw the rope once again.  “Gotcha,” I cried.  Raven and I veered left with the paint following close behind while the rest of the herd moved forward.  I slowed and we walked for nearly a mile until the other ponies were out of sight.

I patted Raven’s neck.  He’d served me well, just like my brother said he would.  “You’re a fine animal,” I said.  “Let’s see what we’ve got here.”

With the rope wrapped tightly around my hand, I dismounted.  The pinto reared and pawed the air.  He wasn’t happy at all, but I stood patiently and let him have his way.  When he grew tired of showing his displeasure, I turned my back.  If he had more to say, and he was brave enough to meet me eye-to-eye, he’d have to circle around to face me.

I listened as he pawed the ground, but I still didn’t turn around.  And when he tried to walk away, the rope held him steady.  Frustrated, he reared up on his back legs again, but it wasn’t long until he quieted and took a few steps forward.  I didn’t move.  I shortened the slack in the rope.

Though I wasn’t a big man, he wasn’t used to humans or human scent, and he crept a little closer until I could feel his hot breath on the back of my neck.  I remained unmoving.  I let him sniff all he wanted, but when his nose slipped over my shoulder, I raised my hand, palm side up, and he took in my scent.  Slowly, I turned around and in a low, quiet voice, I chatted with my new pony.

“You’re a beautiful animal, but you already know that, don’t you?  In time, you and I will ride as one.  I’ll let you go full out and run to your heart’s content.  You and I will learn new things together.  By the way, this is Raven and I’m Golden Eagle.  Do you like that name?  You’ll need a name too, but I’ll have to think on that some.  A prize like you needs a special name, a proud name.”

The paint wasn’t shy.  He moved his silky nose against my hand then bumped my chest and I giggled.  His wiry whiskers tickled my skin.

“Ready to go home?  I’ll have to keep the rope on for now.”  I backed away slowly and mounted Raven.  “Let’s ride.”

The three of us rode slowly at first then I picked up speed.  I couldn’t keep my eyes off the paint.  He was the most beautiful horse I’d ever seen and with his spirited ways, he would be the pride of the camp.  No other horse held a candle to this gorgeous black and white pony.

When I spotted Lone Eagle, I smiled a toothy grin.  I could barely contain myself when he took Raven’s rope and said he’d cool him down while I paraded my new mount through camp.  Everyone stopped and stared.  The white boy had done good.  My quest was finished and I had my own mount.  Two of the women were already sewing and painting a new lodge for me, one large enough that I could keep my slave inside.  To the People, Yellow Hair would always remain a slave.  To me, she was nothing more than a burden I had to feed and house.

~

The Celebration

Little Alice, Light Eyes, was ten, maybe eleven years old by now, and the shy little pixy of a girl had blossomed into a full-blown little renegade.  She’d become the talk of the camp. Everyone loved and accepted the golden-haired princess with clear, blue eyes.  She’d been the first to ask me if her mother, Rising Sun, could be the one to fashion my new clothes for the celebration.

“I’d be honored,” I said.

It was also an honor for Rising Sun to sew a shirt and leggings for a man who’d returned from his quest.  Though I wouldn’t see my new clothes until the day of the celebration, I wasn’t worried about the fit or the decorations Rising Sun would choose.  I trusted her judgment.

“Come on, big fella.”

I’d worked hard with my new pony, but this was the big day.  This was the first day I’d sit his back.  Over the past couple of days, we’d only shared our scent and gone for long walks with the rope still attached.  Today we’d walk into the water together.

“You ready?  You aren’t going to throw me, are you?  You don’t want me to look foolish in front of Lone Eagle and Raven, right?”

I’d never broken a horse before.  Sure, I’d watched other braves, but this was my first time in the water alone with a pony.  Most men made it look easy.  The belly-high depth of the water slowed the horse’s frantic pace, and nine out of ten men stayed on the first ride.  I hoped the Great Spirit felt kind and would be on my side rather than the paint’s.  I guided the pinto into the pond.

“Easy now.  Golden Eagle is going to climb on board, okay?”

From the nearest rock, protruding from the water, I slid my right leg over his back and gripped his mane.  Though I didn’t weigh much, he knew I was there and, in protest, he rounded his back but sloshing through water, his legs were slow to react.  I nudged him through the pond, and he took a step then another and another until we were nearing the edge.  The real test was yet to come.

When his front hooves took hold of the bank, he lunged forward, and I was nearly parallel with his back when he took off at a full run.  Grabbing his halter with all my might, I stayed on.  I tightened my legs around his middle and tried to steer him in a large round circle back toward camp.

He didn’t buck; he only ran—faster than an arrow—through the wide-open space set on earth for just him and me.  Like the seven-foot bald eagle I’d seen the day my quest was finished, we soared through the meadow as one.  Though there was plenty of work ahead for both of us, I knew I’d picked the right mount and we’d be together forever.  I named him Cochise.

~

The soft beat of a drum signaled the celebration was only a few hours away.  This was my night, a gift from the People to me.  With my quest behind me, and my new mount secured, I was the man of the hour, the honoree.

Rising Sun and Alice, Light Eyes, came to Lone Eagle’s lodge early that morning.  Yellow Hair greeted them and walked out to the nearby pasture to let us know we had visitors.  They each carried a piece of clothing I would wear that evening.

“This is for you, Golden Eagle,” Light Eyes said.  “I sewed the bells.”

“Did you now?”

“Yes, I did.  And I helped mix the colors too.”

“Then I am grateful to you and to Rising Sun.”

Light Eyes held up the shirt so I could get my first look.  Rising Sun had painted an eagle in the center.  His wings were spread.  He was painted gold and outlined in black.  Silver conches had been fitted into the fringe with small bells attached at the shoulders.

“It’s beautiful,” I said, smiling at Rising Sun.  “It’s absolutely beautiful.”

Light Eyes shook the shirt so the bells would tingle.

“Just listen.”  I knelt down on one knee.  “The shirt would be nothing without bells, would it?”

“No, Golden Eagle.  A warrior has to have bells.”

I kissed Light Eyes’ cheek.  “Thank you.  The bells are perfect.”

Each pant leg of the leggings had a red stripe painted down the outer side just in front of the fringe.  I held them up to my waist.  I nodded to Rising Sun.  “Thank you again,” I said.

Mother and daughter skittered away and I caught a glimpse of Yellow Hair standing off to the side.  How different her world had been.  Light Eyes was having the time of her life.  She’d fallen in with the Bannocks and become their equal whereas Yellow Hair and Maria, Does What She’s Told, were a completely different story.

Light Eyes and I had been the lucky ones, the chosen ones.  We were free to come and go as we pleased, free to have our own belongings, and free to think for ourselves.  The only thing that had changed since I’d taken Yellow Hair into my lodge was that she never suffered beatings or was forced to sleep with Lone Eagle or me.  Otherwise, she was no better off than before.

~

It was time to dress for the celebration.  I’d worked Cochise most of the day and took time for a bath in the lake before I headed back to camp.  Lone Eagle was already dressed and sitting outside the lodge by the cookfire.

“Guess I better get ready,” I said.

“Yellow Hair is waiting inside.  She will help you.”

I tried not to act embarrassed or shy, but a woman helping me dress didn’t seem quite right.  Had my face turned red?  I could feel the heat rise and I swallowed the lump in my throat.

“Okay,” I said.

I pushed the flap open and stepped inside.  Yellow Hair had always dressed Cries in the Night.  She’d dressed Cries’ husband and two sons often but this was different.  We were nearly the same age, and I wasn’t comfortable having a woman in the same room when I changed my clothes.

“Drop it,” she said.

I only wore my breechclout and I wasn’t about to drop my drawers in front of her.  “Turn around,” I said.

Yellow Hair rolled her eyes and turned her back.  “You are still a child,” she said.

“I’m no longer a child,” I replied, “and that’s why I asked you to turn around.”

When I heard her giggle, I was tempted to beat her myself.  Lucky for her I didn’t hit women.  She held my leggings out behind her back.  I slipped them on and tied the rawhide string at my waist.

“Okay, you can turn around now.”

“Did I miss anything?”

“Be quiet,” I said roughly.

Yellow Hair was much braver with her words than she’d been with Cries, and her new bolder attitude didn’t sit well with me.  She held out the shirt and slipped it over my head, and I shook my arms until the sleeves hung just right.

“Hold still,” she insisted.  She adjusted the shoulders and took a step back.  “You look nice, Little Joe.”

“Stop that.  You know my name.”

“Yes, I know both names.”

“Then use the right one.”

“You’ve turned Injun, haven’t you?”

My eyes narrowed into tight slits and I grabbed Yellow Hair’s wrist and twisted her arm.

“Yes.  I’m one of the People and so are you.  We are Bannock now.  Don’t think anything different or life as you know it can change in a blink of an eye.”

“You would trade me?  For what?  An Indian princess?  Some dark-skinned woman to share your bed rather than a decent white girl?”

“There’s nothing decent about you anymore.  Look at you?  You don’t take care of yourself.  You don’t wash.  You don’t grease your hair.  Your clothes are filthy.  No one would lay with you looking like you do.”

My temper had boiled over and I was shouting, but it was the truth.  I’m sure Lone Eagle heard every word, maybe the whole camp had heard me rant at Yellow Hair but I didn’t care.  She was a disgrace to the People.  She was a disgusting figure of a woman to anyone who bothered to look at her.

“Go,” I said.  “I can finish myself.”

Yellow Hair stormed through the bearskin flap.  Good riddance.  I didn’t need her help anyway.  Besides, she smelled bad.  I pulled on my moccasins and slipped the leather band over my still-damp hair.  I walked outside to meet Lone Eagle.

“I am ready,” I said.  “And wipe that silly grin off your face.”

The drum beat louder now.  The celebration was about to begin.

“I will meet you there,” Lone Eagle said.  “You must ride in alone.  Do you have everything?”

“I think so,” I said.  “At least I hope so.”

I wore my knife and tomahawk at my waist.  My quiver was over my shoulder, and I carried my bow and the fourteen-foot lance I’d made myself. The Mexican coin lay proudly against my chest and the wolf skin lay across my pony’s rump.  My hair hadn’t been greased properly, but I’d run out of time.

“You will do fine.  Cochise is ready?”

“Yes.  I have painted him many bright colors.”

“A Bannock riding an Apache pony.  I will never understand you, Golden Eagle.”

“Does Cochise raid and kill his enemy?”  I said.  “Do men fear Cochise and his warriors?  A proud warrior needs a proud name for his horse.”

“Yes.  I agree but still, I find it amusing.”

Lone Eagle still chuckled.  I didn’t know if it was my horse’s name or the conversation I’d had with Yellow Hair that tickled him so, but I turned from him to collect my pony.  Tonight was a serious affair.  It was a celebration of my manhood and Yellow Hair and Lone Eagle had done nothing but give me grief.

From the edge of camp, I saw the towering bonfire and the People who’d gathered around waiting for me and my half-gentled pony to ride in.  “You behave yourself, you hear?”  I patted my pony’s neck.  “Don’t embarrass me.”

I nudged Cochise forward.  Even though we’d worked hard, he was still skittish around fire, and I would have to prance him around the huge bonfire in just a few minutes.  I hoped for the best.  It wouldn’t look right for a Bannock warrior to slide off his pony’s rump and land on his butt during his own celebration.

I sat tall.  I held the lance across my lap.  I slid my bow into the sheath next to my left knee so that everything was in place.  I took a deep breath and rode toward the center of camp.

Whoops and hollers filled my ears and the drumming became louder.  A party just for me, and I couldn’t have been more pleased.  I smiled at everyone, every man, woman, and little child.  Children’s pet dogs raced in and out and barked, trying to scare Cochise, but my pony held strong.

“Easy, boy,” I mumbled softly as I smoothed my hand down his neck.

The smell of roasting venison filled the night air.  The young buck had been killed just this morning for tonight’s festivities.  Women held painted bowls of hardened candies up over their heads so I could easily reach inside as I paraded around the bonfire, showing off my new mount and my full suit of clothes.

After two complete rounds, Lone Eagle stepped out from the crowd and took my pony’s rope to lead him away.  If anyone had asked me, Cochise was the star of the show.  I’d groomed him with bear grease so he’d shine like no other in the moonlight.  I’d painted his haunches and his ears and braided his mane.  He looked magnificent.

The chief, Hole in the Mountain, sat in his appointed spot with the elders surrounding him on either side and every time I rode by, I got a little nervous.  Lone Eagle told me he would speak at some point but I didn’t know when, and I didn’t know if I’d done everything according to the rules.  I was new at this and there were times I was unsure.

The women crowded around me.  Mainly, they were inspecting Rising Sun’s handiwork and giving their approval of my excellent suit of clothes.  My costume showed how much time and diligence she’d put into every stitch and every stroke of the brush.  The women seemed pleased.  I glanced at Rising Sun and Light Eyes.  I smiled and winked.  Light Eyes winked back.

Two women broke through the circle pulling a travois.  I knew what my next gift would be but I acted surprised anyway.  My new lodge—stitched together, painted on two sides, and large enough for two people, Yellow Hair and me.

“Thank you, I said to each woman.  Leaves Her Home and Sunrise had been good to me over the past few months.  They’d watched over Lone Eagle after his parents died and they took to me because of my Bannock brother.  He called them both aunts and I would do the same beginning tonight.

“Tomorrow, I will assemble my lodge,” I said, but Leaves and Sunrise shook their heads adamantly.

“No, Golden Eagle,” said Sunrise.  “You still have much to learn.  Setting up a man’s lodge is woman’s work.  No young warrior should be burdened with such a task.  It will be done tonight before the celebration is finished.  Your belongings will be transferred and your bed ready for you to sleep.”

“I am grateful and I am honored to have two such fine aunts to watch over me.”

Both women touched their palms to my cheeks before they left the circle with the travois.  I was part of a family now.  My brother and two lovely women, who cared about my well-being and would help with my continuing education, made for a close-knit family of good people.  I knew the women were anxious to feed my mind with such matters my brother might have left out.

Lone Eagle returned, and he led me to a spot where we would sit together and food would be brought to us.  This was also a celebration for my brother, my teacher.  He’d brought me this far and he would hand me over to Hole in the Mountain.  His job was finished.  He’d taught me all he knew. The chief and the camp elders would take over now and educate me to a higher level of understanding.

Hole in the Mountain walked toward me and quickly I jumped to my feet. Lone Eagle stood up too, but he stood a step behind me.  The chief extended his hand.  I did the same, and he wrapped his hand around my forearm and gripped tightly.

“Welcome, Golden Eagle.”

I was shaking in my moccasins.  I didn’t know what was proper.  Did I speak or bow or  . . .

“Thank you,” I said in return.

“Lone Eagle has done well,” he said.  “I was hesitant to let such a young man have so much responsibility, but he has proven his ability, and you are the result of many moons of his teachings.  He has taught you much about the Bannock and our ways, and you have worked hard to learn all things.  I am proud to call you my son, as all men within this band of proud warriors are my sons.”

I swallowed the lump in my throat but I could not hold back the tears that threatened to fall. I’d worked hard and I was being praised along with my brother.  I couldn’t have been happier or more pleased with Hole in the Mountain’s words.

“Thank you.  I will do my best to make you proud.”

“You already have, my son.”

And he was gone.

The celebration carried long into the night.  Music played.  We danced and ate, and everyone in camp congratulated Lone Eagle and me though one person was obviously absent—Running Wolf.  When I had a minute to myself, I turned to my brother and asked why.

“Running Wolf is not here,” I said.

Lone Eagle turned toward me.

“I mean … shouldn’t he be?  I thought everyone would be here, even a crazy man like him.”

“Running Wolf is without honor.  He is no longer a warrior.”

“Why?  Because of the fight?”

“The man is blind in one eye.”

“Blind?  Because of me?”

“As you know, I was not here to witness but yes, it was because of the fight he had with you.”

“I never meant to—“

“You defended yourself against a madman who hates the white man more than any person I know.  You are not to blame.  Forget about Running Wolf.  He is evil; he wanted you dead.”

I turned away from my brother.  How could I have done such a thing to another human being?  I remember poking him in the eyes but I never realized I’d blinded him.

“No one told me he was blind.  I must tell him I didn’t mean to—“  

“No!  It is over, but do not turn your back on him.  One eye or not, he will always be watching.”

~

Christmas ‘57 – Adam

We should have fallen into a routine by now but as the snows of early winter covered the ground, we had time to think and time to reflect on the past and how much we still missed the kid and his crazy hijinks.

The Ponderosa was shrouded in a low-key type of stillness that was unnerving at times.  Pa passed the time trying to get through the new books I’d ordered from San Francisco, but he only pretended to read.  He rarely turned a page, and Hoss and I knew where his mind had drifted.

None of us talked much other than discussing ranch business.  Each of us dealt with Joe in different ways and we kept our thoughts private.  If I’d been the screaming type, I might have done just that if only to break the silence or stir the hidden emotions in each of us.  But I remained noticeably distant, as had Hoss and Pa.

Six months had passed since ol’ Missouri rode into Virginia City with the Townsend boy.  Mr. and Mrs. Townsend, Sheriff Taylor, and the three of us attended the service.  No one wanted to think about Indians or what could happen to their own children.  Because of Miss Collier’s death, the one-room school closed for the remainder of the year.  In September, when Abigail Jones was back in charge, only two children returned to class.

Against Pa’s wishes, the day after Townsend’s funeral, Hoss left the Ponderosa, searching for the curly-headed Indian the sheriff had mentioned but no one, including Pa or I, had taken seriously.  Hoss searched for nearly a week before he returned home.

“Nothin’.  I rode clear down to the badlands and nothin’,” he’d said to Pa and me before heading straight to his room.  We didn’t see him again for two days.

Pa took a turn for the worse after Hoss arrived home.  Whatever hopes he’d had of finding his youngest son seemed to vanish that day.  All the work he’d accomplished over the last year didn’t matter anymore and without ceremony, he turned the running of the ranch over to Hoss and me.  It was ours to do with as we pleased.  Pa didn’t want any part of the Ponderosa or any part of Christmas without his baby son, his Little Joe.

~

Winter ’58 – Bannock Camp

Food was in short supply.  Winter had come early this year and though we’d hunted after the first snows, it wasn’t enough to carry us through until spring.  Babies cried.  Mothers gave most of their small portions of food to their children and their husbands.  What was left of the nuts and berries, the mothers chewed into a soft mush and put in their baby’s mouths, but it was never enough.  Burials came often.

The lodge I shared with Yellow Hair stood tall next to Lone Eagles’, but my brother and I met every day, usually inside his lodge and away from listening ears.  I learned the People were preparing to raid the white man’s lodges for food and horses and trinkets for their wives.

Lone Eagle and I were asked to join the elders in preparation for the raid, and we gathered in Sunrise’s guest lodge.  Her husband was an elder, and he preferred to smoke and talk in a separate lodge, away from the women and their constant chatter.

“Welcome,” Big Bear said when Lone Eagle and I entered his lodge.  “Sit—smoke.”  He handed Lone Eagle the long, three-foot pipe.

I’d never smoked before.  I wasn’t sure Lone Eagle had either but he knew what to do.  I watched him draw the smoke into his mouth and also, he reached toward the end of the pipe and pulled more smoke toward his face with a wave of his hand.  His eyes were closed.

Then, he handed the pipe to me.  I took a draw, and I tried to contain the cough that rumbled through my chest.  I sure didn’t want to offend the elders.

“Not so much at once,” Lone Eagle whispered in my ear.

I tried again and this time, the smoke came smoothly and effortlessly.  Lone Eagle showed me how to wave my hand over the bowl.  I closed my eyes and let the smoke envelop me entirely.  It wasn’t so bad after all.

After the pipe was passed to everyone inside the lodge, Big Bear began to speak.  Unlike the chief, he was a big man, as big as his name, and he talked of the upcoming raids.  He talked of the white man’s greed and how much food they hoarded for winter.  He spoke of their fine horses and how we would steal them too.

He talked of the land that was once preserved by the People for generations to come and how the white man had moved in and destroyed everything in his path.  No longer were there buffalo to hunt, no longer did antelope run free, and the white man had desecrated the sacred ground with heavy iron tools.

White settlers had burrowed into the land with picks and shovels.  They’d cut trees to build villages and lodges.  They were unclean.  While the People had enough sense to leave their filth behind and make a new camp, the white man polluted his village and then chose to remain.  He surrounded himself with dung—animal and his own.

He talked of various tribes in the area that struggled as much as the People to provide for their families.  The Paiutes, Utes, and Modoc were barely thriving because so many settlers had chosen the native land for their own.

“The white man is wasteful,” he said.  “He kills buffalo only for the skin and leaves the remains to rot in the sun.  He has no sense.  He has no pride.  He kills what doesn’t belong to him.”

As I listened to Big Bear’s words, my thoughts took a different direction, and memories of a past life came to mind.  Not every white man was a bad man or wasteful.  Some white men had befriended the Paiutes and tried to put things right.  Had the white man failed or was it all a dream?  I closed my eyes and tried to remove the distant thoughts, but they remained a steady force until Lone Eagle passed me the pipe, and I settled in again as one of the People.

I smoked, only this time I felt the heady power of the pipe.  The opium-laced tobacco took effect as I waved my hand over the bowl and felt my mind ease gently away from past images.  I sat next to my brother, my best friend, and I was safe from the outside world.  I was strong and I was eager to raid the white man’s lodge.

“Prepare for battle,” Big Bear said.  “We leave tomorrow night when the moon is full.”

I was giddy inside and at the same time, I was frightened.  Was I good enough?  Could I hold my own in battle?  Could I kill another man or his wife or his children?

“I see you are worried, my brother.”

“Well,” I said as we walked back to our lodges.  “I guess I am.”

“Do not fret over things you cannot change.  You will do fine.”

“I hope so, but I wonder if I’m ready.”

“Do you fear the white man?”

“No, but I do have fears.”

“And they are?”

“Am I good enough or strong enough that I won’t disappoint the elders and Hole in the Mountain?”

“Of course you are.  Look at me, Golden Eagle.”  I turned to face my brother.  “You are a man now.  You can ride and shoot as well as anyone in camp so why such fear?”

I chuckled softly.  “I needed to hear you say that.”

“Then believe.”

“Okay.  I believe.”

What I didn’t understand until we arrived back at our lodges, and Lone Eagle explained what Big Bear hadn’t, was that some of the women would go with us.  They would lead packhorses and gather the spoils.  The rest of the women and children would carry the camp on packhorses pulling travois to a new location while we were gone.  I was told to pack my belongings, that Sunrise, Leaves Her Home, and Yellow Hair would take care of my lodge and carry everything with them.

“You will ready yourself and Cochise tomorrow,” Lone Eagle said.  “Sleep well tonight.  Tomorrow will be a long day.”

~

The Raid

I was so nervous, I could barely eat the pine nuts and berries Yellow Hair set before us that evening.  She often cooked for Lone Eagle too, but there was nothing left in store but onions.  We chose nuts and berries over boiled onion soup.

I’d followed Lone Eagle’s lead as he decorated Raven with war paint.  I used the same symbols and colors on Cochise.  Always red inside the ears.  Always red on the pony’s rump.  Other war symbols adorned our mounts in between the bright red colors.  We shaved their tails and decorated their manes with conches and bells.  We decorated ourselves in almost the same manner.

I hadn’t worn the clothes Rising Sun and Light Eyes had made since the celebration.  They weren’t everyday clothes.  The shirt and leggings had been packed away and were saved only for battle.

Yellow Hair painted our faces.  She drew heavy black circles around our eyes and three black lines on our cheeks.  She helped Lone Eagle and me grease our hair to a shine.  Though mine was long enough to braid, a man’s hair hung loose and floated through the air during raids.

Big Bear would lead us and by the time he called everyone together, my brother and I were ready.  Lone Eagle and I had been making arrows all winter and our quivers were full.  My bow was sheathed next to my left leg, and I carried my lance across my lap.  I also carried a twelve-inch knife on my right hip.  We rode to the center of camp to meet Big Bear and the other fifty or so warriors.

“The moon is full,” Big Bear said.  “We thank the Great Spirit.  We will have no troubles on a night such as this.”

I scanned the crowd of men and women looking for Running Wolf.  Was he healed enough to go on the raid?  If so, did I need to watch my back?  I didn’t see him and I sighed with relief.  We’d meet another time, but not tonight.

Lone Eagle and I rode near the rear of the war party.  He’d only been on one raid before this, and neither of us was considered competent enough to lead others.  We would follow behind and learn how things were done.

We rode as an untamed group until the first lodge was in sight, and then we fanned out like the wings of an eagle.  Big Bear rode point and we rode in a “V” shape behind him.  I was separated from my brother.

Lone Eagle had distanced himself from me, and I was so unsure of myself that I worried over every little thing possible.  I felt for my bow and I reached back over my shoulder to make sure my arrows were within reach.  I’d practiced many times reaching for and slotting my arrow in one easy movement but still, I was uncertain of my abilities in battle.

Big Bear raised his lance.  We charged forward and quickly surrounded the white man’s lodge.  We whooped and hollered and scared the family out of their home.  A man raced out through a wooden door, aiming a rifle, but an arrow caught him in the leg and he fell forward to the ground.  Still holding his rifle, he tried to crawl, but another arrow caught his back and he stopped moving altogether.

Three warriors jumped down from their mounts and raced toward the wooden lodge.  One brave pulled a woman aside and another grabbed two young, blonde children—kicking and screaming—and dragged them across the yard.  We weren’t there to collect slaves so the children were left alone, but the woman was used then killed then scalped.  Her husband was also scalped.  Two Bannock women rushed inside and collected what they thought was of value.  They would leave the war party when their packhorses were full.

We hit two more lodges that night, but I kept to the rear.  I was fascinated by how quick and efficient the People were.  The women took mere necessities, along with a few gaudy trinkets, and escaped without harm.  Raiding was an art.  They’d left all the children unharmed but they left no adult witnesses.  I was proud of my people and I learned much that night.  Next time, Lone Eagle and I would ride toward the front and we would take part in the actual raid.

~

Our new location was farther south than the previous camp, more chance of finding game, but we were still hidden behind foothills, far away from the white man’s main thoroughfares.

Although Lone Eagle and I didn’t gather anything ourselves, and we had no women of our own to scavenge, the bounty was shared among the People.  The food stores were filled and the babies stopped crying.  Mothers could eat again and so could their children and slaves.

I was given a small trinket—a silver-backed mirror—that I, in turn, handed over to Yellow Hair.  She hadn’t seen her reflection for nearly two years and I thought it was time she did.  From that day on, there was a drastic change in her appearance.  She combed her matted blonde hair and greased it to a shine.  She talked Rising Sun into helping her make a new deer hide dress, and she began washing on a regular basis.

It wasn’t long before the men in camp started looking at her as more than just a white slave.  Since I became her caretaker, I’d set her free, but she’d never changed her dismal demeanor or her looks until I gave her the mirror.  I didn’t want a slave in the first place, and if she caught some brave’s fancy, I could be done with her forever.

“How do I look?”

“You look fine,” I said in return.

“Fine enough that you’d share my bed?”

“Cut that out.  I’m not going to share your bed.  I don’t need a wife and I don’t want a wife, understand?”

I was nearing sixteen years, but the last thing I needed was a wife and family to provide for.  I wanted to remain free of any ties, and Yellow Hair had to get that through her head.  Besides, I didn’t want her for a wife anyway.  I couldn’t explain the reasons, but she wasn’t the woman I wanted.  I didn’t want any woman, at least not yet.

I enjoyed my freedom.  I was still learning from Lone Eagle and the others in camp.  I wanted to ride like the wind on the back of Cochise.  I wanted to hunt what was left to hunt, and I wanted to raid the white man’s lodge.  I wanted to show Hole in the Mountain and Big Bear that I was a true warrior, that I had grown strong and wise and that I was no longer the frightened white boy they’d taken into their camp almost two years ago.

If I planned to marry a white girl, I would have chosen Light Eyes for my bride.  She followed me around camp like a shadow, and I enjoyed her company, but there was a problem.  She was still a child.

I let her tend my pony after hunts, and I saw the way she looked at me when I handed her Cooch’s rope.  “Cool him down good now,” I’d say and she’d do my bidding without complaint.  She was only eleven or twelve years old, still a child in all respects, but she’d always fancied me.  Even before we became children of the Bannock, she wanted to share her box lunch with me.  At the time, I balked at the idea of sharing anything with a mere child.  I looked at her differently now.

I kept those long-ago memories of picnics and such tucked away in a cedar trunk with my war clothes and my special paints.  I didn’t allow dreams of the past to filter through my mind too often.

~

March ‘58 – Genoa

As the owner of the largest ranch in the area, I stood from my chair and addressed the men gathered in the small saloon.  Adam and Hoss had ridden to town with me and flanked me on either side.  Three families were homeless.  Husbands had been killed, wives tortured, raped, and left for dead, and their children were orphaned with no one to take them in, and nowhere to go.  The future looked bleak if we didn’t band together and fight back.

“We need manpower,” I voiced loudly.  “We need every man here tonight available and ready to ride if we plan to stop these raids.”

“You want us to go up against them dirty Injuns?”

“That’s exactly what I want,” I answered.

“But most of us is only farmers or townsfolk.  We ain’t renegade killers.  We wouldn’t stand a chance against them heathens.”

“That’s right, Mr. Cartwright.  What you’re askin’ is just plain suicide.”

“James and Elroy is right.  We ain’t trained killers like they are.”

“But if we band together,” I repeated.  “That’s the only way we’ll keep them from killing and burning us all out.  No one can fight them alone.  By some miracle, Helen Martin was the only woman left alive.  She said fifty of them rode into their place.  Fifty-to-one isn’t good odds, gentlemen.  Fifty against fifty and we stand a helluva chance of ending these raids once and for all.”

“You really think we stand a chance?”

“You bet I do, Mr. Cutter.”

“Some of us only got squirrel rifles, Mr. Cartwright.”

“I’ve got rifles and plenty of shells.  In fact, I’ll order more from Elroy before I leave here tonight.”

“How do you know where they’ll attack next?”

“I don’t,” I sighed.  “What we know so far is that they’re hitting the smaller ranches, the homes farthest from town.”

“So what’s your plan?”

“That’s what we’re here to discuss.”

~

Bannocks – May ‘58

We hadn’t raided the white man’s lodges for over two months.  There was no reason after spring arrived and we could hunt for our families and friends.  Bannocks were not greedy.  We only killed what was needed to survive.  White men would never understand the difference between need and want.  Lone Eagle and I hunted together most days.  Our time was limited and meat was scarce.  The People weren’t the only hunters in the area.  Besides the white man, other tribes also hunted game in our mountains.

Lone Eagle had remained closer to me than usual over the past few weeks.  Closer, as in he rarely left my side.  I finally had to ask why.  Had I done something he didn’t approve of or had I disappointed him in some way?  I waited until we were away from camp to question him.  He had no reason to lie, and I hoped he’d be honest, as brothers should be.  It was hard to talk about certain things without offending my brother, but I had to ask.

“Something’s bothering you, Lone Eagle.”

“Me?  What makes you say that?”

“Because it’s true.  Something’s changed.  You’ve changed.”

“Your mind plays tricks, little brother.  Nothing has changed.”

“But it has.  You won’t let me leave camp alone.  I can’t go to the stream alone.  If I groom my pony, you’re standing next to me grooming Raven.  Don’t you trust me anymore?”

“It has nothing to do with trust.”

“Then why?”

Lone Eagle didn’t answer right away.  He sat on top of Raven and looked out across the meadow.  I sat on Cochise and waited.  I needed answers.

“Running Wolf.  He is better now, and he speaks of revenge against the man who blinded his right eye.”

“So you’ve become my protector?  Is that what this is all about?”

“Two sets of eyes are better than one.”

“Why didn’t you tell me this before?”

“I should have.”

“I beat him once,” I said firmly.  “I can beat him again.”

“Maybe.  Maybe not.  He will try to blind you this time.  An eye for an eye.  Isn’t that what the white man’s book says?”

“Yes, but not all words are taken literally.”

“Literally?”

“Sometimes the words have different meanings.”

“The black book lies?”

“No, it’s . . . I don’t know the right words to say.  An eye for an eye is just fine.”

“Good.  Then you understand.  Let’s ride.”

Without a care in the world, at least not at the moment, we tore off across the meadow like two soaring eagles.  Raven and Cooch were neck and neck until my little pony pulled forward and we were a length ahead of Raven.  Then two lengths, then three until we reached the far end of the meadow, but I slowed before the two of us went over the cliff and dropped a hundred feet to the bottom of the ravine.

“Good race, little brother.”

I smiled evenly at Lone Eagle.  “Yeah,” I said, still catching my breath.  “Let’s cool them down before we head home.”

Days passed and there’d been no sign of Running Wolf.  Lone Eagle was right.  Two sets of eyes were better than one but still; I knew the tall, crazy warrior was contemplating his next move.  He didn’t take to white men becoming braves, and he wasn’t happy that I’d won the bet and carried Yellow Hair off to my lodge.  Having only one good eye set him apart from the other warriors.  It made him inferior.  It made him seek revenge.

As warmer weather settled in, there was talk of moving the camp higher in the mountains.  Light Eyes had become the town crier and seemed to know all the goings-on before they became general knowledge.  Her father was one of the elders.  Maybe that gave her an edge or else she was very efficient at eavesdropping.  Either way, she always came to me with her tales and assumptions.

“You’re quite a little sneak,” I said when she mentioned we’d move camp soon.

“Everything I say is true, Golden Eagle.”

“You just be careful, okay?”

“It’s not me who needs to be careful.  It’s you.”

“I’m always careful, but why would you say that?”

“Running Wolf,” she said.

“He’s nobody.  Don’t worry about him.”

“But I do.  He looks mean and he smells bad.”

“I agree, but fill your mind with pleasant things, okay?”

“Like you?”

“Don’t be silly.”

She got along well with the other children.  Most adults liked her too. She was such a cute little thing, and Rising Sun took pride in her daughter’s appearance.  Otter fur was always woven into her long blonde braids, and just this summer she was allowed to wear a knee-length dress rather than just a breechclout.  Soon, she’d be a woman and Rising Sun was grooming her in all respects.  Already, Light Eyes could sew almost as well as her mother.  She mended all the family moccasins and she took on mending Lone Eagle’s and mine too.

I noticed how Yellow Hair stared at the child, and it was obvious she wasn’t fond of Light Eyes.  I kept my eye on the older girl.  It’s not that I didn’t trust her, but the look she often gave the twelve-year-old was troubling, some would call it evil.

The only way Yellow Hair could move up in rank among the People was to marry someone within the band.  Because she lived in my lodge, men tended to look, but would they offer to marry?  They probably thought I was bedding her anyway, but even on the coldest winter nights, I didn’t invite her to my bed.

One time though, during the nights when babies cried, Yellow Hair shed her clothes and slipped under my bearskin next to me.  I was naïve; I wasn’t experienced, but Yellow Hair had lived with three men who used her every night and she knew the mechanics very well.  It wasn’t until her hand circled my shaft that I raised from the bed and, without thinking things through; I struck her face hard with the palm of my hand.

“What . . . what are you doing?”  I could barely breathe.  My insides were popping like corn in a hot skillet, and my breath was coming in short gasps.  My shaft was strong and stiff and pulsed like a beating drum.  “Why are you in my bed?”

“Come on, Little Joe.  I know you want me.”

“I don’t want you.  I thought I made that clear.”

“You want that baby girl, don’t you?”

“What?”

“I see the way you look at Light Eyes.”

“You can’t be serious.  She’s just a child.”

“Her body is clothed now.  She is a woman.”

“Enough talk.  Go back to bed and leave me alone.”

She skimmed her hand across my legs and reached for me again.

“What’s wrong with you?  I said no.  Not now.  Not ever.”

She covered her breasts with her hands as though suddenly embarrassed and turned her back to me.  “I hate you, Joe Cartwright.  I hate you!”

“I’m not Joe Cartwright, and I don’t want a wife.  I don’t want a family.  Why can’t you understand that?”

“If you won’t have me, I’ll be alone the rest of my life.”

“That’s not true,” I lied.  Maybe I could trade her to another tribe.  Her image as a slave girl would follow her forever, and no one in our band would take her for his wife.  “Something will work out.  You must be patient.”

Yellow Hair crawled across the floor and slipped back into her own bed.  I almost felt sorry for her, and I would talk to Lone Eagle and see what could be done.  She didn’t deserve to be branded a slave her whole life.  She deserved more.  I’d come up with an idea and I presented it to Lone Eagle one day when we were riding.

“I want to talk about Yellow Hair,” I said.

“What’s she done now?”

“She came to me in the night.”

“How was she?  Is she torn and loose around your manhood?”

“No!  I mean, I don’t know.  I didn’t take her.”

“No?  You have the right.  She is your woman.”

“She isn’t my woman.  I don’t want her.”

“A man can have more than one wife, little brother.”

“I don’t want her for my wife.  What if my seed should take hold inside her?  What then?  Then she becomes my wife and I am bound to her forever.”

“She is bound to you now.  What is the difference?”

“You’re as bad as she is.”

“Maybe, but I see how you look at Light Eyes.”

“What?  Are you crazy?”

“Maybe,” he said, “but she is the one you want for your bed.”

“She’s a child, Lone Eagle.  A child.”

“She won’t be a child forever.”

Long Eagle turned his head and laughed.

“What’s so funny?”

“You are.  You already know what happens to a slave’s baby and yet you turn the woman away.”

“Yellow Hair is not a slave and … and do you think I’d kill my own child?”

“Then kill the slave and keep the child.”

“I don’t know why I even talk to you,” I said.  “You always make fun.”

“No, I always tell truth.”

~

Summer led to fall and the days turned cooler, especially in the mountains.  I’d never discussed my plan for Yellow Hair with Lone Eagle.  We got off on the wrong track, and I’d ridden away before he laughed even harder at my expense.  I hadn’t said anything to Yellow Hair.  I didn’t want to get her hopes up, but I had a plan.  Why couldn’t we drop her at one of the lodges after a winter raid?  Someone would find her and she’d eventually get back home to her ma and pa.  That way, she stood a chance for a future and I’d be free of her.  But winter was a long way off and hunting had been better this year so maybe we wouldn’t raid at all.  Still, I could take her myself and leave her on a white man’s doorstep.  I would make my final decision and run it by my brother before I left camp.

Another celebration was coming.  Aunt Sunrise, one of the women who’d made my lodge, had two children, a boy, and a girl, and the boy, Plays in Dirt, had just come back from his quest.  I’d made five painted arrows and Lone Eagle had crafted five more for the boy who’d become a man.

Yellow Hair had changed after the winter night I’d pushed her from my bed.  She’d never come to me again and I was grateful.  Though I regretted slapping her, maybe that’s what she needed.  I’d never hit a woman before and never planned to do that again.  She took long walks every day.  I didn’t follow; I didn’t care where she went or what she did.  She was out of my way and that was fine with me.  As I dressed for the celebration, I was glad she’d taken another walk.  Lone Eagle and I would paint each other’s faces and grease each other’s hair.  Yellow Hair wasn’t needed.

After his quest, Plays in Dirt changed his name to Black Bear in honor of his father, Big Bear, and we gathered around the bonfire, waiting for him to ride to the center of camp.  I remembered how proud I was during my own celebration, and I knew Black Bear was enjoying the attention as much as I had.

I carried my gift of arrows in a quiver, as did Lone Eagle.  We stood together as brothers.  We stood beside our two aunts, Sunrise, her daughter, and Leaves Her Home; we were family.

The drumming was slow and deliberate until Black Bear, sitting like a proud warrior, walked his painted pony into the circle of onlookers. Three drums were now booming with sound, and we all cheered the young man as he rode in a tight circle around the bonfire.  Venison smoked over Rising Sun’s cookfire and my stomach rumbled with hunger.  I’d chosen not to dip my fingers into the nuts or berries all day so I could enjoy the celebration.  I was starving.

When Black Bear dismounted, his younger sister took the rope and led his pony away.  After the chief had a few words for the new warrior, we all stepped forward with our gifts.  When I returned to my family, I felt a tug on my arm.  It was Yellow Hair.

“Not now,” I said, shrugging off her hand.  “Can’t you see I’m busy?”

She looked disheveled and scared; her hair looked wild and she was out of breath.  She grabbed my arm again.

“What!”  My anger was growing.

“You need to come.”

“Why?”

“I cannot say.”

“Then leave me alone.”

“Please.”

Lone Eagle shrugged his shoulders.

“You’re a lot of help,” I said.

“I don’t know any more than you do,” he answered.  He also tried to hide his laughter.  Having an ex-slave who didn’t know her place was as bad as having a loud, screeching wife

“Fine,” I said to my big brother.  “Just don’t eat everything before I get back.”

I walked away from the circle with Yellow Hair.  “This better be good or you’ll sleep outside tonight, and no blanket.”

She grabbed my hand and dragged me through tall pines toward the open meadow where Lone Eagle and I loved to race our ponies.  She was in a hurry, but she kept weaving off the path like she’d drunk too much of the white man’s silly water.

“What’s up with you?  Can’t you even walk a straight line?”

She didn’t speak; she only walked faster until we were to the clearing, and I heard a man’s voice order her to stop.  “That’s far enough.”

I glanced at Yellow Hair.  She’d let go of my hand and she was backing away, backing toward the man I knew as Running Wolf.

“What have you done?”

Yellow Hair covered her face with her hands and turned away.

“She is my woman now, Bear Cub.”

“My name is Golden Eagle.”

“No, you are still a cub.  You think you are a man but you are not.  I have taken the slave to my bed.  She pleasures me much.”

“Fine.  Are we done now?”

Running Wolf laughed.  “You make joke, right?”

“What do you want?”

“You, and now I have you, thanks to the white woman.”

“You want her?  You can have her.”

Another laugh.  “I’ve already had her three times today.  She tells me you would not take her to your bed so I took your place.  That is why you are still a boy in the eyes of the People.  A man would not pass up such an opportunity.”

Yellow Hair looked frightened.  Running Wolf had probably threatened her with her life if she didn’t pull me away from the celebration.  I wouldn’t be missed for a great while.  Everyone would eat and dance and not realize I was gone.

“What do you want from me?  Why am I here?”

“You do not know?”

Though I’d been warned this day would come, I refused to answer.

“I am a one-eyed warrior, a hindrance, but not the end of my life.  It took many moons before I could shoot straight or handle my knife with accuracy, but I have overcome those obstacles because I am a man, not a boy.”

“So it’s revenge you’re after.”

“It is time to settle the score.  It is time you pay for what you have done.”

I had no weapon.  Running Wolf carried everything he owned as if he were marching to war.  The end of his lance was propped on the ground and held against the sheaf of his knife.  Even though I had two good eyes, I was defenseless.

“Fine,” I said.  “Let’s get this over with.”

“Not so fast, Bear Cub.”  He turned to Yellow Hair.  “Go.  Bring the horses.”

Yellow Hair stepped back into the trees and brought two ponies into the clearing.  She handed their ropes to Running Wolf.

“You,” he said to his accomplice.  “Tie his hands behind his back.”

Sorrow filled Yellow Hair’s eyes as she walked toward me with two pieces of rawhide.  I crossed my wrists behind my back.  There was no reason to try anything yet.  I needed a plan.  Think, plan, execute.  If I had a fair shot at my contender, I stood a chance, but the timing wasn’t right.  I’d have to wait for a better opportunity to take the lead in Running Wolf’s dance.

“Tie his legs at the knees.”

Though I tried to hold steady, I wobbled some when her hands touched the backs of my legs.  She mumbled some words though I couldn’t make them out.  Maybe an apology she didn’t want Running Wolf to hear or maybe she was getting back at me for the cold winter night I’d turned her away.  I would never know the reason she’d joined up with my only enemy.

I stood like a statue.  Running Wolf handed Yellow Hair a pony’s rope then came to stand in front of me.  He showed me a doeskin bag.  It had a small slit in front but more to the left side.

“This is for you, Cub.”  He poked his finger through the tiny hole.  “A hood.  I have been busy creating your new life, but no one noticed, not even you.  I made this myself.  You will know how it feels to have only one good eye.”

He slipped the hood over my head and tied a string of rawhide around my neck before he hoisted me belly down over the pony.  I heard him mount his own horse, and we moved forward at a walk.  Though the slit was close to my left eye, the night was dark, and seeing anything of value was impossible.

I’d always figured he’d want to show his prowess in front of a crowd, but he had a different plan, one that included Yellow Hair helping him execute so he could humiliate me in front of my own so-called slave.  I had many questions yet fewer answers.

Branches scraped against the horse’s head and along my back, and the pony became nervous.  After living with Yellow Hair for so many months, I knew much about her.  She never could follow a path with any accuracy.

“Walk a straight line, you fool.”  Running Wolf barked out commands, but soon he slowed his mount and jumped down.  He pulled me off my pony and smacked the horse’s rump while I lay unmoving on the ground.

“Open the door,” he said to Yellow Hair.

Since I couldn’t see, I listened carefully.  Door to what?  Lone Eagle and I rode through these woods all the time and I couldn’t imagine what Running Wolf was talking about.  Dead twigs cracked under Yellow Hair’s feet.  She was moving about, but why?  I tried to see through the narrow slit, but it was useless.

Running Wolf poked his finger through the tiny hole, making it somewhat larger.  “I want you to see clearly your new home,” he said.

Yellow Hair had knelt down on her knees.  She moved loose pine boughs to the side and I saw the contraption Running Wolf had built.  He’d dug a hole—four by four by six feet.  He’d laced two-inch thick sticks together and hinged them on one side.  She opened the door to the underground grave.

“You see I have worked hard to build you a new home.”  

“You’re not man enough to fight?”  I cried through the doeskin.  “You’re just going to dump me in a hole?”

“You will know darkness, my little friend.  You will not know day from night.  You will not know when to sleep or when to wake.  Your mind will play tricks, and you will want to scream and cry, but men do not cry, do they, Cub?  Only little boys cry.  Will Bear Cub cry?  Will Bear Cub scream?”

“You’ve lost your mind.  Just kill me now and be done with it,” I said, but my voice was muffled.  I sounded weak and pathetic through the thick hood covering my face.

“Scream all you want, little boy, but your screams will not have sound.  Your screams will not be heard.”

“I’m sorry, Little Joe.”

“No talking, you ugly whore.  Set his hands free.”  Running Wolf moved closer and grabbed a handful of her hair.  “Maybe I should dump you in there with him.”

Tears clouded Yellow Hair’s eyes and she froze at Running Wolf’s words.

The evil man laughed.  “Maybe after the boy dies, you can share his grave, but I am not finished with you yet.  A worthless slave is better than no slave at all.”

“Leave the girl alone,” I screamed through the doeskin.

“You taunt me, Cub.  Maybe I should use you instead of the girl.  Her sex is old and tired before her time.  She is no use to anyone anymore.”

I didn’t respond.  I appreciated the hood covering my face and that Running Wolf couldn’t see the depth of fear in my eyes.  I knew about such things.  I’d heard talk.  I was just a boy at the time, but I couldn’t believe what I’d heard.  Men using men?  It scared me then and it scared me now.

“Have I silenced you, Cub?”

God, yes.  I couldn’t move.  I couldn’t fight back if he … God, no.

Yellow Hair untied my wrists; I stretched my tingling fingers out wide.  My legs were still tied but when Running Wolf approached my left side, I pulled my knees close to my stomach and kicked out at his legs.  I heard him fall to the ground and I reached for the rawhide binding my legs, but he drew his knife and held it to my throat.

“I would like nothing more than to kill you now, but it would ruin my plans of a slow and miserable death.  The white boy who pretends to be one of the People has had a good life here with the Bannock.  My people have welcomed you, taught you many things, but the real test comes now.

“You will wish I slit your throat tonight, but you will not be so lucky.  Darkness will seize your mind.  It will become a wasteland and you will be trapped with inconceivable visions of death.  Before the end comes, you will beg me to kill you, but a true Bannock warrior does not beg for death.  A true warrior does not snivel and cry.   Are you a warrior, Cub?  Are you a true Bannock warrior?”

Thick rawhide strips bound my arms to my sides.  Then, something hard hit my right ankle.  Lightheaded, I nearly choked from the intense pain and, had I eaten earlier, I probably would have thrown up inside the doeskin hood.  Withering on the cold ground, I tried to curl into myself, but the ties kept my body stiff and straight.  Tears threatened although I held my cries; I held my screams.  

I was dragged and dropped into the hole, into the cage that Running Wolf had called my new home.  I laid flat on my back and the woven door was closed.  Pine boughs were dragged on top to block the new day’s light, and I listened as my captors moved away from the in-ground grave.  I lay in darkness, but my eyes were open.  The beat of the drum at Black Bear’s celebration was nothing more than a faint whisper.  Was I missed?  Was Lone Eagle concerned over my prolonged absence?

~

Three weeks later

Lone Eagle searched.  After Yellow Hair had dragged his beloved brother away from the celebration, neither she nor Golden Eagle had been seen since.  Speculation throughout the camp was that a plan had been formed and that the young white brave had taken the slave girl with him and returned to the white man’s world.

Lone Eagle knew better.

“My brother would never leave the People,” he said when such accusations were made.  “I know my brother well.  The girl meant nothing to him, but the pinto meant everything.  He would not run away and leave his pony behind.”

Lone Eagle explored alone.  Every day from sunup to sundown, he and Raven combed every meadow and foothill surrounding the camp.  They rode through deep ravines and took ancient trails.  He found nothing until the end of the first week when he spotted something lying in the deep ravine.

At the far end of the meadow, where he and his brother had raced many times, was the cliff leading to nowhere, a hundred-foot drop that meant certain death for horse and rider.  Though there was no horse, Yellow Hair lay at the bottom of the rocky gulch.

Reaching her lifeless body had been difficult, and as Lone Eagle made his way down from the far edge of the meadow, his mind conjured up images of his younger brother sustaining the same fate as the white, slave girl he’d rescued from the hands of Cries in the Night and her wretched family.

Memories of his teasing remarks—when his brother wouldn’t bed his own slave—surfaced and haunted him as he moved closer to Yellow Hair’s broken body.  She had probably died on impact; at least he hoped she had.  Buzzards had picked her eyes out first then attacked the rest of her, leaving blood to dry and crust against her mottled skin.

The least he could do was bury her.  His brother would like that.  He threw her stiffened form over Raven’s rump then tied her wrists and ankles together under the horse’s belly.  He would carry her back to camp and speak to the elders.  Because Golden Eagle had set her free, Yellow Hair could expect a decent Bannock burial.

By mid-October, an early freeze had brought a winter chill through the camp, and more than one person tried to convince Lone Eagle to end his search.  His two aunts had begged him to let his brother go.  If he had returned to his white family, then so be it.  Nothing could be done to bring him back.

Lone Eagle feared the People might be right.  He closed his lodge doors and wept for his lost brother.  Though his heart was broken, his family shattered, the pieces didn’t fit.  After his initial transformation, Golden Eagle never once talked about leaving the camp.  His pony still grazed next to Raven.  Dead or alive, he was out there somewhere, and he deserved a decent burial.

Again, Lone Eagle searched.

~

The Cage

Mostly, I dream.  Dreams lead me away from the cage and away from my captor.  But dreams can alter a man’s thinking and he begins to wonder what’s real and what his state of mind has become.  Time passes.  Days and nights slip by, but a caged animal doesn’t understand the meaning of time.  He only knows hunger and thirst and pain.

Like any animal, I am fed and watered.  I am kept alive, but for what purpose?  I talk just to hear my own voice.  I wiggle my toes and fingers to make sure I’m still alive, but what keeps me alive?  Death would be a blessing, but death won’t come.  Noises are constant.  Twigs snap and wind howls through nearby pines.  But what good are trees and sky, sun or wind, if you’re buried beneath the earth’s surface?

Death whispers in my ear, but it lingers in some far-off place, and I’m not allowed to embrace the welcoming arms of warmth and bliss and end the frustration of living.  I fear every sound inside and outside my cage.  Furry little things scurry across my body and I lay frozen until they pass.  Other living things crowd my space and I try to ignore their presence when they slither and crawl in silence.

My head reels with an odd sense of excitement along with a sense of fear when the pine boughs are pulled away.  The sun warms my body, and I peer through the slit in my hood.  It is my captor.  He has come with food and water.  He refuses to let me die.

“I don’t know what magic you possess, Cub.”

Pulled from my grave, I am propped against a nearby tree.  The rawhide binding my arms to my sides is removed and thrown on my lap.  The hood remains, but I’m used to the dark.  I’m used to many things, real or not so real.  The hood is finally removed.

“You disappoint me, Cub, though I am pleased with your appearance.  Your cheeks are hollow; your eyes are dull and lifeless, yet you remain alive.  You are no longer the mighty Bannock warrior you once were, are you, little one?  Does your stomach growl?  Has your tongue swollen to twice its size?  Your lips are dry and cracked and you haven’t the strength to run away.  It pleases me, but the Great Spirit is disappointed.  He knows your mind has vanished and your body had grown thin and frail.”

Running Wolf holds a bladder of water in front of my face.  I stare but I cannot move.  If he wants me to drink, he will tilt the bag to my mouth.  I’d grown accustomed to the routine.  My life was in his hands.  I ate when he offered food.  I drank when he offered water.

“Can you see me, Cub?  Can you see what I hold in my hands?”

I closed my eyes.  I didn’t want to play the game.  I was tired, so tired. Running Wolf held my shoulder steady so I would remain upright against the trunk of the tree.  He slapped my cheek and I opened my eyes.

“Can you hear me, Cub?  I did not hear your answer.”

“Yes …”

“Ah … the little warrior speaks.”

He held the bag to my mouth and I drank the tepid water.  When I began slipping a second time, I was pulled to my feet and propped back against the tree, but my right leg was useless.  I balanced on my left foot but moments later; I tumbled face down onto a bed of pine needles.  I dug my fingers through their thickness and felt the moist, black soil underneath.  I started crawling forward.

“Going somewhere, Cub?  Go.  Run away.”

I dug in deeper and pulled myself forward like a snake, slithering through tall grass.  This was my chance, maybe my only chance to get away.

“Your slave is dead, little man.  She was no use to me anymore, but your brother still searches.”

I stopped moving.  “Hoss …” I mumbled almost silently into the needles.  “Hurry, brother.”

“He won’t find you here.  No one will find you here.  Like death, you lie in darkness.  There is no light, is there, Cub?  There is no waking up from the world that surrounds you yet you remain alive.  Why are you so slow to surrender?”

“Dark,” I muttered softly.

“You understand the dark?  What do you see, Cub?”

“Dark.”

“The big Bannock warrior sees only darkness.  How will you fight your enemy?  How will you raid the white man?  How will you hunt for food?”

“Food …”

“You hungry, Cub?”

“Hungry.”

“Crawl to me, Cub.  I will feed you.”

I dug my elbows in deep and dragged my useless leg across the woodland floor.  I brought wet leaves to my lips.  I bit down on needles and small twigs.  I couldn’t get my mind straight, and then I heard the voice.

“Farther, Cub.”

I slithered across wet leaves.  The air smelled sweet, and I remembered the celebration with its roasting venison and hard candies and the promise of song and dance.  But the promise was taken away.  Yellow Hair pulled me from the camp.  Was that a dream?  Was this?  I shook my head; I blinked my eyes.  Running Wolf sat before me.  He held food in his hand.

“You don’t die easy, do you, Cub?  You eat, you drink, and you live longer.  You want to live?  Do you like the darkness?”

My belly ached.  The venison should be cooked by now.  I couldn’t think.  I tried to remember but my mind played tricks.  Onion soup?  No, no more soup.

“Hold out your hand.”

I rolled to my right side, pawed the air with my left, and was rewarded with a piece of cold meat that I shoved in my mouth and reached out again.

“The little warrior is hungry, aren’t you, boy?”

“More.”

I was given a second piece of meat, which I savored inside my mouth longer than the first.  I reached out for another.

“You have had your fun, Cub, but you have also had your fill.”

“More,” I cried.

“Your belly is full.  Death will not come tonight.”

I shivered.  The ground inside the cage was cold, the coldest night yet.  I was tied the same as before and pine boughs covered the door.  Even though it had been weeks, my ankle throbbed.  Maybe because I dragged it across the ground or maybe it was a sign that death was closing in.

Like vultures, dreams hovered, waiting for an entrance into my mind where they’d take hold and torment me until I was truly mad.  Running Wolf knew of such dreams and maybe that’s why he kept me alive.  To release me after all this time would serve no purpose.  He couldn’t afford to open my prison door and let me walk away.  A man’s honor was sacred.

Running Wolf had lost more than just sight in one eye.  He’d become a bitter man, and he held me responsible for what his life had become.  He sought revenge, and I understood why he wanted me to pay, but not this way.  Caging me in the ground didn’t make him more of a man.

A challenge—a challenge between warriors—would have proved to the People that even with one good eye, he was still strong and brave, but not this.  Only a coward would seek one-sided revenge.

~

Lone Eagle

To give up the search was to admit his brother was dead.  He questioned himself often, and he questioned what Golden Eagle would have done had their roles been reversed.  His white brother would never give up hope.  He was certain.  They were one in their thoughts.  He dressed quickly.  He readied Raven for yet another day, a lost cause maybe, but he couldn’t give up now.  Not until he found a body or until winter’s snows covered the land.

Lone Eagle rode along the cliff where he’d spotted Yellow Hair’s broken body a hundred feet down.  Maybe he’d missed something.  Maybe they’d both been thrown off the cliff, but he’d searched a dozen times before.  Golden Eagle wasn’t there, but he had to be close.  How else would he have found the woman?

After kicking Raven to a full-out run, he raced across the meadow like he and his brother had done so many times before.  Whooping and hollering, their mounts ran nose-to-nose until they crossed an invisible finish line.  Golden Eagle’s high-pitched giggle always brought a smile to Lone Eagle.  He missed that glorious laugh, so full of joy, so free from inhibition.

“Where are you?”  Hoping to alert but not anger the Great Spirit, he cried his plea.  “Give me a sign.”  He walked his mount along the edge of the tree-lined meadow.  “He is my brother!”

To his right, a deer skittered through a blanket of trees, and he pulled Raven to a stop.  He turned his mount.  “What do I do?” he shouted.  Where do I go?  Where is my brother?”

A sound—a moan, a weeping cry.  He dismounted and walked his horse slowly behind him as he scanned the area, but there was nothing except tree after tree.  Fallen needles paved his way through the dense forest of thickly placed pines.

“Are you here?”  Lone Eagle cried.  “Show yourself.”

Another moan . . . at his feet.  At his feet?  He fell to his knees and yanked away long thick pine boughs.  A bear trap.  Though he’d never dug one, he’d seen them and knew what he’d found until he saw the crisscrossed bars and something he couldn’t fathom inside.  He jumped back—afraid to look—then cautiously, he leaned forward.

Grabbing the wooden bars, he pulled but quickly realized the covering had been staked to the ground.  He reached for his hatchet, loosened the wooden stakes and jerked the cover open.  He took careful note of just what was lying inside.

~

“I’ve done all I can for him,” said Leaves her Home.

“There is nothing else you can do?”

“I am sorry, nephew.  Hopefully, he will work through the fever.  It may take days.  I have told you what needs to be done.  I leave you now, but I will return tomorrow.”

“There is no other medicine you can give him?”

Leaves Her Home reached for her nephew’s shoulder and squeezed gently.  “When the People gave up hope, you continued to search.  The Great Spirit would not have led you into the wilderness only to deny you your brother’s life.  Golden Eagle has been starved.  His ankle has been broken and may never heal properly, but he is alive because of you.  You must be patient.  Restoring his health will take time.  He has suffered much, but he will know you are with him now.  Do not give up hope.  Treasure the light and leave the dark days behind.”

Lone Eagle bowed his head to his aunt; the band’s medicine woman had done all she could.  She had never lied to him before and he had to trust that the medicine she’d left him would help his brother move through the fever and his overpowering state of delirium.  

His brother’s words made no sense to Lone Eagle; his words were not of his tongue.  They were the white man’s words, words he could not understand.  More than once, he’d cried out for something or someone called “Pa.”  He’d try to sit up; he’d try to reach out from his bed for the elusive entity he called Pa.

Holding his hand and pulling his brother close against his own body generally silenced the cries and calmed the terrors that crept through his young brother’s mind.  Like an animal, Running Wolf had kept him caged and had only fed him enough to keep him alive.

His face was ghostly white, and he was as weak as a newborn that had to depend on others for his existence.  Lone Eagle would be that person and, until Golden Eagle was well enough to care for himself, he would not leave his brother’s side.

~

Days passed slowly, and Golden Eagle’s fevered body finally gave way to sleep, a peaceful sleep.  Fretful mumblings had told Lone Eagle some of the story, but the details of his brother’s capture were still uncertain.  How long had his brother’s leg been broken or how often he was given food or water?  Looking at Golden Eagle’s gaunt face, and the dark circles under his eyes, he knew death had been near.  Another day?  Another night of captivity?  How much longer could he have managed inside the cage?

Although highly suspected, revealing his captor’s name had also come during his brother’s delirium.  Running Wolf.  A man without honor.  A man Lone Eagle would kill with his bare hands when the time was right.

He lifted his brother’s head from the bearskin and dripped water onto his lips until he opened his mouth.  From the wooden ladle, Sunrise had given him for that purpose, he was patient, more so than he’d ever been before.

“Much water.  Every hour,” Leaves had said.

This time though, Golden Eagle opened his eyes.  Lone Eagle stared down at his brother.  He smiled though his smile was less than genuine.  His brother was in constant pain, and there were no other healing powers offered by Leaves or from the Great Spirit.  His brother’s eyes closed.  Lone Eagle had hoped for more contact, maybe a few coherent words when only moments later his brother’s eyes opened again.

“Am I dreaming?”

His voice cracked when he spoke, but Lone Eagle answered the best he could.  “No, you are not dreaming.  You are in my lodge.  You are no longer in the cage.  You are here with me.”

“Running Wolf?”

“No, no more Running Wolf.  You’re safe with me.  You rest.”  Golden Eagle tried to sit up and his big brother pushed him back down on the bed.  “No.  You are not well.  Stay put.”

Golden Eagle closed his eyes, and Lone Eagle thought his brother had fallen back to sleep until he saw a single tear slip from the young man’s eye.  He reached for his brother’s hand and held it between both of his.

“Sleep, little brother.  I have your back.  You can rest easy now.”

~

February ‘59

There was enough food in store to keep the babies from crying.  There would be no raids on the white man’s lodges, which gave Lone Eagle more time to spend with his crippled brother.  Golden Eagle moved slowly, and he walked with a wooden crutch.  Although he’d gained enough weight that the gaunt, sickly appearance of death had vanished, he was in constant pain.  His leg had healed incorrectly while he was in the cruel hands of his captor.  Though Leaves had splinted his ankle in hopes of correcting the abnormality, the splints had come too late.  Lone Eagle talked privately with his two aunts.

“Maybe white man’s medicine man can help my brother.”

The shocking statement hit the women hard.  Sunrise questioned her nephew.  “Have you thought this through?”

“I have.”

“Have you talked to Hole in the Mountain?”

“No, I talk to you first.  What do you think?  Your medicine does not heal his leg or his mind.”

Leaves looked at Sunrise and shook her head.  “You will bring the medicine man here or will you take Golden Eagle to white man’s village?”

“I do not know.  What would you do?”

“I would wait,” said Leaves.  “See if the leg improves over time.”

“It will not happen.  It has been three moons and the leg is the same.  I hear my brother’s soft cries in the night.  He is afraid, and he doubts his skills as a warrior.  He cannot raid or fight his enemies.  He is not whole in the eyes of the People.”

“I will speak to the chief,” Leaves said.  “He will decide what is best.”

~

Lone Eagle tucked his long, black braids under a Mexican hat.  He wore his father’s Mexican shirt, leaving the long, tattered tail hanging over his leggings.

“Gifts from my father,” he said to his brother.  “A good raid.”

Before Running Wolf destroyed his brother’s mind, Golden Eagle would have jumped right into the conversation and kidded Lone Eagle or giggled at his new look, but that didn’t happen anymore.  His brother remained silent and withdrawn.  A faraway look took his mind to places Lone Eagle couldn’t reach, and if the white doctor’s medicine could make a difference, he would give his own life if it would help his younger brother.

“You ready to ride?”  Golden Eagle looked up, but his eyes were glazed.  Though it was his normal look, Lone Eagle continued speaking.  “We leave now.  We set up my lodge far from the People.  I will bring the white man’s doctor to you, and he will fix your leg.  Then we ride together again as brothers.  Do you understand my words?”

Golden Eagle nodded his head.  He stood and leaned heavily on his crutch.  The ponies were ready.  Raven, Cochise, and the packhorse were lined up in front of Golden Eagle’s lodge.  The two boys mounted and rode through camp one last time before they’d head north across a large valley and to the high mountains to a village known as Genoa.

There was no racing, no whooping or hollering on this trip, and very little conversation, but they rode steady until they reached the open meadow.  They would cross at night.  When they stopped to rest and wait for the sun to set, Lone Eagle handed his brother two pieces of dried meat and his water pouch.

“Here.  You must be starving.  We will cross at dusk and set up camp on the other side of the valley.”

Hidden among tall pines, Golden Eagle looked across the open meadow and stared at the tall, snow-capped mountains.  The landscape looked familiar but was familiar was the right word?  Heaven.  Ponderosa.  Strange thoughts raced through his mind.  A man.  A tall man with a voice, a loud voice, a booming voice.  Who was the man?  What did it all mean?

He closed his eyes but when he did, he was back in the cage.  Running Wolf was laughing, tossing bits of food in the dirt next to him, but he couldn’t see through the tiny slit.  He could only hear the laughter.  The cloth hood blocked the light and left the world around him dark, and he was afraid—afraid to live and afraid to die.

When the sun finally set behind the tall peaks, Lone Eagle spoke. “We ride now.”

Both men stood.  Lone Eagle had fashioned a buckskin sheath for the crutch and attached it to the surcingle on Cochise so his brother could ride hands-free.

Dawn broke before they’d finished setting up the small camp they’d hidden in a stand of trees on the far side of the meadow.  Lone Eagle had cut ten or more pine boughs to cover the painted lodge and hide it from any white passersby.

“You stay here while I ride for the medicine man,” Lone Eagle said.  “Don’t make a fire and don’t leave the lodge.  I will ride swiftly and be back soon.”

“You are leaving?”

Lone Eagle knelt down on one knee.  He realized how dependent his brother was, and he grew concerned over the frightened look of panic in his young brother’s eyes.  “Why don’t you rest while I am away?  No one will find you here.  You are safe.  I have laid out your bearskin inside the lodge.”

He mounted Raven, glanced once more at his younger brother’s forlorned face, and faded into the deep piney woods.

~

Genoa

With his Mexican disguise, Lone Eagle rode with confidence into the town of Genoa.  When he passed a man on the street, he asked the whereabouts of the doctor.

“Doctor?”

“Right in front of you, señor,” the man pointed to a building with a wooden shingle hanging outside the door.

“Gracias,” he replied and tied Raven to the hitch rail.  Lone Eagle knocked on the front door and a man appeared.  “Doctor?”

“Yes.  Come inside.  What can I do for you?”

Lone Eagle pulled his knife.  He held it waist level.  “Come,” he said.

“No reason for the knife, señor.  Where are we going?”

“Come.”

“I’ll get my bag.  I’ll need to get my buggy from the livery.  Are we going far?”

“Come.”

Lone Eagle guided the horse’s reins while Doctor Paul Martin sat inside his buggy.  No one at the livery had questioned his leaving town with the Mexican and the doctor, though he wanted to say something to the livery boy, feared it would only cause problems.

The man wasn’t Mexican; Paul Martin was sure.  The accent wasn’t right, but he was at the mercy of the Indian.  The man wasn’t even a man.  He looked more like a boy, a frightened young man who needed his services for something his own tribe’s medicine man couldn’t cure; at least those thoughts ran through his mind as they ventured south.  He would know more when they reached their destination.

They hadn’t ridden far when the pale yellow tip of a teepee showed through the trees.  The young man stopped and ordered Paul out of the buggy.  

“Come,” he said waving his hand toward the teepee.

The young man’s language was limited to one word—“Come”—but it was the only word necessary under the circumstances.

Lone Eagle threw open the flap and let the doctor enter first, but no one was inside.  Golden Eagle was gone and Lone Eagle ranted his anger.  He flipped the triangle flap open again and stood outside the lodge.  Paul followed.  He called for his brother and then realized he never should’ve left him alone.

“Golden Eagle,” he cried.  “It is safe.  You are safe.  Where are you, brother?”

Paul didn’t understand the words but he saw the look of panic in the young man’s eyes as he darted from one tree to another searching for someone—the someone he’d come to help.

“There you are,” he said with a sigh of relief when Golden Eagle appeared from behind a thick-trunked pine.  “You scared me, little brother.”  He reached for his brother’s arm.  “I have brought the white medicine man.  Come.  Let him examine your leg.”

The taller boy had disguised himself as a Mexican, a smart move on his part, but what was Paul expected to cure?  The crippled boy with curly hair that bounced with each uneven step he took?  And why did the boy have curly hair?  Could he be Mexican rather than Indian?

The curly-headed young man concentrated more on the ground and walking without falling than looking up at the white man.  He used a crutch to steady himself and Paul noticed how pale and thin the boy was as he moved forward.

“Here,” Paul pointed to the ground outside the teepee.  He spread his arms wide.  “Lie down here.”  The boy seemed to understand and he nodded to his companion to help lower him to the ground.

“He wants me to sit down here,” Golden Eagle said to his brother.

“Good,” Paul said smiling.  “That’s right.”

Though the trip out of Genoa made him a touch nervous, Paul knew what the boys wanted, at least he hoped he was right in his assumption.

“Leg?  You want me to look at his leg?”

Paul knelt down on one knee.  He removed the young man’s moccasin and pushed the legging up toward his knee.  With both hands, he slid his fingers over and around the boy’s ankle.  He pressed on the bone and the surrounding tissue.

The leg had been broken and never set.  If the boy were going to walk without a crutch, he’d have to break the bone and try to reset the leg properly.  He couldn’t do that in the woods.  His tools were back in Genoa.  He’d have to explain to both boys.

Paul looked into the curly-haired boy’s eyes.  Though glassy as though forcing back the pain, the boy’s eyes were green, a sharp and brilliant green.  This boy was no natural-born Indian.  He wasn’t Mexican either.  This was a white boy and despite the long hair and doeskin clothing, Paul wondered if his eyes were deceiving him.

He didn’t let on.  Though his insides were bursting with excitement, he kept the shock of recognizing the boy to himself.  How many years?  Two?  Three?  Nothing short of a miracle, but how had this happened?  A hundred questions passed through his mind.

“We’ll need to go back to town,” Paul said after he’d stood to his feet.

“Village?”

“Yes,” Paul said.  “I can’t work here.  I need more supplies.”  He pointed to Joe’s leg.  “Come.  Village.  Put the boy in my buggy.”  He pointed to the buggy.  “He can ride with me.”

Lone Eagle understood only a few words the medicine man had said, but he wondered what his brother remembered of the white man’s talk.  He knelt down on the ground.

“Do you understand the words?”

Golden Eagle nodded.  “Some.”

“What does he say?”

Golden Eagle looked up at Paul.  “Go with medicine man.”

“Are you okay with that?”

“Yes.”

~

Paul pulled the buggy up in the alley behind his office.  It wouldn’t do to have townsfolk see an Indian boy climb out of his rig.  “Come,” he said.  He climbed the stairs, took a deep breath, and opened the back door.  He let the two young men follow behind him.  He sure didn’t want to scare them off by being too forceful or too demanding.

Lone Eagle held his brother’s arm and they made it up the four stairs.  Paul watched closely.  Pain etched the boy’s face each time his foot touched the ground.  Communication was practically nil.  How would he explain what he planned to do without scaring them both straight out of his office?  He closed the door behind them and walked down the narrow hallway to his operating room.  He patted the table with his hand.

“Sit down,” Paul said.

Lone Eagle looked at his brother and Golden Eagle nodded.

Paul hand-motioned Golden Eagle to lie down on his back.  Lone Eagle moved to the head of the table and placed his hand on his brother’s shoulder.

Again, Paul removed the moccasin and pushed up the legging.  Gently, he probed the ankle again, feeling for uneven bone.  The boy was thin.  Paul couldn’t help but glance at Joe’s face and hands.  His skin color didn’t match the natives or the northern Mexicans.  He needed to be absolutely sure before he blurted out to anyone that Ben Cartwright’s youngest son was alive and well . . . almost well.

Paul held his hands in front of him so both boys could watch him try to explain what he intended to do.  “Break,” he said and acted out a snapping motion with his hands.  “Break and set.”

He had an idea.  He reached for a piece of kindling, broke it in half then held both pieces back together again.  Still holding the broken stick, he laid his hand on Joe’s ankle, pulled the kindling apart, then held the two broken ends together again.

“Break.  Set in plaster.”

“You fix?”

The taller boy appeared to be the spokesman for the two.  “I’ll sure try,” Paul said.  With words and hand motions, he tried to explain more to the taller young man.  “This boy,” he said pointing at Joe,” will have to stay here until the plaster—the cast—dries.  You may stay with him if you want.”

Lone Eagle nodded.  “Stay.”

“My horse is tired.  I need to return him to the livery before I begin working on the young man’s leg.  I’ll return soon, pronto.”

Lone Eagle’s eyes narrowed and Paul realized the boy didn’t understand.  He knew how valuable a brave’s pony was—nearly sacred—and he knew the boy would understand if he could just get through to him.  He acted out riding a horse then tilted his head over palmed hands as though he was sleeping.  He pointed to the back alley.

“Horse first.”  He pointed toward the back door.  “Then leg.”

Lone Eagle nodded his head.  He didn’t move from his spot or try to stop the doctor; he kept his hands on his brother’s shoulders.

~

“Why was I summoned, Sheriff?”

“Well, I’m not rightly sure, Ben.  All I can say is that Carlos, the livery boy, said I was to get you to town quickly.  He said the doc would meet you in my office as soon as possible.”

“Meet me here?”

“That’s what the boy said.  It must be important, something he wants both of us to hear.  Sorry, Ben, but that’s all I know.”

“All right, but I can’t sit here all day,” Ben growled.  “I’ve got a hundred things to keep me busy out at the ranch.”

Jack Taylor recognized the look on Ben Cartwright’s face, a look of disgust, of wasted time, of running a large ranch and being detained for some odd reason.

“Coffee?”

The doctor tried to shield the steel mallet from both boys before he popped it hard against Joe’s ankle, and only by the grace of God did Paul survive the initial part of the operation.  All of his explaining went right out the window when he’d taken a hammer to Joe’s leg.  The taller boy rushed forward and wrapped his hands around the doctor’s neck.

“Wait—“ Paul cried.  “Stop—“

His airway was nearly cut off and the words barely came.  But what saved him from death’s door was Joe’s pitiful cry as he reached out to his friend.  The taller boy backed off and moved closer to the operating platform.

“It’s okay,” Golden Eagle said through halted breaths.  “Had to be . . . had to be done.”

Lone Eagle glared at the medicine man.  He hadn’t understood all the words and breaking his brother’s leg a second time made no sense.  The white man had caused Golden Eagle much pain, maybe more than Running Wolf had when the leg was first broken.

Paul tried a second time to explain.  “Plaster will hold the bone in place.”

“Pla-ster?”

“Right.”  Paul held up his index finger.  “Watch.”

He mixed the plaster of Paris in a large basin, and he showed Lone Eagle the strips of linen he would use to hold the bone in place.  He began wrapping Joe’s ankle.  He’d made the mixture wetter than normal, which would obviously take longer to dry.  If the two boys tried to leave, he could insist they remain inside his office until the cast was fully set.

He’d used almost twice as much plaster as needed.  The leg would be cumbersome and difficult to move.  If all went well and Little Joe was returned to his father without incident, he could change out the cast in a few days.

After laying the final strip of cloth, he needed a reason to leave.  He could say he was bringing them food from the local café.  If he could make them understand, he could hurry down to Sheriff Taylor’s office and see if Ben had arrived in town.

Paul made an eating motion—fork to mouth.  “I’ll get food if you will stay here with the boy.”

“Stay?”

“Right.  You stay.  I’ll leave.  I’ll bring food for you,” he pointed at Lone Eagle, “and the boy.”  Paul rubbed his belly.  “Food.  Eat.”

This time, he walked out the front door and hurried down the wooden boardwalk to the sheriff’s office.  Ben’s buckskin was tied at the hitch rail.  He rushed through Taylor’s front door.

“Ben!”

“What’s this all about, Doc?”

“Joseph!”

“What?”

“Little Joe is in my office.”

Ben’s face paled.  He reached for the back of a chair and lowered himself onto the hard wooden seat.  “Little Joe …”

“In the flesh.”

Jack Taylor stepped forward.  “Did he ride in alone?”

“No,” Paul said.  “Ben—he’s no longer Little Joe Cartwright.  He’s Indian now, Bannock, I believe.”

“What’s that mean, Paul?  Joe escaped, right?  He’s finally come home.  He’s . . . why did Joseph come to you?  Is the boy hurt?”

Ben started for the door but Paul stopped him cold.  “Wait.”

“I’m going to my boy.  Don’t try to stop me, Paul.”

“You’re not going.  You’re not barging through my front door like a wild man.  You haven’t heard a word I’ve said, have you?  It’s Little Joe’s face and Little Joe’s body, but that’s all.  He’s not the son who was taken nearly three years ago.”

“You’re wrong.”

“Am I?  Your boy doesn’t speak English, Ben.  He speaks what I believe to be Bannock.  A friend, whom he trusts, brought him to see me to fix a badly broken leg.  Right now, Joe is immobile but he won’t be for long.  If you run in there claiming to be his father, it may do more damage than good.”

Ben’s shoulders fell; he clutched his hat tightly.  “What should I do, Paul?

“I don’t know.”

“I can’t lose him again.”

“I understand but you’ll have to be patient.  Let him come to you.”

“How?  How do I—“

“Walk down with me.  I promised both boys a plate of food.”

Ben reached for Paul’s arm.  “Is Joseph well?  Has he been treated well?”

“He’s thin and I can only guess, but I’d say yes.  I believe he’s been treated well.”

~

Book 3

Ponderosa – May 1859

“He don’t never move, Pa,” Hoss complained.  “He sits in that rockin’ chair all day and fingers some kind of gold trinket he wears around his neck.

“I’m well aware, son, but what would you have me do?”

“I don’t know, but how long you gonna let him sit out there and stare at nothin’?  He won’t sleep in his bed.  He won’t eat at the table.  If he moves from the front porch, all he does is talk to that dang horse of his.  He sure don’t have nothin’ to say to us.”

“I know, Hoss.  I have eyes.  I know what your brother does, but Paul said it would take time.”

“Time?”  Hoss objected loudly.  “Little Joe’s been here nearly two months and every day is the same as the day before.  He acts as if he don’t want no part of this place or this family no more.”

Though it wasn’t something that occurred often, Hoss had a temper too.  He’d learned at an early age how to control his rage, how to simmer down before he hurt someone, but this thing with his younger brother was testing his sense of control.

After nearly three years, his little brother had returned home, but the Ponderosa and his family had been forced on him.  He hadn’t returned willingly.  He’d returned because his leg had been cast and he couldn’t ride his pony back to his tribe.

“I’ll ask you one more time, son.  What would you have me do?”

“Don’t you realize that any day Joe’s Bannock friend could come riding into the yard and take my little brother away?”

~

The initial meeting at Doc Martin’s had been difficult.  As Paul and Ben walked down the dusty, main street toward his office, Paul did his best to explain what he knew so far about the two boys waiting for him to return with plates of food for them to eat.

“Joe hasn’t spoken a word of English, Ben.  The Bannock, who dressed as a Mexican, has done most of the talking—well, what talking there has been.  A lot of sign language.  A lot of chatter back and forth until both boys were able to understand my meaning.”

“That doesn’t make sense, Paul.  Joseph speaks perfect English.”

“Not anymore.  You have to remember the boy hasn’t spoken English for three years.  It’s become a foreign language to him although I think he remembers some words, but only if I talk slowly and simplify my questions and answers.”

Ben remained silent, trying to absorb what the doctor had told him, but could this be true?  Could Joe have lost that much in three years?  Surely, his thoughts came through in English or had use of the language been beaten out of him early on.

How his boy had suffered.  Living with the Bannocks must have been some kind of hell, and Ben was eager to get Joe back to the Ponderosa and away from the brutality and hardships his son had been forced to endure.

As the two men entered the doctor’s office carrying two plates of food, Ben was quick to notice the older boy’s hand hovering close to the knife on his right hip.  His left hand gripped tightly to Joe’s right arm as if to let his captive know he was more than capable of keeping the white man at a distance.

“The taller boy is very protective of your son,” Paul said.

“Protective or guarding his prisoner?”

“Joe’s no prisoner, Ben.  There seems to be a deep connection between the two boys.”

“I think the older boy has fooled you into thinking that way, but I’ll hold my tongue for now.”

“Yes, you will.”

Paul set the plates of food down and motioned to the taller boy to help him sit Joe up so he could eat.  He handed them each a plate, but both boys hesitated and Paul knew the reason why.

“It’s not poison, boys,” he said.  He took the spoon from Joe’s hand and scooped up a mouthful of stew for himself.  He patted his stomach and smiled at Joe and his friend.  “Eat up.”

“Do you really think …”

“I do, but they should eat now.  They know the food’s safe.”

Ben watched his son shovel one bite after another into his mouth.  How long since he’d eaten decent food?  Joe was taller and more muscular through the shoulders and chest, but he was thin, so very thin.  Oh, Joseph.  Pa’s here now.  You’re safe.

“Let me try to ease you into the conversation,” Paul said softly.  “We sure don’t want to frighten anyone.”

If Joe had recognized his father when they walked through the office door, he’d given no indication; he’d clung tightly to his companion’s arm.  Fear showed in his eyes when Ben first arrived and stepped toward him though Paul quickly interceded and cautioned Ben with a quick shake of his head.

Between hand motions and simple words, Paul explained to the taller boy that the cast couldn’t be removed for two months—two moons he signed— and that the boy couldn’t ride or walk during that time.  He would need bed rest and plenty of decent food.

“My friend, Ben Cartwright, has offered his home to the boy so he can recuperate before he returns to the tribe.  Good bed and good food and your friend will heal much faster.”

The two boys discussed the matter at length—using the Bannock tongue—and it was obvious to Paul and Ben that neither boy was pleased with the arrangement.

“I won’t go without you,” Golden Eagle said to his brother.  “If I stay, I may never see you again.”

But in an odd turn of events, the older boy seemed adamant that Joe stay put so his leg would heal properly.

“Only two moons, little brother, and I will return to take you home.”

“You make promises you cannot keep.  Two moons is a long time.  Things happen.  People change.”

“You think I will forget about you?  That I no longer want you as my brother?”

“You’re leaving me with the white men,” Joe erupted.  “What am I supposed to think?”

Lone Eagle laughed.  “You let your mind wander.  You always have, but you are wrong.  We are brothers to the death, and if you do not know that by now, then I have failed you.”

“Then you will come back?  You will return?”

“On my honor.  I will return.”

~

The fog of early dawn began to lift as Ben opened the front door to find his youngest son already sitting on the front porch, the wooden runners of the old rocking chair moved slowly back and forth, back and forth.  Ben’s conversation with his middle boy haunted him.  Joseph’s reaction to his family had not been encouraging, but Ben hadn’t pushed.  He’d offered what he could in ways of friendship and a sense of belonging, but he remembered what Paul Martin had said, and he didn’t want to cause Joseph more harm than good.

Joe slept in the spare room just off the dining room, but he refused to sleep in the bed.  He would pull the blanket to the floor and every morning, Hop Sing would spread the heavy quilt back onto the bed.  Mealtime was also a strain on the family.  Joe wouldn’t sit at the table to eat, and Ben would carry a tray of food out to the front porch.  Out of frustration, Adam had reprimanded his father for the gesture more than once.

“If the kid wants to eat, make him come to the table.”

But Ben held steadfast.  Time, he told himself.  Give the boy time and he’ll adjust, but time was running out.  Hadn’t Hoss reminded him just the other day?  The boy dressed in Mexican clothes would be riding in soon to take his youngest son back to live with the Bannocks.

All three men had tried to engage in a conversation with Joe, but the boy refused to speak English.  Whether he understood what they said didn’t really matter.  There was no acknowledgment of their presence.  Like Hoss had said.  Joe only stared into space, waiting for his friend to return.

Ben bought his son a new set of clothes and a pair of shiny black boots, but Joe had refused to change into the new clothing.  His eyes widened like saucers when Ben touched his hand to his son’s hair and moved his fingers together like scissors cutting off the length, but Ben knew enough to back off, to leave well enough alone.

Weeks ago, Ben had shown him the large, copper tub, but Joe chose to bathe in the creek every morning before dawn.  Though no one had actually been down to the small stream and watched, they were amazed that he’d managed to keep the cast fairly dry.  And though his long, wavy hair was a sight all three men had difficulty getting used to, at least his curls were void of the foul-smelling bear grease most natives used to tame and shine their hair.

After pouring two mugs of Coffee and adding sugar and cream to Joe’s, Ben ventured outside and sat down next to his troubled son.  He handed the boy a cup.  Joe’s hair was still damp.  He’d already been to the creek.

For the past two weeks, coffee with Joe had become a morning ritual.  Ben talked and Joe rocked, always a one-sided conversation, but Ben was satisfied just to have time to themselves.  His other two boys still slept, and the few ranch hands they employed had yet to start the day.

“Good morning,” Ben said.

Joe nodded his head in return.

“I hadn’t realized how much I missed being outdoors in the early morning.  The dew is still fresh and a gentle breeze, just enough to freshen the air, makes a man feel alive.  It’s a fine time of day, isn’t it?”

Joe sipped his coffee and continued to rock.

“Gonna be a hot one though.  Hoss and Adam are riding down to the south pasture.  After the cast comes off tomorrow, maybe you’ll want to ride with them.”

The rocking continued.

“Your brothers have missed you, son.”

Golden Eagle remembered the word and he remembered its meaning, but it disturbed him when the white man called him son.  He was no man’s son, only Hole in the Mountain could use that term in a meaningful way.

He missed Lone Eagle.  Two moons was a long time to be away from his brother and the People.  The medicine man’s cast was heavy and it was no guarantee he’d be cured.  It had been awkward to bathe, awkward to walk with the heavy weight pulling him to one side, and awkward to do anything but sit and stare until Lone Eagle and Raven returned.

Days of hunting and playing camp games or racing his pinto across the open meadow had been lost to him for so long, it was hard to imagine he would ever enjoy that life again.  But his brother had promised and Golden Eagle held that promise close to his heart.

The cast would come off tomorrow.  He’d understood that much of the white man’s talk and he’d be free at last, but would he be able to walk and ride as he had before Running Wolf, before the cage, and before his mind became a jumbled mess of visions that often pushed reality aside.

The white man had offered his home.  He was a generous man, but he always talked.  Too much talk and Golden Eagle had held his tongue.  Even when he understood the words, he’d kept silent.  He wanted no part of the white man’s world.

“Cut my hair,” he mumbled in the Bannock tongue.  “Is he crazy?”

“What’s that, son?”  Ben asked.

Golden Eagle shook his head but memories of his first day in camp seized his mind.  Six frightened children stood at the mercy of the Bannock.  Manuel tried to run.  Maria and Cynthia cried and Little Alice, Light Eyes—might have been the bravest of all, an adventure for a little girl who knew no better than to play along.

A loud crash startled him.  He’d dropped the white cup, and it shattered into a hundred tiny pieces when it hit the wooden planks.  He looked to the white man; fear glazed his eyes.

“Sorry,” he said.

“What’s that?”  Had he heard the boy right?  Had Joe finally spoken in English?  “It’s all right.  No harm done.”  Ben knelt down, scooped up the pieces, and set them on the nearby table.  “No harm done at all.”

The white man’s talk had become clearer over the past weeks, but Golden Eagle didn’t want to admit he was remembering more of the language.  It was better to remain silent than give into a world that was no longer his, a world that only existed in the far reaches of his mind.  A world he’d given up a long time ago, but what was happening?  He gripped the sides of his head and a language he thought he’d buried spilled out.

“I don’t want to share my lunch with a nine-year-old girl.”

An argument.  Was that … he propped his elbows on the arms of the chair and pushed his fingers harder against his temples.  Was that why he’d stormed out of the house that morning and raced his pony to school?

“Joseph?”  Ben knelt in front of the rocker and placed a hand on Joe’s good knee.  “Son, are you okay?”

“I don’t know.”

“Little Joe?”  Slowly, Joe shook his head.  “Maybe you should lie down.”  Ben reached for the set of crutches Joe had propped against the table.  “Here—let’s get you inside.”

Ben walked beside his boy until they reached the porch steps.  He took his son’s arm to steady him until they were on level ground again.  After leading him across the room, Joe handed Ben the crutches and sat down at one end of the settee.

“Lay back on the pillow, son.  Let’s get that leg propped up.”

Hoss and Adam, who were just coming down the stairs, could only see their father’s back bent over the settee.  “What’s going on, Pa?”

“I think it’s just a headache.  Hand me the blanket, will you, Hoss?  Joe needs to rest so keep your voices down, boys.”

Hop Sing placed breakfast platters on the table but his charges were slow to take advantage while the food was still hot.  Three sets of eyes stared at the boy sleeping peacefully on the sofa.

“Let boy sleep,” Hop Sing whispered.  “He still confused by strange surroundings.  Everyone try make Little Joe feel what not yet in his heart.  He fight all time to hold onto other world. He still only boy.  He miss longtime friend.  He afraid he never see friend or other world again.”

“What do you propose?”  Adam said.  “The cast comes off tomorrow and whether the friend shows up or not, I’ll give you 10-1 odds Joe mounts his pony and rides out.”

Hop Sing held steady.  “Would you keep wild stallion you could not break?”

“Joseph isn’t a stallion,” Ben huffed at his cook.

“Yes he is, Pa,” Hoss argued, “and we can’t keep him corralled in a place he don’t wanna be.”

“You’d let him ride out?”  Ben growled.   “Ride back to the Bannocks?”

“You always told me and Adam and Little Joe we had to find our own way.  You left your family to move west.  Maybe Joe feels the same way.  Maybe this ain’t his home no more.”

“Don’t be ridiculous.  He’s only a boy and—“

The conversation ended when Joe tried to push himself up into a sitting position.  Ben leaped from his chair and rushed toward his son.

“That wasn’t a very long rest,” he said.

“Pa?”

“I’m right here, boy.  Let me help you.”  Ben raised the casted leg and propped it on the table so Joe could sit more comfortably.  “That better?”

“Yeah.”

Certain he’d heard Joe call his name, he sat down next to him.  “Think you can eat something?”

“Coffee.”

“All right.  Adam?”

“I got it, Pa.”

Joe looked toward the dark-haired man.  Brother.  He closed his eyes, laid his head against the cushioned backrest, and tried to make sense of it all, but nothing in his world made sense.  He ran his hands down his thigh and felt the smooth, silky doeskin of his legging.  Rising Sun made all his clothes.  Light Eyes.  Where was she?  Was she all right?  Pulling his leg off the table, he tried to stand.

“Hold on there, son.  Adam’s bringing your coffee.  You don’t need to get up.”

Joe spoke, but Ben didn’t understand.  The boy seemed frightened, his eyes searching for someone or something.

“What is it, Joseph?  What do you need?”

Again, Joe spoke.  Ben looked at his other sons and shrugged his shoulders.  Adam stood next to the settee with a full cup of coffee but his young brother was preoccupied, wide-eyed, unnaturally restless.

“Little Joe,” Hoss said.  He’d sat down on the low wooden table in front of his young brother.  “You remember ol’ Hoss?”

Joe’s gaze focused on his middle brother.  “Yes.”

Hoss’ eyes watered.  He grinned at his father and patted Joe’s leg softly.  “You’re home, Little Joe.  You’re home.”

Joe closed his eyes.  It was too much.  This wasn’t his home, was it?  Wasn’t home with Lone Eagle and Light Eyes and—“NO!”

“Easy, son.”

“No.  I don’t belong here.  I don’t live here.”

“Look at me, Joseph.”

Joe shook his head.

“Please.”

Slowly, Joe turned toward Ben.

“Hoss is right, Little Joe.”  Ben fought back his tears.  Though his instincts were to pull Joe into an embrace, he buried his hands between his thighs and tried to take in the sudden revelation.  “You’ve been away a long time, but this is your home.”

“Home,” Joe mumbled softly.

He scanned the room.  Though familiar, the walls were confining.  There was no light from above, no hole in the top of the lodge to let daylight fill the room.  He reached forward and touched the cast.  His leg.  White man’s medicine.  He spoke again, but his words were Bannock.

“Lone Eagle.  Where’s my brother?”

No—wait, Hoss and Adam were his brothers.  Was this a dream?  No.  This was some kind of nightmare.  Was Lone Eagle a dream?  His clothing said different.  He smoothed his hand over his hair and touched the leather band that kept the annoying curls off his face.

Curls.  Lone Eagle didn’t have curls.  Why was he so different from his . . . brother?  He looked at Hoss and Adam.  Their hair didn’t match his either so what did it all mean?

“Son?”

It was time for the truth.  Nearly two months had passed since Ben had laid eyes on the boy he thought was dead.  He remembered the look on Hoss’ face so long ago when he burst through the front door and said there’d been a sighting.  He’d brushed his middle boy off, knowing in his heart his youngest was gone from them forever.  Though an apology was in order, it would have to wait.  He couldn’t let Joe leave again.  He couldn’t lose his son a second time.

“Listen to me, Joseph.”

Glistening green eyes stared at Ben.  His boy was hurting, confused, maybe lost to him forever but he had to try to save what was his.

“Nearly three years ago, you and five other children were taken from an end-of-the-year picnic at Skylar’s bluff  . . .”

~

Joe leaned heavily on one crutch.  The heavy cast had been removed, and he’d walked countless hours in the yard trying to gain strength in muscles that had atrophied over the two-month period.  At his father’s request, he’d changed out of his doeskin and into the new, store-bought clothes and unforgiving, uncomfortable black boots.

His father’s story was true, but his pa had painted a picture of heathens, Bannock renegades who had stolen six white children.  Joe couldn’t contradict what his father had said, but he knew a different life than his father had portrayed.  He had to explain.

“You only see what you want to see,” Joe said.

“I know how I felt three years ago when you were taken, Little Joe, and I know the loss your brothers and I have felt every day since.”

“You don’t know the People like I do.  You don’t understand their ways.”

“You’re right, Joseph.  I’m well aware that their ways are different from ours, but you have to consider the whole picture.”

“Are you saying their ways are bad?”

“Not necessarily, but stealing someone else’s child from his home and his family isn’t the right thing to do?”

“It’s their way, Pa.  Children are stolen for a purpose, but you will never understand.”

“Try me, son.”

“You have to live with the People to understand.  Nothing I say will change your mind.”

“Tell me, Joseph.  Tell me why they have the right to steal someone else’s child.”

Joe was torn.  He knew right from wrong, and he knew what his father was saying so how could he explain any of his life with the Bannock.

“Rising Sun had a daughter and she died.  Light Eyes, Little Alice, replaced the hole in Rising Sun’s heart.  Alice is happy with her new mother, Pa.  I know you can’t understand what I’m saying, but the girl . . .”

“What about her, Joe?   Tell me about Alice.”

“She’s happy, Pa.  She’s full of life.  I don’t know what you want me to say.”

“What about Alice’s real mother and father?  Who replaced the hole in their hearts?”

“I can’t answer that, Pa.  I can’t make everything right.  All I know is Light Eyes is happy where she is.  She loves Rising Sun.  She loves her new life, as I loved mine.”

“Did you?”

“Yes.”

“Tell me, son.”

How could he explain?  He felt like a traitor, but the story had to be told.  He had to make his father understand he loved his life as a Bannock and if his ankle hadn’t been broken, he never would have stepped foot in the white man’s village.   

“I have a Bannock brother.  His name is Lone Eagle.  He’s the man who brought me to see the doctor.”

Ben smiled inwardly at Joe’s use of the word man, but he kept a straight face and kept his thoughts to himself.  This wasn’t the time to fret over a difference of opinion.

“He taught me everything, Pa.  He taught me how to be a man.  He will always be my brother.  I have my own home.  I hunt my own food, and I share what I bring to the camp with all of the People.  The People were my family for three years.  I can’t just turn my back on what I’ve learned and what they’ve given me in return.”

Though Ben felt empty and haunted by Joe’s heartfelt account of his foreign way of life, he held himself in check so the boy could speak freely.

“To the Bannocks, I was a man, not a boy.  I was treated like every other man in camp.  I painted my pony for war, and I rode on raids.  My People were starving.  The babies were crying because there was no food left in the camp store.  The white man made sure he killed everything in sight and left nothing on Indian land.

“We all worked together to provide for the camp.  We work as one so no one goes without.  I have family there, Pa.  My brother and I have two aunts who sew for us and Rising Sun allows Light Eyes, Alice, to mend our moccasins because she enjoys taking part and feeling useful, and she knows what has to be done in order to survive.”

“Don’t your brothers, don’t Adam and Hoss, and you and I work together as one?  Don’t we run the Ponderosa together so that we might survive?”

“Not when I was taken, Pa.”

“What?  What do you mean?”

“I was still a boy in your eyes.  Bannocks my age had been riding and hunting and providing for three or more years while I sat inside a schoolhouse with children half my age.”

“Aren’t you proud of your education?  Don’t you want to improve your life by learning how to read and write and cipher?”

“That’s just it, Pa.  There are other things in life that matter more.”

“Okay, we’ll agree to disagree in that respect.”

“But you still see me as a boy.”

“That’s where you’re wrong, Joseph.”  Ben moved his chair a hair closer to his son’s.  “A boy left this house three years ago to attend a school picnic, and a Bannock-educated young man returned.  Yes, you will always be my youngest son, but that doesn’t mean I still think of you as a boy.”

When Joe didn’t answer or contradict his statement, Ben wasn’t sure what to say.  Had he overstepped?  Had Joe agreed or was he only remembering what had transpired three years ago when he was only thirteen—still a boy in Ben’s eyes.

“Joseph?”

“I have to return to the tribe.  Something’s happened to Lone Eagle.  He should have been here by now.  Bannocks can cipher too, Pa, and it’s been more than two moons.  I have to find my brother.”

“Joseph …”

“Lone Eagle said he’d return.  Someone or something made him break his promise.  He would never abandon me if something terrible hadn’t happened.”

“Then I’ll ride with you.”

“No, Pa.  I have to do this alone.”

~

June – 1859

For the most part, my leg had healed.  The constant pain was gone and I was grateful Lone Eagle took the chance and brought me to Genoa to see Doc Martin.  I walked without the crutch and only a slight, somewhat hesitant, limp remained.  I ate meals with my family.  I slept in the bed of my youth, and Cochise and I rode every day until I was strong enough to travel.

One day, I rode out to my mama’s grave.  Three long years had passed and I wanted to explain.  I dismounted Cochise and walked down the slope to her marker, but something was different.  A second marker next to Mama’s caught my undivided attention, and that’s when it hit me full-on.

                                 Joseph Francis Cartwright

                                 July 1, 1842 – May 27, 1856

                                Beloved Son and Brother

                               A Young Man Who Lived Life to the Fullest

That’s when I realized what Pa and Adam and Hoss had gone through after I’d disappeared and took up with the People.  At some point, they’d given up hope of ever seeing me again, ruled me dead, and had granite stone carved to mark a bodiless grave.

I fell to my knees.  The grief my family had suffered was unfair and it was my fault.  I should have realized.  I shouldn’t have buried my past so easily.  I should have fought for my freedom, but during that first year, life took a dramatic turn.  I gave up my past, my home, and my family.  I became one of the People and I was proud to be called a young warrior.  I loved my Bannock family, but what I’d done to Pa and my brothers was unforgivable, and the pain they suffered weighed heavy on my heart.

“I’m sorry, Pa.  I’m sorry about everything.”

I rode home faster than I should have and I told my father where I’d been.  He realized immediately what I’d seen and his eyes clouded with tears.  He reached for my arm and pulled me to his chest.  He apologized for not removing the marker sooner.  

The long-forgotten scent of bay rum and pipe tobacco flooded through me, but I was determined to remain in control and not weep like a little boy.  But, when Pa gripped me tighter, when I realized he’d waited three long years to hold me in his arms, the two of us wept together.

“I’m sorry, Pa.  I’m so sorry.”

“Oh, Joseph.  No … don’t say that.  None of this was your fault.”

But it was my fault.  Staying with Lone Eagle had been my decision.   I could have left.  I could have come home but I chose a different life; I chose to stay with the People.  I was home, but could I stay?  Could I live without Lone Eagle and the People forever?  Could I ignore or forget my Bannock family, people I loved and trusted as much as Pa and my brothers?

“The marker will come down tomorrow,” Pa said.  He smoothed his warm, rough palm down the side of my face.  We had the marker engraved on the one-year anniversary of your disappearance.  “I’m just sorry you had to see—“

“No, you don’t understand, Pa.  You were right to give up hope.  I was dead to you and my brothers.  I chose that way of life.  It was my choice to stay with the People.”

~

“You’re sure you want to travel alone?” Pa asked again.  “What if Adam or Hoss ride along with you?”

“No, Pa.  I have to say goodbye in my own way.  Please understand.”

“I do, son, but a father worries.”

“I know, but I’ll return before summer’s end.”

I mounted Cochise and Pa patted my leg.  “Take care, son.”

“I will.”

When I neared the side of the barn, I turned and looked over my shoulder to wave a final goodbye, and Pa was wiping his cheek with the back of his hand.  I’d cause so much pain, so much frustration, and grief.  I kicked Cooch into a run until we turned south on the road leading to Genoa and onto the home of the People.

Though I hadn’t let a barber or Pa cut my hair, I wore white man’s clothes, knowing the tan shirt and gray pants might keep me alive more than brightly painted deerskins.  After I passed the town of Genoa, I remembered the open meadow and crossed with ease because I was dressed as a white man.

The farther south I rode, I noticed how scarce game had become, and I wondered if there would be raids next winter.  Would the People ever raid the Ponderosa and what would I do if they did?  Would I fight back?  Would I protect our land and our dwelling?  Would I kill my Bannock brothers?

“Enough,” I mumbled.  “Don’t think such thoughts.”

I rode by familiar sights and finally into a secluded meadow where the last camp had been.  The People were gone, relocated, but where?  They knew how to cover their trail; they knew how to hide from the white man so I had to think like a Bannock.  Where would Hole in the Mountain have led his band of people?

I rode through a wide spot in the foothills and began climbing higher into the mountains as if I were a Bannock chief and knew exactly where to go.  Summer days were long and besides stopping to drink from the stream, Cooch and I continued into the evening before we made camp.

This was my second day on the trail and I was no closer to finding my friends.  Was I even on the right track?  Had I guessed right or wrong?  When I woke up the following morning, I decided to ride another half day.  If it proved to be a false trail, I would take another and another until I found the People’s camp.

By midday, Cooch and I stopped by a small stream.  We drank and settled under a shade tree for a little break, a little siesta.  The sun was hot, and I was growing tired of the uncomfortably small saddle, a saddle Pa had bought for my fourteenth birthday.  It hadn’t been broken in.  It had been hidden away inside a burlap sack and taken to the attic after I disappeared.

When a twig cracked, I jerked awake and looked toward the stream where a blonde girl dipped one pouch after another in the cool, running water.  Light Eyes?  I stood from my spot, and she automatically looked up and started to run.  I’d frightened her until I called out her name.

“Light eyes!”

She turned at the sound of my voice.  She cupped her hand above her eyes and stared into the shade of the old cottonwood until she recognized my face—or maybe my horse—and came racing across the stream like the little renegade she’d become.

“Golden Eagle,” she cried as she bounded toward me and crashed her full weight against my chest.  Her thin arms wrapped around my waist and she buried her tear-filled face in my white man’s shirt.

“Hey now.  What’s this all about?”

“We never thought you’d come back.  We thought you were lost to us forever.”

“No, sweet girl.  You know me better than that.  How could I ever leave someone as pretty as you?”

Tears streaked her cheeks.  She’d grown over the past few months.  Buds of womanhood pushed at her doeskin dress.  Light Eyes was becoming more than just a little girl.

“Where’s the camp?”  I asked when her crying finally subsided.

“Just over the hill.  I came to collect water for Rising Sun.”

“Then we’ll ride in together, okay?”

When the pouches were full, I draped the rawhide ties over my saddle horn and pulled Light Eyes up behind me.  We headed toward camp.  As soon as I smelled smoke from the various cookfires, I smiled and took it all in, but I tried not to think of the camp as home.  It seemed a lifetime away, but I hadn’t forgotten the pleasing aroma of cookfires or leather hides or the outdoor setting that I’d grown accustomed to over the years.

We rode to the center of camp where men and women began pouring out of their lodges.  Children quit playing games and ran toward Light Eyes and me.  I didn’t have to announce my presence.  Light Eyes took care of that with her cries that I had finally come home.  I eased her to the ground before I dismounted.  I handed her the water bags, and she rushed toward her mother’s lodge, dropped them in a heap, and came running back.

“I’ll tend your horse,” she said.

Part of me felt out of place.  Maybe it was the clothes I wore.  Maybe it was my time away.  Even as the People greeted me with handshakes or a clap on my back, I felt uneasy and unsure.

There was no sign of Lone Eagle and I wondered if he was off hunting.  Hole in the Mountain was the next one to approach, and the People backed away to give the chief his expected space.

“Hello,” I said.

“Hello, my young brave.”  He reached out, took my right hand in his, and gripped my forearm with his left hand.  “You stink,” he said.  “Bathe first then come to my lodge.  We smoke.  I have much to tell.”  And then he was gone.

On foot this time, I hurried back to the creek and stripped off my clothes.  Hole in the mountain was right.  I hadn’t bathed for two days, and I smelled of salty sweat.  I splashed my way into a deeper end of the stream where water had pooled.  I laid my head back and let the cold, mountain water run through my hair.

She’d been quiet as a mouse.  No twigs cracked, no sounds at all when she slipped her dress over her head and slithered into the water behind me.  She covered my eyes with her hands.

“Who’s there?”

Her giggle was high-pitched, and she moved forward until her chest was against my back.  She wrapped her legs around my waist and we both tumbled backward under the water.  I sputtered and coughed and told her just what I thought of her surprise visit.

“You can’t be here, Light Eyes.  It’s not right.”

“Don’t act that way, Golden Eagle.  Have you turned white man again?”

“What’s that mean?”

“I am plenty old enough to crawl under your lodge at night.  I am woman now.”

“No, you’re not.  You’re still a little girl.”

She ran her hands over her barely formed breasts.  “I have started bleeding and Rising Sun says I am a woman and I should act like one.”

“Jumping in a stream with a naked man isn’t very womanlike.”

“You don’t want me?  You won’t take me like you took Yellow Hair.”

“Stop that.  I never laid with Yellow Hair.  Rising Sun would never tell you to jump in the water with a man, would she?”

“No, but she knows I love you and that you and I will someday marry.”

“You’re not in love with me.  That’s crazy talk.”

“You think I am crazy?”

“I didn’t say that.”  Light Eyes leaned forward, I thought to cover her nakedness, but she snaked her hand through the water and grabbed me between the legs.  “Don’t do that.”  Though the icy-cold water had made my manhood nearly nonexistent, my shaft wasn’t that way now, and it grew to fill her hand before I could push her away.  “Go put your clothes on.”

“Why don’t you want me, Golden Eagle?  You don’t have to marry me, just take me or I will have to roll under Black Bear’s lodge while he sleeps and let him be the first.”

“You’re twelve years old.  Why . . . you’re too young to—“

“I am thirteen.  Soon, I will be old maid.  Rising Sun was only one year older than me when she rolled under Gray Wolf’s lodge and tempted him.”

Gray Wolf was Rising Sun’s husband, Light Eye’s father, but that didn’t make it right.  I knew in my heart that loving a thirteen-year-old girl was wrong.  She should know that too, but she continued to reach for me under the water.

“I am no longer one of the People,” I said.  “I live with my white father now.”

Her little face froze.  Tears mixed with water from the stream dripped down her cheeks and suddenly, she became embarrassed by her nakedness.  She covered her delicate, little breasts with her hands and stormed up the bank to dry land.

“I hate you,” she yelled as she stomped her way through the thick grove of trees.  “I hate you, Golden Eagle.”

I dunked my head back in the water once more then stood and made my way to the bank.  I was clean enough.  I dressed and headed back to camp and to Hole in the Mountain’s lodge where a guard, sitting outside the chief’s lodge, announced me.  I ducked my head and stepped inside.  I would deal with Light Eyes later.

“Sit,” said Hole in the Mountain.  “We talk.”

Anticipating my arrival, the chief was already smoking, and when I sat down cross-legged in front of him, he handed me his three-foot pipe.  I hadn’t smoked for ages, maybe since before the raid on the white man’s lodges.

“I have much to tell,” he said.

“I am anxious to hear.”

“Do not be so eager to hear what has to be told.”

Smoking made me lightheaded, but now I worried about what the chief might say.  Did he think I betrayed the People because I’d stayed so long with my white family?  Was I to be punished?  Killed?  I handed the pipe back to him and waited for him to begin.

“You will not be coming back to the People.  All you have known here is lost.”

“Lost?  I don’t follow.  I would never betray the People.”

“No—this I know, but the People have betrayed you.”

Hole in the Mountain was talking in circles, beating around the bush.  I didn’t understand, but I gathered he was having trouble saying what was on his mind.

“Betrayed me?”

He took a long draw from his pipe before he lowered it and brought it level across his chest.  “Your brother is dead.”  He handed me the pipe but I refused it.  I wanted a clear head.  I didn’t want opium and tobacco scrambling my thoughts.

“Dead?”  Hole in the Mountain didn’t answer.  He didn’t need to.  He’d said what needed to be said.  I reached for the gold medallion and fingered the double eagle.  “How . . . did my brother die?”

“When your brother returned from the white man’s village, he rode into camp with only one thought on his mind—to kill Running Wolf for the damage he had done to your leg and to your mind.  He sought revenge.  He called Running Wolf out but the target of his rage laughed in his face.  Running Wolf would not meet Lone Eagle in battle.

“That night, your brother came to me and we smoked together inside this lodge.  We spoke of many things but mainly our talk was about you.  In his heart, Lone Eagle knew you would never return; that you would stay with the white man who took you into his lodge after your leg was plas … tered.  I did not argue.  In my heart, I knew he was right.  I knew we had lost you to the white man.

“Two days later your brother was dead.  He was stabbed in the back while he slept.  The People made their anger known, and I banned Running Wolf from the tribe.  He wanders now.  He searches for a place to call home, but he will never find one.  He will never find peace.  He will always travel alone in the wilderness.”

My heart was shattered, and I tried to block the tears.  Warriors didn’t cry.  Warriors were strong and brave, but I couldn’t meet the chief’s eyes.  I couldn’t let him know how much his words hurt, but he wasn’t finished talking.  He had more to say.

“There are reasons for all things, Golden Eagle.  The Great Spirit maps out our lives before we leave the warmth of our mother’s belly.  One night I had a vision and during that vision, a young white boy appeared.

“One of my young warriors, a boy who had lost his mother and father needed a reason to live.  He was without hope.  He was alone.  He had no one.  I had to give him that reason.  Though he still had much to learn, he needed something of his own, an obligation that would force his mind in an upward direction.

“The moment you entered camp, I realized that out of all six children, the young white captive with fiery green eyes was the boy from my vision.  You were that boy, Golden Eagle.  I smoked heavily that night and I made my decision.  You would become Lone Eagle’s obligation.

“Though he was still young, only fifteen years, Lone Eagle would have full rein.  He would be your mentor and your disciplinarian.  He would teach you the ways of the People.  What I did not see coming was the bond you two felt for each other.  Having a brother is a sacred gift and, like babies born from the same woman’s womb, you two became close, maybe closer than any brothers I have ever known.

“Your life has changed, Golden Eagle.  You will return to the white man’s world, but you will never forget your Bannock brother.  You share his heart and he will remain in your heart forever.”

I was barely able to speak but I had to know more.  “Where is my brother buried?”

“Lone Eagle was buried where you both last lived together.  The dirt covering his body is still fresh.  It will be easy to find.  He rests under a large cotton tree south of the camp.”

“He’s all alone?”

My question was foolish and Hole in the Mountain didn’t answer.  He drew on his pipe instead.  I wondered if my next question would be just as foolish as the last.

“My white father has a ranch north of the village of Genoa.  We have lived there many years.  It is my home, and my mother was buried there many years ago by a beautiful lake.  You may know the place.  It is called dá’aw.”

“I know of such a place.  My ancestors once called the land beside the great blue lake their home.”

“You are always welcome to my father’s house.  He would never turn you or the People away.”

“Times change, Golden Eagle, and people change too.  We know where we are not welcome.”

How could I argue with a great chief?  How could I explain that my father was different than most?  That my father didn’t care about a man’s skin color or … it was no use.  I had to stay on track and not agree or disagree.

“I don’t know how to say this.  I don’t know enough about Bannock law to know if I should even ask such a question but—“

“Continue.”

“Would I offend the People or the Great Spirit if I carried my brother home?”

~

July 1, 1859

My family had waited three long years to celebrate my birthday.  I’d cut my visit with the People short when I’d learned of my brother’s death, and I was home much earlier than I’d planned.  I said a heartfelt goodbye to my two aunts, Sunrise and Leaves, but there was no reason to linger in camp.  Light Eyes was nowhere to be found, and there was no final goodbye.

I turned seventeen years old and there were days I felt twice my age.  Life had been good to me, and I’d learned more than most seventeen-year-old boys would learn in a lifetime.  I’d lived two separate lives, one as a white boy and one as a Bannock brave.

The last three years had changed me.  My brothers, Adam and Hoss, often kidded me.  There was the new Joe Cartwright and the old Joe Cartwright.  I asked which one they preferred and the answer was always the same.  “We’re just glad to have you home.”  With that said, I guess I’d never know the truth.

After covering Lone Eagle with his mother’s wolf skin and placing the gold medallion over his head so it lay in a perfect position on his chest, I buried my Bannock brother next to Mama.  It had been my grave for two years and now it was Lone Eagle’s final resting place.  I think Mama would have liked him.  He was a true friend, a true brother in every way.

Settling into my “new” life wouldn’t be easy.  It would take time for me to adjust.  Time to realize that, while others were starving, there would always be food on our table.  Time to reflect on my schooling, both white and Bannock.  Time to get used to four walls surrounding me with no light filtering in from above.  Time to reconnect with my brothers.  And then there was Pa.

Since the day I’d returned with Lone Eagle’s body tied over Cooch’s rump, I realized it would be a long, hard road before my father and I reached an understanding.  When I was thirteen years old, Pa was giving all the orders and I knew better than to cross him on most occasions.  At seventeen, and after the life I’d led, I wasn’t used to all the questions.  I’d become my own person.  I’d left my lodge when I wanted to.  I ate when I wanted to.  I hunted, and I rode my horse like an eagle in the wind whenever I felt the need.

“As a courtesy,” Pa said one day when I planned to take Cooch for a run.  “Will you tell me where you’re going?  Don’t just walk out the front door like I’m not here.”

“Yessir,” I answered, but the constant questions bothered me more than anything else.  “I’m going to the barn to saddle my horse.”

“And then what?”

“And then I’m going to ride my horse.”

“Joseph.”

“I don’t know if I can do this, Pa.”

“Do what?”

“I haven’t answered to anyone for at least two years.”

“Come and sit down, son … please.”

I flopped down on the settee and Pa sat on the table in front of me.  His hand gripped my knee.  Was he afraid I’d run?  Damn.  That wasn’t fair.  It was something my father did when he talked.  He liked connecting physically.

“I know you’ve led a different life, and I know it’s hard to change your ways overnight.  I don’t expect you to tell me every little thing, but I am your father.  I expect you to consider my feelings.”

“I do, Pa.”

“Do you?”

“I’m trying.”

“Why won’t you ride out with your brothers?  They’ve asked you every day this week to help them round up the herd.  They’ve missed you, son.  They want you with them.”

“They’re only being polite.”

Pa chuckled.  “Is that what you think?”

“That’s what I know, Pa.”

My father’s hand slid off my knee and he crossed one leg over the other.  “You’ve asked me to treat you like an adult, not a little boy, but aren’t you acting like a thirteen-year-old boy?”

“What’s that mean?”

“When you were thirteen, you wanted to go everywhere with your brothers, but I said you were too young.  I wanted you to finish your schooling.  Am I right?”

“Yes.”

“Every day I have to remind myself you’re not that little boy who left us.  You’re seventeen.  You’re old enough to herd cattle, old enough to repair fences, and old enough to ride with your brothers and do your share of the work that keeps this ranch running strong.  Instead, you ride off by yourself.  You ignore the thing you wanted most—to work alongside your brothers because you’ve become a man.”

I stared at the floor.  I couldn’t look at Pa.  Every word he said was true, and memories of a young boy sparing with his father over his place in the world didn’t hold water anymore.  Those days were gone.  I was no longer a child but I’d been acting like one.

“You’re right, Pa.”

My father leaned forward.  “Are you sure?”

“I’m sure.  I’ll try to do better.”

“Your brothers are in the south pasture.”

“You really think they want me along?”

“I’m sure of it, son.”

Pa and I stood together and he walked with me to the front door.  I grabbed my hat, but before I could leave, Pa turned me to face him straight on.  He clapped his hand on my shoulder.

“Times change, son.  People change.  You and I have changed.  I know you’re trying, and I know it’s hard.”

I thought of Hole in the Mountain and how his words were nearly the same as my father’s.  I looked at Pa, and I saw worry lines that seemed to have found permanence in my father’s face.  I needed that to change.

“It won’t be so hard anymore, Pa.”

“Do you mean that, son?”

I wanted to tell him about Hole in the Mountain and how much the two men were alike but if I was going to stay, I had to leave that life behind and learn to make my way as Ben Cartwright’s son.  Pa deserved respect and I’d let him down.  I’d let a lot of people down and I’d let myself down when I acted out or when I tried to live two lives rather than the one I’d chosen.

I had to leave Golden Eagle behind.  I had to begin my life over, just as I had with the People.  This time, there’d be no beatings, only a patient father and two older brothers who were anxious to have their little brother tag along.  It was finally sinking in.  There’d be no great battle, only acceptance, and love.

“South pasture?”  I said.  “I can be there in no time, Pa.”

“Don’t ride too fast, Joseph.”

I chuckled to myself at Pa’s concern for my welfare.  If he only realized how much Cochise and I loved to soar through open meadows on the wings of eagles.

“Yes, sir,” I replied.  

As I walked out the front door and made my way to the barn, I let go of Golden Eagle, and I became Joe Cartwright, brother of Hoss and Adam and my father’s youngest son.  I touched the leather band holding back my hair and, if I was ready to become a white man again, I decided a slight detour to the barber in Genoa was in order.  At least it was a start.

The End

9-2015

Too Young to Die #1

~ Book 1 ~

by jfclover
~~~

You want to believe there is one relationship in life that’s beyond betrayal, a relationship that’s beyond that kind of hurt.  And there isn’t.
Caleb Carr

The Territorial Enterprise: January 9, 1867

Special Sunday Edition

~*~*~*~*~

Murder at Midnight

   Sally Bristol Found Dead

George Bristol, president of The Virginia City Bank, was devastated to find his daughter, twenty-four-year-old Sally Ann, killed after returning home from a local dance. She was his only child and worked as a bank teller for him. Too distraught to speak with reporters, Bristol asked the Enterprise to question Deputy Foster about the previous night’s events.

“All we have to go on at this time is that Miss Bristol was killed at approximately midnight in the front parlor of her home.  Doctor Paul Martin identified the bruising to Sally’s neck as an obvious sign of strangulation, and from the angle of the handprints, the doctor and I both confirmed the young woman was attacked from behind.

“There was no sign of forced entry and no traces of a violent struggle, which indicates the girl might have been acquainted with her assailant.  No suspects are currently being held in connection with Miss Bristol’s murder, but Sheriff Coffee and I hope to have this case cleared up as soon as possible.”
Deputy Clem Foster

       ~*~*~*~*~

Although I plan to tell you the entire story, I’ll have to backtrack a bit and fill you in on some of the more important details that took place before this special edition of the Enterprise hit the streets on Sunday morning. I’ll start at the very beginning so you can get the gist of what was happening around the Ponderosa before Miss Sally was murdered. 

This is a story about my little brother, but when something like this happens, it affects the whole family.  Me, Pa, and Joe all had to come to terms with Sally’s death, but it weren’t me or Pa who was in love with her or planning to marry her come spring.  That was my brother, Joseph.

So, I’ll start about a month back when a package arrived in the post, and my little brother whooped and hollered like a kid with a brand-new toy.  Covered in brown paper and tied with string, he ripped through the outer wrapping faster’n a kid on Christmas morning.  I stood behind him, wondering what could have him shaking in his boots until he opened the small black box and held up the diamond and ruby ring for me to see.

“What’d you think, Hoss?  Think she’ll like it?”

“Who?” 

“Who do you think, you knucklehead?”

I couldn’t help but give the kid grief after all; he was marryin’ the prettiest little gal in town, and he’d asked me to be his best man.  Maybe he would have had both of us stand up with him if Adam hadn’t moved away a couple of years back, but I was the only brother Joe had left, and I planned to be the best man a best man could be.  But after seeing that ring, Joseph was as giddy as a flock of chickens at feeding time.  He never was one to stand still, and something this important ‘bout sent him over the edge.

“I saw the ring in a catalog down at Ira’s Emporium,” he said, running his index finger over the setting.  “He didn’t have anything like this one in stock, so I had to order it special from San Francisco.  Sure hope I ordered the right size.”

“Why don’t you try it on, little brother?  You ain’t a whole lot bigger’n Miss Sally.”  Even though Joe rolled his eyes at my comment, I draped my arm over his shoulder and leaned in for a better look.  I ran my finger over the diamond and rubies.  “It’s a beauty all right.”

“It is, isn’t it?”  He pushed my fat fingers away.

“Aw, Joe, I ain’t gonna break it or nothin’.  Diamonds don’t break.  You know better’n that.”

“Think I’ll give it to Sally before the dance Saturday night.”  He tilted the box this way and that and held it up to the light for a closer look.  “Then we can tell everybody all at once.”

“Tell ‘em what, Joe?”  This was way too much fun to stop teasing.  Every time Joe got excited, he became as touchy as an old mama bear protecting her young.  No way was I gonna back off now.

“That we’re engaged.  That’s what.”

“Oh, oh yeah.  Good thinkin’, little brother.”

Although the wedding date hadn’t been confirmed, Joe and I had talked about the changes that would take place after he and Sally were married.  He addressed his concerns over living arrangements and how they might have to stay at the house until he could build a home of their own.  And Joe, always one to get my goat, mentioned I’d have to contain my snoring or Sally would probably run out on him before the marriage was even consummated.

Living arrangements weren’t the only thing to consider, and Joe and I both realized how having a woman living in the house would affect our normal routine.  Course we’d had women visitors in the past, but Joe and I was usually relieved when it was time for them to leave.  But this time things would be different.  Pa and I were real fond of Sally Bristol, and she’d be more’n welcome to stay in our house forever.

Sally weren’t no newcomer to town like most of the pretty gals Joe fell head-over-heels over in the past.  She was his first love when they was just young’uns in school.  I even remember a time when Little Joe’s teacher, Miss Jones, sent a note home to Pa, talkin’ ‘bout the disruptive situation in her classroom.  Since Joe sat at the desk behind Sally’s, he would constantly pull her blonde pigtails, which was his ten-year-old way of saying he liked her, liked her more than any other girl in class.

Pa sent a note back to Joe’s teacher with a simple solution to the problem.  Move Joe to another desk in the room.  ‘Course, Pa took action at home, and I doubt my little brother sat down comfortable-like for a week, but discussions over pullin’ pigtails was never an issue again.

So, when Joe left school at sixteen, he and Sally seemed to go their separate ways until they bumped into each other—literally—at Jake’s mercantile.  He told me and Pa that night at supper how sparks flew between them like a summer lightnin’ storm.  Them were Joe’s words, not mine cause sometimes Joe tries to imitate our older brother, Adam, and his fancy words, but somehow they don’t always come out just right. 

“I bent down to pick up her packages and our eyes met,” Joe said with that kinda dazed, I’m-in-love look in his eyes.  “It was like magic—like we were meeting for the first time.”  Well, you get the picture.  It weren’t the first time my little brother had fallen in love, and Pa and I knew we’d never hear the end of it until—well, sometimes love don’t always work out the way Joe planned.

Course, it don’t take much for Joseph to fall in love, but he and Sally went way back, nearly fifteen years, and it seemed that little pigtail incident weren’t one-sided.  We found out later that it was Sally’s way of flirting back with her ten-year-old sweetheart ’cause she’d flip them braids over her shoulder giving my little brother easy access.

Even though Sally had been brought up in town with all the hustle and bustle and noise day and night, she had no qualms about living out here in the country and giving up her duties at the bank.  She was a sweet girl, and I knew since they was kids in school, not only were they a handsome pair, but they walked the same walk and talked the same talk.  Sally never put on airs; her feet were planted firmly on the ground, and I knew she’d fit in just fine with Joe and me and Pa out here on the Ponderosa.

It was Saturday night, and Joe was dressed for the dance.  And though it wasn’t a formal affair, he’d spent half the afternoon bathin’ and primpin’ hisself for the big night where he and Sally would show off her new ring and announce the engagement to all their friends.  I opted to sit this one out.  I didn’t have no steady girl and besides, this was Joe and Sally’s night to shine.

But by dawn the following morning, there was no sign of my little brother.  His bed hadn’t been slept in; he’d never made it home from the dance, and it was difficult to tell whether Pa was mad or just plain worried over Joe’s whereabouts.  It seemed strange to me too.  I didn’t think he and Sally would run off and do something crazy like depriving my Pa of a big Ponderosa wedding but with Joe, you never could tell.

“You stay here, Hoss,” Pa said.  “I’ll ride in and see what’s happened to your younger brother.”  When Joe acted badly, he suddenly became my brother rather than Pa’s son.  It weren’t hard to take notice of that over the years, but I held my tongue.  Although I wanted to argue about being left behind, I let it go this time.  We’d just hired a couple of new men, and someone had to stay home to assign the day’s duties.  I had no choice but to let Pa ride into town alone.

If Mr. Bristol told Pa that Sally never made it home neither, it wouldn’t take much to know what them two had done without considering no one but themselves.  They was both old enough to wake a judge and sign the papers.  The look on Pa’s face couldn’t be matched by anyone if that were the case, but I couldn’t waste all day daydreaming when there was work to be done.

Joe and Sally had been inseparable over the past few weeks.  They’d picnicked together and taken long buggy rides on Sunday afternoons.  Joe would slip into town when Sally got off work and surprise her with some little trinket he thought she might like.  Sometimes, he’d bring her out to the house for Sunday dinner, just so she could get used to her future surroundings. 

It wasn’t too long ago when Joe yanked me away from my breakfast saying he had something special to show me.  He’d already saddled our horses and before long, we were riding out toward Crescent Falls.  “What could be so dang special all the way out here?”

“Just wait, brother.”

It weren’t but five minutes later when a herd of about thirty mustangs burst their way through the canyon and into a narrow valley.  “See the brown and white paint near the front of the pack?”  Joe pointed to a pony he’d had his eye on for some time.  “See her?” 

“Yeah, I see her.”

“I’ve been watching her for about two weeks, and I think she’s the one.”

“Is that where you been running off to?”

“Yep.”

“What’d you mean she’s the one?”

“For Sally—for a wedding present.”

It’s funny how just one word or phrase can trigger some past, long-forgotten memory.  But the memory of a little palomino I’d raised from a foal came to mind like it was only yesterday.  I’d been in love with Margie Owens for what seemed like a lifetime, and I’d finally gotten up the nerve to ask her to marry me.  The little palomino I’d raised would be a wedding gift, just like Joe was planning for Sally.  Although things didn’t work out for Margie and me, Joe and Sally were a sure thing.

“She’s fast, Joe.  Think you can catch her?”

“Just watch me.”

With a strong gray stallion leading the herd, Joe held his coiled rope tight to his left thigh as he rode down the hill and into the open valley.  I shook my head in awe; my little brother was a sight to see and if nothing else, Joe’s determination would put a rope over that paint’s head before she even realized he’d mingled hisself in with the herd.

He’d caught her that day, and he’d worked her every day for the past month.  “Think she’ll be ready by the wedding?”  I asked. 

“You bet she will.” 

Joe walked her inside the corral, and she was behaving accordingly.  Forward and back, sidestep and halt—he seemed to have her at his beck and call. 

“You name her yet?”

“Nope, that’s up to Sally, but she seems in pretty good shape don’t you think?”

“She and Cochise will sure make a handsome pair, Joe.”

“I think so too.”  Joe’s cocky smile said it all.  He was in love and he was happy, and no one could take away the true feeling of pride he felt at that very moment.

Joe let the paint pony loose a couple of days after the funeral.  He wouldn’t let no one else ride out with him.  He led her out of the barn with a simple halter and off they rode back to the open meadow where he’d first seen her.  After all the time he’d spent gentling her, I was sad to see her go, but I didn’t ever say nothin’.  Neither did Pa.  We just watched Joe ride away.

Everyone’s life changed when Sally was killed.  Not just my little brother’s, but something this tragic and unforeseen upsets all parties involved.  Sally had been murdered, no suspects had been charged, and if Joe hadn’t been sitting in Clem’s office, carrying on about his wedding plans at midnight last Saturday night, he might have been a suspect hisself.

Sally’s Pa had arranged the funeral, but I didn’t know whether Joe would make it through the service or not.  I’d never seen him so bad off as he was that day.  Sally wasn’t the first love my brother had lost; there’d been others along the way, and Joe had grieved them all.  But there was something different about Miss Sally.  I never could put my finger on it, but maybe because Joe was older this time, maybe because he was so sure she was the right girl.  I don’t know; I just know he was awful broken up, and there weren’t nothing Pa or I could do or say to make things right.

Maybe none of us were meant to marry.  It sure seemed that way.  Even Adam had loved and lost, and it didn’t seem fair that not one of us could find a woman and settle down to a life like our pa had three times over.  I ain’t saying Pa had it easy by any means.  He’d lost three wives and it’s hard for me to imagine how he survived all them tragic events, but he’d always said it was the three of us that kept him going.  I guess everyone survives in their own way, and I hoped Joseph would find his way too.  But when I nearly had to carry him back to our buggy after the service was over, I was beginning to realize just how deeply he’d been in love.

The next few days were rough.  Joe kept to hisself; he couldn’t eat or sleep, but he kept busy.  Idle time was his enemy.  And even though Pa had tried to break through the hardened shell Joe had surrounded hisself with, Pa would return, shaking his head, and I knew nothing good had come of their time together.  Some days, Joe would ride out early and we wouldn’t see him again until nightfall.  Neither of us asked where he’d been; it really didn’t matter.  He was hurting and only time would heal the hurt he felt inside.  Pa was awful worried, but I knew Joe would come around when the time was right.

“You better go wake your brother,” Pa said.  “We’ve got a full day ahead of us.”

“He ain’t up there, Pa.”  I’d glanced inside Joe’s room before I came down to breakfast and noticed his bed hadn’t been slept in.  It wasn’t the first time he’d sneaked off during the night; he’d barely slept over the past two weeks, and he’d become agitated and fragile in his thinking.  “I’ll check outside.”

“Thank you, Son.”

As I closed the front door behind me, I looked up to see Joe rounding the barn on Cochise at a slow, deliberate pace.  “Morning.”  Although I tried to sound cheerful, my greeting came out flat.  “Go eat something, and I’ll put up your horse.”

“I can put up my own horse.”

“I know you can, but you look tired, and Pa’s waiting for you—says we got a full day.”

Joe moaned at the prospect of heading out with Pa and me after riding all night, but Pa was only trying to divert my little brother’s attention back to normal ranch work, eliminating any leftover energy so Joe might work up an appetite or fall asleep at night.

“Come on.”  I wrapped my arm across Joe’s shoulders and guided him toward the house.  “Cochise can wait.  Let’s get some food in you.”

Joe nodded his head, but I noticed his chin start to quiver as he bit down on his bottom lip.  He was holding everything inside, and the hurt was eating at him more’n we could ever know.  “Wish I had the right words to say, little brother.”

“I know.  I’m fine.”

Joe’s voice told a different story; my brother was far from fine.  “Sure you are.”  I gave his shoulder a little squeeze, but I didn’t know what else to say.

The next couple of days were as close to normal as Pa and I could have hoped for.  Joe still struggled to eat and sleep, but we both noticed a change in his attitude and Pa was pleased.  But, to use one of Adam’s fancy words, it was only a façade.  Joe was making plans, and Pa and I had been left unaware.

“Go wake your brother, Hoss.”

“He’s gone, Pa.”

“Gone where?”

“Don’t know, but I heard him ride out early this morning while I was getting dressed.”

Pa perched his elbows on the dining room table and his head fell into the palms of his hands.  I held back any comment I could have made over Joe being a big boy, and how he could take care of hisself without us worrying about where he went or when he’d return.  Instead, I settled for a couple more pancakes and kept my thoughts to myself.

“The boy worries me, Hoss.”

“I know he does, Pa, but Joe ain’t a little kid no more.”  I finally had to say what was on my mind.  Maybe it weren’t the right words to use on Pa, but I’d been too quiet for too long.  “You can’t keep worrying over every little thing he does.  Joe won’t do nothing foolish without thinking things through.  You taught all of us better’n that.”  The look on Pa’s face told me I’d wasted my breath.

Pa and I worked until noon before the two of us rode into Virginia City in search of my little brother.  Pa seemed more concerned than usual and I realized now, that Joe’s change in attitude over the last couple of days only meant he’d formed a plan, a way he could finally put an end to his misery.

He’d rattled on to Pa just yesterday about Horace Perkins, the nervous acting clerk who worked alongside Sally at her father’s bank.  Pa had noticed the young man, but he’d never given him a second thought until Joe insisted Horace knew something about Sally’s murder.

“You didn’t see him after the dance,” Joe said to Pa.  “He was falling down drunk, staggering toward Sally and me, and when I tried to help after he’d tripped and fallen into the Bristol’s front fence, he came at me like some—some crazed animal.  He went for my neck, Pa.  He’d have choked me to death if Sally hadn’t witnessed his little performance from just a few feet away.”  But that weren’t all Joe had to say.  And as their conversation continued, Joe went on to tell Pa he thought Horace had murdered Sally hisself, and that’s what set Pa to worryin’.

I knew without having to be told that the crowd of angry onlookers in front of the Virginia City jailhouse had something to do with my little brother.  And when Pa and I pulled our mounts up close to Roy’s office, the shouting and accusing remarks began.

“Heard Joe Cartwright shot the man who killed his fiancée,” one man hollered over the crowd.

“Is it true, Hoss?  Did Joe ride in gunning for that madman?”  I’d known Cliff Watkins for as long as I can remember, and he knew darn well Joe wouldn’t do nothing of the sort.  “‘Course, not.”  I pushed Cliff out of my way. 

A man I barely knew stepped up and faced my father.  “What happens now, Ben Cartwright?  All the money in the world can’t free that boy of yours from a murder charge.”

That was the third and final remark either of us cared to hear.  Pa shoved the man aside.  The anger must have shown on my face because the crowd parted and let the two of us through to Roy’s office.  The sheriff was prepared for our arrival.  He stood from his desk and met Pa and me head-on. 

“Take it easy, Ben.”

“You have my boy in jail?”

“He is, “Roy said, “and that’s where he’s gonna stay ‘til we sort this mess out.”

I knew Joseph weren’t guilty of outright murder.  Something was missing from the picture, and I prayed Joe could explain, that’s if Roy would let us all sit down and talk this thing out.  But Pa didn’t wait for permission from nobody.  He barged through them double doors to the cells in search of my little brother.  ‘Course, I followed right behind.

Each cell in Roy’s jail had an open-barred window, and we could still hear men jawing their nasty comments outside the stone walls.  A narrow cot and a wooden bucket were the only two items provided for any wild desperado held over for trial in Storey County. 

Joe was lying on his side with his knees pulled halfway to his chest and from the overpowering stench filling the room; it was obvious he’d made use of the bucket.  His hands was palmed together under his head, but he pushed hisself up from the rope-suspension cot after Pa had forced his way back to the cells.

“Son?”

Joe shook his head.  His face was pale, and I could see fear clouding his eyes when his hands gripped tightly to the iron bars keeping him separated from Pa and me.  Pa reached through the narrow space for Joe’s shoulder, which only made my little brother’s breathing seize like a hiccup in his throat.

“It wasn’t me, Pa.”  His voice shook, but his words were clear enough.  “Someone else killed Horace.”

“Horace?  The bank clerk?”

Joe never looked away.  He stared straight into our father’s eyes.  “He’s dead, Pa.”

Pa’s face looked as pale as Little Joe’s and like my brother, Pa gripped a tight hold of the cell bars too.  I stepped up closer behind him.  I weren’t sure if he would remain steady on his feet or not cause he almost seemed more shocked at the news than Joe.

“You okay?” 

It appears Pa was too busy catching his breath over Joe’s remark to answer my question.  Maybe cause our little town had witnessed two murders in such a short time.  There were always gunfights when men got too drunk in saloons, but Sally and Horace were decent people, and decent people weren’t supposed to get killed.

“I—I’m fine, Hoss.”  Pa looked back at Joe as if he was seeing him for the first time today but almost like he weren’t seeing him at all.  “I better go talk to Roy.”

I was grateful when the sheriff let me inside the cell with Joe while he and Pa walked into the outer office to talk things through.  Of course, he took my gun with him, but that was Roy Coffee.  Pa would fill me in later, but right now, I wanted to hear Joe’s side without interruption from either the sheriff or our pa.  We each took a seat on the sagging excuse for a bed.

“I heard all those men shouting at you and Pa when you rode in.  Seems they’ve already convicted and sentenced me to hang without the benefit of a trial, haven’t they?”

“Don’t you worry none about them, Little Brother.  There’s an angry bunch of loudmouth fools in every town.”  I was upset over Joe hearing everything that was said, but it couldn’t be helped.  “Why don’t you tell ol’ Hoss what really happened?”

Joe ain’t one for sitting still and as soon as I asked him to explain his side of the story he was on his feet, pacing the tiny cell like one of them caged tigers I’d seen when the circus come through town.  When he stopped cold, I began to wonder if I wanted to hear his side of the story or not.  Was it possible he was hiding something—something he was too ashamed or frightened to talk about?  Like a scared little boy, who couldn’t get a word passed his lips for fear of being scolded, he was pleading with watery eyes, begging me to understand what he was finding so difficult to say.

“I don’t remember.”

“Huh?”  Somehow, I found that hard to believe.  “What’s that mean, Little Joe?  You gotta remember something.”

He flopped hisself back down on the bed and he hit with such force that I thought the ropes was gonna bust right through. 

“Someone hit me from behind, Hoss.”

“Who?  And where was you when all this happened?”

Joe must have told the story to Roy because he didn’t seem that keen on having to repeat hisself.   “I rode into town early this morning.”

“Yeah, I know all that.  Go on.”

“Well, I followed Horace Perkins to the livery after he left Mrs. Cutler’s boarding house.  He had a bag packed, and I knew neither Roy nor Clem planned to stop him from leaving town.”

“But why’d you go and follow him, Joe?”  I was angry, and Joe knew by the look on my face I wasn’t gonna listen to no funny business.  “No one’s ever proved he was the one who—”

“But he is the one who killed Sally, Hoss.  No one believes me, but I can feel it.  I know it was Horace.”

“Why?  Cause he got drunk after the dance?  Cause he acted like a fool?  That don’t make him a murderer.”

“You don’t understand.”  Joe was back on his feet, and I nearly got dizzy watching him circle the cell.  “He was in love with Sally.  He saw the ring and—”

“And what?”  I grabbed Joe’s arm and turned him around to face me.  “You think he killed her ’cause she loved you ‘stead of him?”

“Yes!”

“Aw, Joe,” I said, letting go of his arm.  “I seen that boy in the bank plenty of times.  He’s no more a killer’n you are.”

Over the years, my little brother had perfected a fierce, penetrating glare—like he was piercing the center of your heart with a sharp-edged dagger.  Sometimes, he’d get so mad his nostrils flared, and this was one of them times.  His prolonged look made me feel as though I was the one in question, not him.  I had to fight to keep eye contact when Joe got hisself riled like he was right now.  And when words escaped him, his stare could end a conversation with most people—but not with me.  I sat back down on the bed.

“So, what happened at the livery?”  I asked, realizing we’d gotten off track.

Joe took a deep breath and sat back down beside me.  “I told Horace he wasn’t leaving town, and I shoved him away from his horse so he couldn’t ride out without answering my questions.”

“Just shoved?”

“Yeah, just shoved, Hoss, but he just stood there staring back.  He didn’t say a word, just stared like—like when you’ve got a deer in your sights.  He sensed trouble, but he was too scared to run.”

“Yeah, okay, then what happened?”

“I unfastened the loop on my gun and rested my hand over the butt.  I asked him why he killed Sally.”

Joe’s story had taken a bad turn when he mentioned his gun.  Maybe he should have been talking to a lawyer instead of me.  The last thing I wanted was to testify against my own brother in a court of law.  “Maybe I shouldn’t hear no more, Joe.”

“No, Hoss.”  He shook his head and planted his elbows on his knees.  “You got it all wrong, brother.  Horace told me straight out he had nothing to do with Sally’s death.  He started with this explanation that Sally was his girl, always had been his girl.  He started to sweat; an innocent man wouldn’t sweat, Hoss.  He searched the livery for an escape, but I wouldn’t let him go.  He begged me to leave him alone, but I couldn’t, Hoss.  I couldn’t let him leave town without knowing the truth.”

“So you been following him all this time?”

“Yeah.”

“Joe.  You know better.  Why’d ya have to go and follow—”

“Because he killed a girl in Mason City before he killed Sally.”

“He what?”  Now I was really confused.

“I just found out the other day—from Clem, which makes it official, Hoss.”

“Then why ain’t Horace in jail?”

“Cause he was never convicted, that’s why.”  Joe’s temper was back in full force.  “He’s a murderer, Hoss, and my gut tells me he killed both women.  I wasn’t about to let him go free a second time.”

“Okay.  Just calm down.”  We was getting off track again, and Joe had worked hisself into such a lather that I didn’t know if he could even think straight.  “What happened next?”

“Well—” Joe’s breathing was a might hesitant as he told the rest of the story.  “Horace said it was my fault Sally was dead.  That’s when I tore after him.  I grabbed his shirt collar—had a good chokehold too—but the next thing I remember was a sharp pain to the back of my head and falling sideways to the ground.  I—I must have blacked out because the next thing I knew, I was here.”

A good knock on the head explained why Joe had used the bucket in his cell.  It weren’t that he was just scared; he probably had a concussion, which I’m sure Paul Martin would note and use at the trial.  “Let’s get you looked at.  Has the doc been here to see you?”

“No, and I don’t need—”

“Yes, you do.”  I hollered at Roy to let me out.  I left to find Paul Martin.

Horace was properly laid to rest.  Pa had insisted on a small, engraved headstone; he also insisted I accompany him to the burying since Horace didn’t have no other friends in Virginia City.  Pa said it was the least we could do but standing in a cemetery, burying a man whose untimely death could send my little brother to the gallows was the last place I cared to be.

Roy and the widow Cutler stood alongside Pa and me as the reverend said a few words over the fresh-dug grave.  And while I thought it was odd to see the widow crying and all choked up over the death of this outsider named Horace Perkins, I remembered something Joe had mentioned not long after Sally was killed.

“Remember Jimmy Cutler?”  Joe said.  “He was a skinny, blonde kid about my age, and he died not long after we left school.  I think diphtheria killed him; I’m not real sure.” 

“Yeah.  I remember him, but what’s Jimmy Cutler got to do with anything?”

“That’s just it, Hoss.  The widow treats Horace like she would her son.  Like he was a gift sent from above to replace her boy, Jimmy.”

“Maybe it ain’t all that strange, Joe.  She’s a lonely old lady, and maybe Horace gives her some kinda comfort.”

“I suppose,” Joe said although I don’t think he was convinced I was right about the widow.  But then he chuckled.  “Sure hope Pa don’t take in some stray to replace Adam.”

I belly-laughed then held my hand over my mouth to muffle the sound.  “I don’t think we gotta worry, little brother, unless the stray can quote Shakespeare in his sleep.  Why would Pa go to all that bother when he has you?  You’re enough to keep Pa on his toes from here ‘til eternity.”

Joe’s trial was set.  Pa had hired John Powell as Joe’s defense attorney, but all the facts of the case pointed straight to my little brother committing the crime.  Joe was found on the stable floor next to the dead man; his gun was out of its holster and had been fired once.  There were no witnesses to back up Joe’s story of some unknown assailant entering the livery and hitting him from behind.  Paul Martin had treated my brother for the lump on the back of his head, but even the doc couldn’t say for certain how Joe’s claimed attack was caused or exactly when it happened.

Like Joe, when stress overrode hunger, I’d lost my appetite too.  My little brother didn’t murder no one, and I was beginning to think it was up to me or Pa to prove otherwise.  Neither Clem nor Roy was asking no more questions around town as if the case against Joe was a done deal. 

John Powell insisted Joe plead self-defense rather than the hanging charge of first-degree murder.  Claiming self-defense would keep my brother’s neck from the noose, but he’d have to serve prison time for something he didn’t do.  Joseph was my little brother; he was also my best friend, and I weren’t about to let that happen.

Joe and I talked nearly every day inside his cramped, little cell while Pa busied hisself with holding up the ranch and discussing strategy with Joe’s attorney.  Although Mr. Powell had tried to set bail, Judge Borman had no intention of honoring the attorney’s request.  “Any murder suspect under my jurisdiction will remain behind bars until tried in a court of law.  No bail.” 

And when the judge’s gavel struck with a loud bang, I’d opened my mouth to argue, but Pa gently squeezed my arm and shook his head.  “Not now, Hoss.”

I wasn’t sure what to do.  Who would I question?  Who would have stopped Joe from choking the life outta Horace inside the livery that morning?  And, who would have used my brother’s gun to kill the man?  Usually at times like this, Joe and I thought alike—two heads was better than one—but this time I was on my own.  As far as I knew, Horace didn’t have no friends.  Mrs. Cutler was the only person in Virginia City who cared about him so I started my questions with her—the widow Cutler. 

I knocked on the front door of her boarding house.  She was quick to answer, but she hesitated to welcome me inside when she saw my face, the brother of the man she assumed killed Horace.  I held my hat with both hands.  “Mornin’, ma’am.”  Although she was surprised to find me standing on her stoop, she smiled.  “Wondered if we might talk … that’s if I ain’t disturbin’ you none.”

“Come in, Hoss,” she said, backing away from the door.  “I’m not sure what I can tell you that—well, that you don’t already know.”

“I don’t know either, Ma’am, but my little brother’s behind bars, fightin’ for his life.”

“Sit down, Hoss,” she said, offering me a chair in her parlor.  “I’ll pour us a cup of coffee.”

“Thank you, Ma’am.”

When I left the widow’s house, I didn’t stop in to see Joe; I rode straight home to Pa, wanting him to be the first to know what I was thinking.

“I tell you she’s hiding somethin’, Pa.  She was wringing her hands the whole time we was talking.  She knows somethin’ but she ain’t telling.”

Pa didn’t seem too keen on my explanation.  His arms was crossed over his chest and he was beginning to shake his head back and forth.  “If Eileen Cutler wasn’t standing inside the livery to act as a witness when Horace was killed, what possible help could she be?”

Pa was bucking me, and I wasn’t sure why.  Here I’d found out something important, something that might free my brother and Pa was having none of it.  “I don’t know,” I said, struggling with my thinking.  “I wish I did, but I ain’t figured it all out yet.”

“As far as I know,” Pa said, “Mrs. Cutler loved that boy like he was her son.  She’s grieving, and you’re trying to turn her subtle movements into something they’re not.”

“That ain’t it, Pa.  Nope, she knows something.  Maybe she’s the one who killed Horace and she ain’t—”

“Oh, Hoss.”  Pa looked at me like I had rocks for brains.  “Don’t be ridiculous.  That old woman wouldn’t kill a soul.”

“I ain’t so sure about that.”

“Okay.  Prove it.”

“Do you remember anything else, Joe?  Anything at all—maybe—maybe a noise or a shadow,” I said, hoping Joe might recall something from that morning.  “Did you hear footsteps?  Did Horace look up when whoever hit you slipped up behind you?”

“I’ve told you before, Hoss.”  Joe was frustrated by my questions, but I had to ask.  “I didn’t hear anyone.  I didn’t see anyone.  Just Horace.  Miguel wasn’t even around when I followed Horace inside the barn.  He must have been out at the corral or sneaking a sip from that flask he keeps buried in his hip pocket.”

“Okay, I just had to know for sure.  You just sit tight, Little Brother.  There’s someone else I gotta see.”

I hollered at Clem to let me out of Joe’s cell, said I’d be back shortly, and I walked down to Doc’s.  Pa might think I’d lost my mind, but I had questions that needed answers and if I rubbed people the wrong way, I didn’t much care.

“Doc—” I hollered, waving my hat over my head when I saw him climbing inside his buggy.  “Wait up.”

He set his medical bag on the seat and stepped back onto the boardwalk.  “Something wrong, Hoss?”

“No, well, yeah, I don’t know, Doc.”

Paul’s smile was generous after my rather confusing statement.

“I been thinking, and I wondered if you could tell how tall the person was who clobbered Little Joe on the back of the head.”

Paul rubbed his fingers across his chin and sighed overloud.  “You’re asking me to guess, Hoss.  The bump looked fresh but there’d been only a small seepage of blood, which makes it hard to diagnose much of anything.”

“I know, Doc, but here’s what I been wondering.  Could the person who hit my little brother have been shorter than him and—and maybe hit him from below since the bump was so low on his head?”

“It’s possible.  Do you have someone in mind?”

“I ain’t sure, Doc, but it seems to me, if’n I hit Joe over the head, the bump would be higher up, like on the top of his head or at least above his ears.”

“Makes sense.  Go on.”

“If this person was shorter than Joe, they’d have to swing something like a stick or a pipe or something hard, and it would come from below Joe’s shoulders rather than from above, right?”

“I don’t know how we’d ever prove the man’s exact height, Hoss.”

“What makes you think it’s a man, Doc?”

Paul looked bewildered.  “You’re saying a woman hit Joe?”

“I don’t know.  Dadburnit, Doc, it could be a woman, couldn’t it?”

“I suppose.  The blow was significant enough to knock Joe out but not hard enough to kill him.”

“Exactly my point.”

“Listen, Hoss, I was just heading out to Ida Mayberry’s.  She’s expecting, you know.  Then I’ll stop in and see Joe when I get back to town.  If it will ease your mind, I’ll take a second look.”

“Thanks, Doc.”

“Don’t get your hopes up, Son.  I doubt there’s much left to go on.”

Time had run out.  Joe’s trial was set for 9:00 a.m. the following morning.  Doc Martin’s diagnosis of the lump on Joe’s head had proved nothing.  And, with Pa raking me over the coals about the widow, I had nowhere else to turn.  All I could do now was try to see my little brother through the next few days of the trial.

Judge Borman was a no-nonsense judge.  The prosecutor and the defense attorney knew from past experiences their statements had better be direct and to the point or the judge would cut them off mid-sentence and order them back to their seats.  While Pa made one more attempt to discuss the case with John Powell, Joe and I sat together in his cell.  I’d brought a basket of Hop Sing’s fried chicken and Joe’s favorite, chocolate cake, but as much as I pushed, he couldn’t eat nothing I dished onto his plate. 

All Joe wanted was Pa, and Pa weren’t there to give him the support only he could give.  He’d asked several times, “Where’s Pa?” I felt terrible, but there weren’t nothing I could do or say, but it seemed as though our father had distanced himself from this entire situation.  Joe needed him more’n anything, and I was growing more upset by the minute.  Pa should have been with Joe all along, not just me trying to do the work of both brother and father.

Some things are meant to happen, and some things are bound to be, but Joe was my little brother, and this wasn’t the time to give up and call it quits.  Something about Joe’s attitude seemed different since I’d talked to him this morning before church services.  He’d sat inside a cell for nearly two weeks.  His face was pale, and his clothes hung on him like they was a size too big.  His eyes were dull, his movements seemed lifeless, and he hadn’t bothered to shave his face.

“What’s got into you, Joe?”  I questioned after I took a seat next to him on the bed.  “You ain’t actin’ yourself at all,”

“I know, Hoss.  I just have a lot on my mind.”

“Did you already talk to the reverend?”

“Yeah.  We had a good talk.  He kind of made me see things in a different light.”

Pa had asked Reverend Holmes to come speak to Joe after church while Pa and I stopped for lunch at Miss Daisy’s.  Since Joe had been sinking lower into hisself every day, Pa hoped maybe the reverend could give him the boost he needed to face the upcoming trial.

“You sure you’re okay?”  I asked again.  “Did the reverend say something—I mean is there something else bothering you?  You can tell me anything, Joe.”

“I don’t know.  I guess he helped me see the whole picture, Hoss.  You know, both sides—like two sides of a coin, right versus wrong and good versus evil.  He set me straight on a lot of things I hadn’t thought of before today.”

“I ain’t sure I understand what you’re sayin’.”

“It’s not that important.” 

Joe seemed distant and he especially didn’t want to discuss the trial or the reverend.  I suppose everything’s been said that could be said, and I suppose the reverend filled my little brother with a certain peace of mind to carry with him into the courtroom.  But I’d kinda hoped the reverend would light a fire under him and get them juices running so he’d be ready to tell his side of the story and make it as believable as possible.  But I weren’t seeing no fire at all.

“Well, here.”  I handed Joe a carpetbag.  “I brung you these clean clothes for tomorrow.  You make sure Roy brings in some hot water so you can shave and clean up some, you hear?  You got a musty smell to you, boy, and the judge won’t take kindly to you lookin’ the part of some no-account criminal in his courtroom.”

Joe chuckled softly before sitting the bag on the foot of the narrow cot.  “Must have been Pa’s idea for me to look my best, right?”

“Well, yeah.”

“Hoss?  Where’s Pa?” 

“He’s talking to Mr. Powell one last time.  You know Pa.  He don’t wanna be dealt no last-minute surprises.  He’ll be here soon enough.”

Joe sat without moving.  He stared at the dusty floor, but his hands was worrying in his lap just like the widow Cutler’s were when I’d spoken to her about Horace.  I took my brother’s slow, deliberate movements as a sign he needed his father rather than just big brother although I’d often wondered why it was always me visiting Joe instead of Pa.

“Tell me what’s eatin’ at you, Little Joe?”

Joe stood from the bed and wrapped his fingers around the iron bars.  He pressed his forehead hard against his knuckles, and it weren’t long before he gave way to the misery he’d been holding back all this time.  A cold chill came over me, and I searched for the right words to say.  My brother had lost faith, and I feared he’d lost the fight he’d need for his testimony tomorrow.  No other suspects had been found, and there was no way I could prove the widow had seen or heard something that would help my little brother outta this mess.

For a brief time, I thought maybe the old lady was the killer.  I’d even tried to run my theory passed the doc, but Pa was probably right all along.  Far as we knew, she loved that boy like a son, which kinda took her off the hook as far as clobbering Joe or shooting Horace was concerned.  It was a good theory for about five minutes.

When I moved toward the bars, Joe’s mind must have been settled in a far-off place because he shivered like a skittish young colt when I laid my hand on his shoulder.  “Easy, Joe.  It’s just ol’ Hoss.”

“Sorry.  I was just thinking about you and me and all the good times.”

“What?  Maybe you and me oughta be thinking over what you’re gonna say in court instead.” 

“You and me, you know,” he repeated like he hadn’t heard a word I’d said.  “How our lives always revolve around little things, like a game of checkers or a cold beer on a hot afternoon.  Remember when we found that Paiute squaw in the mountains and you delivered her baby?  Remember how we swam out and caught those ducks for supper?  Little things like that will always be a part of you and me and all the good times we had together.”

“Well, if’n I remember correctly, Joseph, that ain’t all we’ve done together.  I seem to remember you talking me into entering that flapjack-eating contest so you could win a bet with that Trager fella.  And, better’n that was the time you and me robbed the bank when Pa left you in charge.”

Joe chuckled softly.  “Yeah … you and me, brother, we’re quite a pair, aren’t we.”

Me and Joe talked about silly things like bank robbing and elephants on the Ponderosa and such, and I was glad to see him smiling and laughing.  I ain’t heard that laugh of his in a long time.  Although I’m not sure what turned the tide, but Joe got real serious again.

“I’m sorry it didn’t work out with Regan.  I thought you two seemed pretty good together.”

Out of the blue came Regan Miller’s name.  Why now?  Why in tarnation would Joe bring up a woman I fell for nearly three years ago?  What did Regan Miller have to do with anything?

“Aw, Joe.  She’s ancient history.”  I didn’t want to go down that road.  Even though I’d tried to court other ladies since Regan, she’s the one I compared everyone else to.  She was the cream that settled on top after milking.  But then it hit me.  Maybe Sally was Joe’s cream.  Maybe all them other gals he’d known didn’t quite compare. 

I’d never seen Joe so low—well, maybe the day of Sally’s funeral, but he was as low as a man could be, and it weren’t my place to make him feel even worse.  I didn’t say nothing about Sally, but I was truly thankful when I heard voices in the outer office.  I nudged Joe.  “Ain’t that Pa out there talkin’ to Roy?  I’ll leave you two alone, but I’ll be back first thing in the morning.  Stay strong, Boy.”

Cartwright was a well-known name in these parts, and the newly built Virginia City courthouse was filled to capacity.  Men and women, who were envious of Pa’s standing in the community crawled out from under every rock in Storey County to attend the trial of Ben Cartwright’s youngest son.  Joe was on trial for his life, and no one wanted to come by my brother’s verdict secondhand so, dressed in their finest, they all gathered to witness the outcome firsthand.  Not only were the long wooden benches filled, but three of the four walls were also lined with ghoulish-looking spectators who’d come to see the show.

I didn’t know what Pa and Joe had discussed yesterday after I’d left the jail, but Pa had been very close-mouthed since this whole ordeal began.  And even though I’d promised Joe I’d see him before the trial, we’d run plumb out of time.  Rain started falling last night making Pa’s and my trip into town miserable and wet.  The roads were muddy, and our slickers had barely kept us dry. 

The little time Pa and I’d had to talk lately seemed strained.  He’d been busy doing the books—said he was so far behind because of Joe’s situation he might never catch up.  So, when we had a chance to sit together and eat supper, Pa didn’t want to talk nothing about the trial.  It bothered me some, but I knew how upset he must be, and I didn’t push.  All I knew was Joe needed him more than he needed me, and Pa had kept his distance.

Although we’d struggled for seats inside the courtroom, Pa and I pushed our way into the front row and were seated just before Joe and Mr. Powell walked down the center aisle toward the unoccupied table just past the railing separating my little brother from Pa and me.  The prosecutor, Walter Hamilton, had already spread his notes on his table and smiled wickedly at the defense as though the case against Joe had already been decided before anyone had their say.

We were ordered to stand and remove our hats as Judge Borman entered the court.  With a quick but subtle gesture, Mr. Powell reached for Joe’s elbow and eased my little brother up from his chair. 

I knew Joe was scared; anyone would be who was facing the gallows, but something I couldn’t rightly figure had come over my little brother.  He was almost lackadaisical in his movements like he was under a spell.  And though Joe had been reminiscing over better times last night, he would keep the misery he held inside hidden from everyone sitting inside the courtroom.  I turned toward Pa when I felt his eyes burning a hole right through me. 

“What’s wrong with your brother?”

“I don’t know, Pa, but I don’t like it one bit.”

We’d been seated and we were listening to Judge Borman’s instructions to the jury, stating how both sides would present evidence, and how it was their burden as jurors to remain attentive to the facts of the case.  “A man’s life is on trial, and I want every one of you to use the brains God gave you before rendering a verdict of guilty or not guilty.” 

The no-nonsense judge was right on target.  I just hoped the jurors could see beyond the facts the prosecutor presented and realize there was no eyewitness to Horace’s murder; that no one could say for sure Joe drew his gun and shot the man dead.  I couldn’t see my brother’s face; I couldn’t see into his eyes and know what he was thinking.  Did he hear the judge’s words?  Did he know he stood a darn good chance of a full acquittal if he just told the jury straight-out what happened inside that barn?

Pa’d had angry words with John Powell over Joe’s defense. He seemed awful worried about John insisting Joe claim self-defense when the prosecutor would be pushing the jury to consider motive and opportunity, which my brother’d been saddled with both: motive and opportunity.  The attorney had argued with Pa, saying it was up to his client to decide which way to go with his defense, but that only fueled Pa’s anger toward the whole miserable situation.  Since Joe hadn’t slept, and he was only picking at the meals Roy brought to his cell, Pa had stepped in to fight my brother’s battles for him. 

“My boy’s not thinking straight, John.  The boy’s only a hair’s breadth from exhaustion.  Joe’s either guilty or he’s not, and self-defense is too easy a road for the jury to take.  I don’t think they’ll find him guilty.  Please don’t give them a reason to send my boy to prison.”

“The deck is stacked against Little Joe, Ben.  I’ll do everything in my power inside that courtroom but let me warn you.  This is an uphill battle no matter what defense I use.”

And so the battle began.

Both the prosecutor and Joe’s attorney had given their opening statements while Joe sat unmoving, glued to his chair with his chin tucked tightly to his chest.  He made no eye contact with the judge, the jury, or anyone else.  The two seemingly qualified men—Hamilton and Powell—rose to the challenge, each presenting his case, each demanding attention from the jury.  While one man hammered out unsubstantiated facts and tore my brother’s character apart, the other fought for damage control, trying his best to contradict the offensive falsehoods.

I listened to both sides and the gist of their statements boiled down to one man’s opinion over another’s.  The first man to strike a chord in the heart of each juror by using certain words or simple eye contact, not to mention perfect timing, would win not only the small insignificant battles but the entire war.  It weren’t just a fight for Joe’s life.  It was a battle of wills between two men who were being paid handsomely to argue their point in front of a captive audience, who probably didn’t understand half the words they was saying. 

Most of their “captive audience” had not been educated in a proper schoolhouse setting, and I wondered how many of the jurors had enough formal education to process them fancy words being thrown back and forth between the two finely dressed men and their fast-talking speeches.

“Since we have no eyewitness to the shooting,” Hamilton stated, “we will begin with Deputy Foster’s account of the situation on February 8, inside the livery, after finding Horace Perkins’ dead body.  Secondly, we’ll hear Paul Martin’s medical opinion of how and when the victim was murdered.” 

Clem took the stand first and stated the obvious.  “The murder happened before noon, and the only two people I found in the livery were Joe Cartwright and Horace Perkins.  Horace was dead.  He was shot point-blank in the chest, and Joe Cartwright lay unconscious on the floor a few feet away from the victim.  Joe’s gun was out of its holster and only one shot had been fired.  The only thing I can add, and it seemed odd to me at the time, was finding Joe’s gun—presumably the murder weapon—in one of the empty stalls.”

Clem was released from the stand, and Doc was called to give his testimony but as Paul began talking, my mind began to wander.  I’d known nothing about Joe tossing his gun into some stall, and it made no sense.  Why would he do something like that?  ‘Course, Joe would never shoot Horace at point-blank range either, so someone else had to have killed Horace.  Surely, Mr. Powell had put two and two together and would push for an acquittal. 

“… although, in my opinion,” Paul continued, “Joe Cartwright took a hard blow to the back of the head, which left him unconscious and unaware of anything that went on inside the livery stable.”

“So,” Hamilton said.  “In your opinion, Doctor, was Mr. Cartwright hit on the head before or after he shot and killed the shy, frightened bank clerk?”

“Objection, your Honor.”

I dismissed Pa’s heavy sigh cause my eyes was on the back of Joe’s head.  He hadn’t moved a muscle since he’d been brought into court.  His hands lay in his lap and his eyes faced the floor.  Whether his eyes was open or closed, I wasn’t able to tell.

Judge Borman quickly put an end to the prosecutor’s rambling.  “Just keep to the facts, Mr. Hamilton.” 

Neither Paul’s stern look at the prosecutor nor the judge’s reprimand affected Walter Hamilton’s concentration or determination to move forward with his questions, but Paul Martin wasn’t leaving the stand until he had his day in court. 

“According to my findings—” Paul said.  He looked straight toward the jury to make sure they understood what he was about to say.  “I can’t say for certain when Joe Cartwright was attacked or the exact time of Horace Perkins’ death, but I do know it would be difficult for an unconscious man to shoot a gun.”

Some of the onlookers began chuckling in muffled voices, but they were quickly silenced by the judge’s gavel.  “Quiet—all of you—or I’ll empty this courtroom faster’n you can blink an eye.”  The crowd remained animated over Paul’s statement, but I felt my whole body tense; knowing the people who’d come to watch and listen firsthand didn’t give a hoot about my brother’s welfare; they were only here for a good laugh at my brother’s expense. 

The judge banged his gavel once more and then asked Mr. Hamilton if he had any more witnesses to call to the stand.  The prosecution rested and now, it was up to Mr. Powell to question the only other witness who had any knowledge of the shooting that took place on February 8, a month to the day after Sally Bristol was strangled and left for dead in the parlor of her father’s home. 

“I call Joseph Cartwright to the stand.”

Again, John had to ease Joe to a standing position and then practically lead him to the witness chair.  My brother unconsciously rubbed his wrists, and I vaguely remembered Roy had, by law, handcuffed Joe before leaving the jail.  “Letter-of-the-law, Coffee,” Pa always said, and I was witnessing the effects of that law on my little brother’s face. 

But it weren’t just Joe’s wrists that was bothering him.  It was a certain look of defeat and helplessness that paled his striking features.  His cheeks were gaunt, and his eyes were deep-set, dull, and lifeless.  He hadn’t shaved nor had he changed into the clean, fresh clothes I’d brought for his appearance in court.  Joe looked younger than his years.  He looked lost and afraid, and he made eye contact with no one.  Where was the fight, the longing to be free and back home with his family?  This was Joe’s only chance to sway the jury, to undermine everything that had been said so far, and prove his innocence beyond a shadow of a doubt.  But the boy who’d taken the stand was a sullen shell of a man.  This wasn’t my fiery little brother who could normally sway anyone, including me, to his way of thinking.

After adjusting myself on the wooden bench, I sat up taller and stared at Joe, hoping he’d see the determination in my eyes and let the anger I felt over this whole mess rub off in his direction.  This was no time to give up and by all accounts, that’s exactly what he had done.  He’d spoken to Reverend Holmes just yesterday, and that seemed to be when this completely new attitude, this self-loathing behavior had come over him.  Although he’d never mentioned what he and the reverend had talked about, I was curious, or maybe I was just plain mad.

Mr. Powell stepped in front of Joe and spoke softer than I thought he should.  I’d rather have seen him upset with Hamilton’s stupid remarks about my brother than have him stand there like a mouse cornered by a barn cat.

“Mr. Cartwright,” he said.  “Will you explain to the court everything you remember concerning you and Horace Perkins on February 8th of this year?”  It was a simple question but somehow, Joe seemed confused.  Mr. Powell was forced to ask his question again.  “Joseph?”  Joe lifted his eyes to the attorney as though Pa had called out his name in anger.  “Will you tell the court exactly what happened after you and Horace met inside the livery?”

Joe nodded, but it took him a minute to sort his thoughts and start talking.  “We stood facing each other,” he finally said.

“You and Horace?”

“Yessir.”

“What happened next?”

“He tried to get away.  He was gonna leave town, and I had to stop him.”

“Did you pull your gun?”

Joe shook his head.  “No, Sir.”

“Did you use force?” 

“Yes.”  Joe was rubbing his wrists again.  He needed to concentrate, but it was like his mind was off somewhere else.  “I pushed him back against the wall.  I held him up by his shirt collar.  I only wanted the truth, but his words were lies, all lies.  He tried to get away, but I held him tight against the barn wall.”

My brother’s eyes looked glazed over as he recounted the details of that morning.  He stared at no one—only straight ahead—as if Horace was standing right in front of him inside the courtroom.

“What happened next, Joseph?”

“He started saying stuff about Sally.”

“Go on.”

Although Joe needed constant prodding, his fists were balled tight as he relived his conversation with Horace.  His eyes narrowed when he began the word-for-word conversation.

“Sally likes me.  She likes me very much,” he said, mimicking Horace’s voice in a singsong sort of way.

“But she never loved you.”  Joe’s voice changed completely.  He was forceful and direct when he prodded Horace for answers.  “She thought you were funny.”

“She did too love me, and—and if you hadn’t gotten in the way—”

Joe’s eyes were dead set.  His breathing turned shallow and frantic.  “You killed her with your bare hands, didn’t you, Horace?” 

“No, I loved her.”

“But she didn’t love you so you killed her, didn’t you?  Didn’t you!”  Joe’s eyes was on fire, his vivid account of their hate-filled conversation left the room as silent as summer air just before a storm.  But after that last statement, when his voice cried out from the pain of them last words, the fire vanished as quickly as it’d come.  From rigid to slack, from angry to despondent, Joe’s eyes dropped toward the floor.

“Joe?”  John Powell saw it too.  Joe had told the jury everything he remembered.  There was nothing more to tell.  “Is that all you remember, Son?  Is that when someone hit the back of your head?”

Joe nodded.

“You’ll have to speak up, young man,” ordered Judge Borman.

“Yessir.”

“Thank you, Joe.”

The onlookers seated behind me began whispering quiet-like.  Joe had screamed out his words to Horace and then said nothing.  He’d told everything he could, just like he remembered, and as John Powell took his seat, Walter Hamilton stood and walked in front of Joe’s chair.  “I only have a few questions to ask, Mr. Cartwright,” he said to the judge.

Joe met the prosecutor’s eyes.

“Sally Bristol,” he said.  “She was your fiancée?”

“Yessir.”

“You loved her very much.”

Joe’s chin was always the first to go.  That subtle quiver before his emotions met up with his eyes.  “Yessir.”

“Is it safe to say you and Horace Perkins had words that night after the dance?” 

“Yes.”

“Were you aware of Horace’s feelings toward your fiancée?”

“Yes, but Sally—”

“A simple yes or no will do, Mr. Cartwright.”

Quickly, Joe glanced at me.  I returned a brief nod before the prosecutor continued his line of questions.  “Were you jealous of Horace Perkins?”

I could tell Joe was laughing inside, but he didn’t make no sound on the outside.  “No, sir.”

“Would it be safe to say you considered Horace a rival?  Was your fiancée aroused when she witnessed another man’s play for her attention—her affections?  Was Sally Bristol secretly in love with Horace Perkins?

“NO!”  Joe said forcefully.  “Sally never loved Horace.”

Hamilton walked toward the jury.  His back was to Joe then he flipped back around.  “Was your fiancée only after Cartwright money?”

“NO!”  Joe came off his chair; his body stiffened, and he glared at Walter Hamilton with the same eyes he must have used on Horace that day inside the livery.

“Are you sure, Mr. Cartwright?”

“Objection.”

“Please take your seat, Mr. Cartwright,” the judge ordered.  “And let’s move on, Mr. Hamilton.”

“All right, your Honor,” he said, not worried about Joe’s aggressive words in fact, he seemed to be smiling.  “On February 8, the day in question, did you follow Horace into the livery with the intent to harm the man you assumed—without proof of any kind—had killed your fiancée?”

My brother’s face paled, and his eyes darted through the courtroom in search of someone other than me or Pa.  He knew exactly where we were sitting, and it was obvious he was looking for someone else—but who?  I watched every move he made until his eyes settled on Reverend Holmes standing near a side entrance of the courtroom.

Hamilton cleared his throat.  “I’ll remind you you’re under oath, Mr. Cartwright.”

Joe’s entire body stiffened, and his eyes met mine.  Without speaking a word aloud, Joe’s answer was yes.  He’d followed Horace with the intent to do bodily harm if the bank clerk wouldn’t answer his questions.  I knew, my father knew, and so did everyone else inside the courtroom.

“We need an answer, Mr. Cartwright.”

Joe looked up to the judge and back at Mr. Hamilton.  “I just wanted him to tell the truth.”

“That’s not the question I asked, Son.  Did you or did you not follow Horace into the barn with the intent to kill the man you thought had murdered your fiancée?”

Hamilton had called my brother “son” in a real soft voice, and I didn’t like it one bit.  After saying all them nasty things about Sally, now he was Joe’s best friend.  A softer touch so the jury wouldn’t find him to be a complete son-of-a ….  Well, I wasn’t buying, and I prayed the jury was at least as smart as I was.

“No,” Joe said, but he wouldn’t look the prosecutor in the eye.  “I only wanted the truth.  Someone else ….”

Nonverbally, Joe had admitted intent to harm, but intent to kill was never established, and I hoped the jury had been listening closely as Hamilton twisted his words.  Joe looked exhausted; there was no fight left in him as though intent proved guilt, and both were two completely different matters.  Someone else had killed Horace.  Who, Joe?  Who was that someone else?  Who else had motive and opportunity?

Final statements were given and, when all was said and done, Roy handcuffed Joe to escort him back to the jail.  Even though Pa and I wanted a quick word, a quick glimpse of Joe’s face, he never looked up.  He turned his back to his family and like a man condemned, he walked out of the courthouse with Roy.

Pa and I sat back down, waiting for the courtroom to clear.  I didn’t want to mingle with all them people I didn’t know so I kept silent, kept my hands in my lap, and watched a little gray spider cross the floor next to my right boot.  Some might say I was brooding and maybe I was, but I was all ears when Pa had a few words with Mr. Powell.  “What happens now, John?”

The attorney shook his head as he secured the leather strap around his case.  “I’ll admit it doesn’t look good, but if the jury realizes nobody saw Joe shoot Horace—”

Heat flushed my cheeks.  I stood up and stepped in between Pa and Joe’s attorney.  “Why, Mr. Powell?  Why weren’t them the final words you left with the jury?”  I grabbed the attorney’s fancy lapels with fisted hands.  “My little brother’s innocent, but you never believed a word he said, did you?  You let Walter Hamilton distract the jury with his lies.  Why, Mr. Powell?”

“Hoss!”  Pa shouted.  “Hoss, stop.”

I glared into the attorney’s eyes.  “Intent to harm ain’t the same as murder, is it, Mr. Powell?”

“Hoss!  That’s enough.”  Pa struggled to pull my hands free of the lawyer’s tailored suit, but I weren’t finished with him just yet.

“Sorry, Pa, but right now I’m filled clear through to my bones with intent, but that don’t mean I’m gonna take the next step.  Intent don’t always lead to murder.  Think about what you’ve done, Mr. Powell.”  I was so mad maybe murder wasn’t such a bad idea after all.  “Think real hard while they lower a noose over my little brother’s head, and keep on thinkin’ when they stretch Joe’s neck ‘til he’s dead.” 

Pa glared at me, and I glared back.  I knew exactly what I was saying and for the life of me, I didn’t know how Pa could remain so dadburn calm.

“I’m sorry, John,” Pa said.  It was obvious he was upset with me.  “I think we’re all a bit on edge—”

“On edge?”  I could barely hold my tongue.  “Pa!  Joe’s gonna hang.  Hang by the neck for somethin’ he didn’t do.”

“Again, John, I’m sorry my son feels you’re to blame.”

After Pa’s verbal slap in the face, I tore out of the courtroom and headed straight to the jail.  I didn’t know what to think no more, and Pa’s calm demeanor hit me hard.  If he thought for one minute Joe killed Horace, if my father had lost faith in his youngest son, then everything I’d ever been taught had been a lie.

“Let me inside that cell, Clem.”

Clem nearly pulled his gun when I stormed into the office.  “You listen here, Hoss.  Joe’s in my custody ‘til Roy—”

“Now!”  I threw my gun on the sheriff’s desk and hovered close to the deputy until he relented and unlocked my brother’s cell.  “Thanks.  Guess my temper’s running a little thin right now.”  I sure weren’t making many friends today.

“No funny business, Hoss.”

“Don’t you worry, Clem.  I ain’t got nothin’ planned, not yet anyway.”

“Just see that you don’t.”

Still in handcuffs, Joe sat and stared at Clem and me from inside the cell.  He didn’t know what had gotten me all riled up, and I didn’t plan on telling him neither.  Best if he didn’t have to worry about nothin’ I’d done or said. 

“Does he still gotta wear these things?” 

“Sorry, Hoss.  Roy asked me to leave them on ‘til he got back.”  Clem closed the double doors behind him.  I sat next to Joe on the bed.  “You okay?”

“Yeah.”  He looked up and asked a reasonable question.  Where’s Pa?”

“Damn,” I mumbled under my breath.  Where the hell was Pa, and why wasn’t he here with Joe?  “I think he’s still at the courthouse talkin’ to John.”

“What about?”

I shrugged my shoulders.  “Nothing worth mentioning.  Probably just getting John’s opinion on how the trial went.  You know Pa.  He likes to have everything straight in his mind.” 

“Hoss?”

“Huh?”

”Why doesn’t Pa come to see me?”

I sighed overloud then wished I hadn’t, but I was thinking the same thing too.  Just how was I supposed to answer Joe’s question without upsetting him more than he was already?  Pa hadn’t been hisself for days; maybe since the day Joe had first been arrested, and I couldn’t even think straight no more, cause all them days ran together.  With Joe locked inside the cell, nothing seemed normal, and nothing would ever seem normal again if Joe was found guilty.

I’d often catch Pa standing in front of the fireplace, poking at logs until the fire was so hot, I’d have to say something before he and I burned to a crisp.  It was like he hadn’t realized, like he’d been off in another world where he’d distanced hisself from anyone around him.

There were times I caught him wiping his eyes with the back of his hand.  I knew they were tears, but he’d brush me off by clearing his throat or turning his back.  But I knew he was crying for Joe.

Pa had barely come to visit my little brother, and he didn’t have much to say to me either.  Since I was just a little kid, I’d always thought Pa knew best about everything but lately, he weren’t the same Pa I knew before Joe ended up in jail.  He was moody and distant, and he was spending most of his time alone rather than with his family.  Something was eating at him, something more than just the trial, and dang if I knew what it was or how to bring him around.

“Ah, Joe,” I said, realizing I’d never answered his question.  “That’s crazy talk.  ‘Course Pa wants to see you, and he’ll be here as soon as he can break away from your attorney.”

“Yeah, I suppose you’re right.”

“You did good in there, Joe.”

“You think?”

“Course I do.”  I wanted to sound reassuring, and I hoped my voice didn’t betray how I felt about the whole dadblamed trial.  “You told it like it was Joe.  What more could you do?”

“I told the truth, Hoss, but you saw the jury; you saw how they were all looking at me.”  And with his elbows planted on his knees, Joe leaned forward and took a deep breath before scrubbing his hands over his face.  “They’re gonna hang me, Hoss.”

I slung my arm over my little brother’s shoulders.  Where was Adam when you needed him most?  He always knew what to say, and all I could do was fumble around with a bunch of nonsense words that never came out quite right.  “Hear me out, Joe.  All the jury did was listen to what everyone said—you know, as the judge told ‘em to do.  And if they’ve got any brains at all, they’ll realize no one ever saw you shoot Horace, ain’t I right?”

I almost thought Joe was gonna agree with me, but a throaty-sounding moan slipped out instead.  There was a gaping stillness between us before he finally broke the silence. 

“I’ll miss you, Hoss.”

“Dadburnit, Joe.  Now cut that out.”  One thing was bothering me something awful.  Maybe it was none of my business although I couldn’t stand it no longer, and I had to ask Joe what it all meant.  “Can I ask you somethin’ kinda personal?”

“Might as well,” he said.  “No time like the present, but you better hurry.  Time’s running out.”

This time, I didn’t respond to Joe’s irritating comment, but I did ask my question.  “Reverend Holmes came to see you yesterday, right?”

“Yeah, why?”

“Well, I was wonderin’ what you two talked about.”  I’d seen the change in Joe, and I couldn’t help thinking it had something to do with their private conversation.

“We talked about a lot of things, Hoss.  Why?”

“Did ya talk about intent?”

“Yeah, that was one of the things,” Joe said.  “Reverend Holmes asked what my intentions were when I went after Horace.”

“Yeah, and what were them intentions, Joe?”

“I told the truth in court, Hoss.  I might have beaten Horace senseless if I had to, but I never would’ve killed him.  I only wanted the truth.”

“I knew it,” I blurted and stood up from the narrow cot.  “I knew something changed how you was thinking inside that courtroom.”

“What do you mean?  What changed?” 

Joe’s eyes never left me as I paced inside the cell.  Intent was the turning point for the jury.  I knew for a fact, but I didn’t think Joe realized how crucial his silence had been.

“What’s that mean?  I ain’t as dumb as I look, Joseph.”  I glared at my little brother.  “That’s when everything inside that courtroom took a turn; that’s when Hamilton hit you below the belt with that question about intent.” 

“I don’t understand, Hoss.”  Joe pleaded with me, but it wasn’t gonna help us now, and I weren’t sure how closely the men on the jury had been paying attention.  “That’s when you searched the courtroom for the preacher, ain’t it?  You needed some kinda reassurance, but that ain’t what it looked like in court.  Intent, Joe.  When you didn’t answer right off—well, it didn’t look good.  You see what I mean?”

“But I did answer, Hoss.”

“But your answer wasn’t clear, Joseph.  Do you understand my meaning?”

Joe rubbed at his face again.  Maybe he was trying to remember his exact words.  I could have told him ’cause I knew ‘em by heart, but what good would those words do now?  Did the jury understand the difference in Joe’s thinking?  Yes, he would hurt Horace but no, he would not kill the man in order to seek the truth.

“I’m sorry.  I shouldn’t have said all them things.”  I was still fuming over the words I’d had with Pa and Mr. Powell.  Seemed my father had lost faith in Joe, and I was mad—real mad.  What a helluva day this had been.

Joe and I both heard muffled voices in the sheriff’s outer office and Pa’s distinct baritone emerged above all the rest.  We both turned and stared at the double doors when we heard Roy’s jangling keys.

“Sorry it took so long, Son.  I stopped and picked you up something to eat.” Pa carried a lunch tray from the café. 

I was just starting to feel hungry myself after smelling Daisy’s prized roast pork, but just after Roy had unlocked the cell and Pa stepped inside, a messenger boy came racing into the office.  “Judge wants Mr. Cartwright back in the courtroom.   Jury’s in.”

Pa’s face paled after the announcement, and I jumped up to grab the tray before it tumbled to the floor.  “I got it.  Go on, Pa.  Take my seat.”  Joe was darn near the breaking point after our talk about intent, and Pa was probably still ruffled over my run-in with John Powell cause he never gave me a second look.  I moved toward the cell door and stood guard.  “Not just yet, Roy.  Give ‘em a minute alone.”

“But it’s time to go, Hoss.  I can’t keep the judge waiting, you know that.”

“Just give ‘em a minute—please, Roy.”

“All right, two minutes, Ben,” he said, straining to see over my shoulder, “then I’m sorry.  We’ll have to go.”

With no time for Daisy’s lunch, I looked behind me and saw my little brother’s half-smile.  I winked, returned a smile of my own and then nodded to Roy.  “Come on.  I’ll treat you to a two-minute lunch.”  We walked to the outer office together. 

Not a word I said over the past hour mattered now that Pa was holding Joe in his arms.  I saw the look in my brother’s eyes, a look of sadness, the look of a condemned man.  He needed our pa more’n he ever needed me, and I hoped Pa could pass on enough strength for Joe to hold his head high no matter what the outcome.  Judge and jury would see an innocent young man walk through them doors to his chair in the courtroom, but I feared the worst.

Roy was chomping at the bit. I’d held him off as long as possible with Daisy’s roast pork and a baked potato.  “I’ll get ‘em.  You finish your lunch.”  Distractions rarely worked on Roy Coffee, but the lunch tray gave Joe and Pa an extra minute while the sheriff scooped up another forkful of buttery potato.

I couldn’t see Joseph at all.  Pa’s arms was wrapped around my little brother, pulling him tight to his chest and rubbing his back.  His head was bowed on top of Joe’s and from where I stood, I could hear the faint sound of the two people I loved most in this world, weeping their final tears. 

“It’s time, Pa.”

Although I’d witnessed scenes like this before, this time I had to turn my back and look away.

“Please rise.”  

Judge Borman entered the courtroom, and along with everyone else in the gallery; Pa and I took our seats.  Next came the jury—twelve men, none familiar to Pa or me—merged into the jury box to our right.

Judge Borman looked straight at Joe.  “Please rise, Mr. Cartwright.”

Joe pushed up from his chair, as did Mr. Powell, and both men faced the jury.  I was proud of my little brother.  He stood tall and straight, even with cuffs still holding his wrists together.  We all faced the jury after the judge spoke again. 

“Was the decision unanimous?” 

The jury foreman stood to answer.  He held a small slip of paper with both hands.  “Yes, Your Honor.”

You could have heard a pin drop.  I was holding my breath; maybe everyone else was too.  Twelve men had decided my little brother’s fate in less than an hour’s time.  Did they even go over the facts or did Hamilton’s introduction of intent sway their thinking in his favor?  I stared at Joe’s profile as he stood, facing the jury box.  He gave nothing away.  His eyes were clear, and his chin was steady and firm.

Pa stood and gripped the wooden railing, separating the two of us from Joe.  His white-knuckled hands trembled; his eyes grew glassy, but he was determined to face the jury along with his youngest son.  I stood up next to my father, fearing his reaction if the verdict was not in Joe’s favor.

Judge Borman cleared his throat.  “What say you?”

The foreman, dressed in denim overalls and a plaid work shirt, read from the slip of paper in his hand.  His mouth was hidden under a long gray beard, and atop his generous nose, set a pair of silver-rimmed spectacles.  “We find the defendant, Joseph Cartwright, guilty of murder in the first degree.”

I couldn’t move.  A sudden rush of voices filled the room, but Joe remained remarkably still, almost distant, and I couldn’t begin to know what he might be thinking.  I stared at the judge, knowing he, and only he could overrule the jury’s decision.  Instead, the gavel hit with decided force to quiet the excited crowd.

After reading the jury’s statement, the judge looked over his glasses at Joe.  “Joseph Cartwright, you have been duly tried and judged by a jury of your peers, and I sentence you to be hanged by the neck until dead at 5:00 p.m. tomorrow.”

The gavel struck again, and I jolted in place.  This weren’t right.  Intent had an entirely different meaning than completing the job.  I glared at Walter Hamilton.  He was slowly packing his leather satchel, and I expected to see him smiling after winning such an important case against a man named Cartwright.  But, when he turned to face Pa and me; his eyes appeared apologetic, even ashamed of what his job as prosecutor had forced him to do and say.

Too much was happening all at once.  After dismissing the jury, Judge Borman pocketed his eyeglasses and picked up his gavel before walking out of the courtroom.  Roy pulled on Joe’s shackled arm while twelve men hung their heads and slowly filed out the side entrance.  The crowd had heard the verdict firsthand and they were pushing their way out through the main front door.  The prosecutor approached Pa and me.  Mr. Powell did the same but listening to either man’s apologies or reasons for the verdict was more than I could stand.  I didn’t have nothin’ to say to either man.  I left to follow Joe and Roy back to the cell.  

“No!”  A voice wailed from behind the four of us.  “No, Judge.”

Again, there was dead silence.  Everyone remaining inside the courtroom turned in unison, searching for the woman who had enough nerve to yell at a judge.  Pa pushed Mr. Hamilton aside and bolted through the crowd of people.  Joe had already left the building with Roy, and I was eager to follow until John Powell grabbed hold of my arm.

“Can you see your pa, Hoss?”  John was a short man, shorter than my little brother, and a crowd had gathered around Pa and the woman.

“Nope,” I said.  I was probably the tallest man in the courtroom, but the crowd was too concentrated, and I couldn’t see over their heads.  “Can’t tell who she is from here, Mr. Powell.  Fill me in later, will you?  I’m heading down to the jail.”

I was as eager as everyone else to know who’d caused such a ruckus, but I didn’t want Joe to sit alone in his cell.  This trial had been a farce as far as I was concerned, and some woman hollering over the verdict weren’t no concern of mine.  Hell, I felt like hollering too.  I made my way to the side exit where the jury had slipped out and had quickly scattered and disappeared like scared little rabbits.  Pa might worry over my whereabouts but in time, he’d figure out where I’d gone and whom I was with.  I met up with Roy and Joe just outside the sheriff’s office.

“What was all the commotion, Hoss?  Sounded like somebody screaming inside the courtroom.”

“You heard right, Roy, but I didn’t wait to find out.”  My baby brother had been condemned to the gallows, and some woman screaming had been the least of my worries.  “Pa’ll fill us in later.”

“Hang on, Joe.”  I clicked my finger and thumb.  “There’s somethin’ I forgot.  You get settled.  I’ll be right back.”

Joe’s eyes followed me like a forlorn little pup, and he all but missed the step heading into Roy’s office.  When I saw him stumble, I nearly turned back, but I had something else in mind, and I thought he’d agree my short absence would prove worthwhile.  Inside my saddlebags, I always kept a small, silver flask.  Of course, I’d informed Pa it was for medicinal purposes only, but right or wrong, my little brother needed a couple of shots of medicine.  I slipped the container inside my vest pocket and hurried back inside the jail.

“Lemme in there with him, will you, Roy?” 

The sheriff held out his hand.  “Hand me your gun, Hoss.”

“Aw, sheriff.  If you can’t trust me, who can you trust?”

Roy’s hand never wavered.  “You know the law.”

I handed Roy my gun and he locked it in the bottom drawer of his desk.  I nearly rolled my eyes at letter-of-the-law Coffee as we walked back to Joe’s cell.  The cuffs had been removed this time, and Joe lay on his cot, facing the wall.  “Hey, Buddy.”  Slowly, Joe rolled his feet to the floor and sat up straight.  This time I brung myself a chair from Roy’s office.  “You don’t mind, do you, Sheriff?”

“No,” he said with a prolonged sigh.  “I don’t mind.”  Roy turned to go, and then, with his key inside the lock of the cell door, he hesitated.  “I wish things had turned out different, Little Joe.”

“Thanks, me too.”

I pinched my lips together and nodded at the sheriff in appreciation.  Roy was like family.  He’d known us for years, as had Paul Martin, who’d helped deliver Joe into this world twenty-some years ago.  They were good people and both men would help see Pa through after the—damn, I couldn’t even think the word much less say the word out loud.

Although Pa had written Adam when Joe was first arrested, there’d been no word so far.  His current address was aboard a merchant steamer called The SS Dresden that sailed out of British waters.  There’d been no way for Adam to return home in time for the trial or anything else.  I sure could’ve used my big brother now.

When Roy was out of sight, I pulled my little secret from my vest pocket.  “Thought you might need this ‘bout now.”

“Why not?”  He reached for the silver flask and took a long draw.  “Think I’m risking a tanning?  Between the sheriff and Pa, I may not be able to sit down for a—forever.”

“Aw, come on, Joe.  Don’t you worry about nothing, little brother.  This ain’t over ‘til the fat lady sings.”

Joe chuckled and sipped from the flask again.  “Wish I knew a fat lady, Hoss, but I think the party’s come to an abrupt end.”

“You just sit tight,” I said, reaching out and patting Joe on the leg.  I had until tomorrow evening to work up a plan.  Five in the afternoon was the time hangings took place in Virginia City these days.  Used to be sunrise hangings in the old days, but evenings had won out.  More of a crowd would turn out and, for some ungodly reason, many of Virginia City’s good solid citizens made it a point to attend an evening hanging.

“Hoss?”  Joe said in that soft, little boy voice he used when he was hurting.  “I don’t want you to come tomorrow.  I want you and Pa to stay home.  I don’t want either of you anywhere near Virginia City.”

“Stop it, Joe.”  My words were firm, but they didn’t strike home with my little brother.

“Please.  I don’t want Pa to see me hang so you gotta promise you’ll keep him—”

“Joseph!”  I glanced toward the double doors, making sure I couldn’t be overheard.  “There ain’t gonna be no hangin’.”  Joe’s eyes flashed larger than the steel Conchos on the band of his hat, and I cupped my hand over his mouth before he blurted out something Roy might overhear.  “I ain’t making no promises cuz there ain’t gonna be no hangin’.”  I removed my hand from Joe’s mouth.  “You listen and listen good.  I’m workin’ out a plan.”

But Joe shook his head.  “No, Hoss.  No.  You can’t do that to Pa.”

“To Pa?  Pa’s the least of my worries right now.”

“Listen.  You’re the only son Pa has left so don’t mess that up.  Don’t do anything you’ll regret.”

“Joe.  I can’t just sit back and let them—”

“I’m serious, Hoss.  I won’t go with you.  We’d be on the run for the rest of our lives.  Think of Pa.  Think what would happen to him if both of us disappeared into thin air, which is exactly what we’d have to do.”  Joe paused, but his eyes held mine.  “It’d kill him, Hoss.  Everything he’s worked for—gone.  Think!  It ain’t worth it.  Promise me you won’t try anything stupid—promise.”

Joe was adamant, and there weren’t nothing more I could do or say to change his mind.  “Gimme that damn flask.”  I held it to my lips, but the container was dry.  Joe had already drunk every drop.  Everything was a mess.  Our lives were a mess, and I didn’t know none of Adam’s fancy words or have enough of my father’s wisdom to say what was really on my mind. 

“Hoss?”

“Okay, I promise.  I’ll try to keep Pa from—this ain’t gonna be easy, Joe.”

My little brother smiled, and all them fancy words I should have said didn’t matter.  Keeping Pa away from Virginia City was the only thing Joe had asked of me, and I’d be damned if I wouldn’t honor his last request.

“Remember when you caught me daydreaming up by Crescent Falls?”  There was a smile on Joe’s face, and this crazy question came outta nowhere.  “I had my legs flopped over that old dead log, and my feet were dangling in the water.”

“Yeah, course you spent most of your life daydreamin’, Little Brother, but yeah, I remember that day.”

“I’d just ordered Sally’s ring from the catalog, and Ira said it would probably take a month or more before the package arrived in Virginia City.  A month seemed like an eternity, Hoss.”  Joe lay back on his bed and tucked his hands behind his head.  “I was so anxious to show her the ring, but I kept quiet the whole time.  That was pretty good for me.”

“I’ll say it was.  You ain’t never been one for keepin’ secrets.”

“The last time I saw Sally, we sat on her porch after the dance.  I think her father hung the swing there just for the two of us, and as it turned out, that was our favorite place to just sit and talk about nothing and everything, you know what I mean?”

“Yeah, I know what you mean, Joe.”

My brother tried to smile, but he was holding back all of them feelings the best he could.  I guess he was remembering the good times, so I just sat back, listened, and wondered if this was the last time I’d hear my little brother’s voice. 

“Sally wanted lots of kids, and I told her she could have as many as she wanted.  Maybe because she was an only child.”  Joe glanced at me.  “She didn’t know the half of it, did she?”

“Huh?”

“Siblings.  The good and the bad.”

“Maybe more good than bad.”

“Sally was a good person, Hoss.  She was too young to die.”  There was a brief silence cause I couldn’t answer my brother.  There weren’t no words to ease his pain, but Sally wasn’t the only one who was too young to die.  “You ever wish you were a kid again?” 

“I suppose everybody does sometimes.  Why you ask?” 

A tingling feeling ran up my spine when Joe covered his face with his hands, and he didn’t say nothing else.  Maybe the impact of the trial had finally sunk in, and he knew he and I wouldn’t have these conversations no more.  How would any of us accept the outcome of the trial? 

Joe had always been the life of the party.  I’m sure Adam would use different words than me, but that’s what I felt about my little brother.  He gave so much and asked nothing in return.  And even though he had a gift for bringing on trouble—I kinda liked trouble.  I guess you could say there was never a dull moment on the Ponderosa after Joe was born.  Even on the day of his birth, we all knew he was something special.  That squirming little baby touched all our hearts, especially mine.  And from that day on, I’d been able to protect Joe from all the bad things life had to offer.  But now, I was helpless to bring my little brother home alive.

Joe pushed hisself up on the narrow cot and sat with his back against the wall and his knees was bent so his boots sat flat against the mattress.  I stood from the chair and sat down on the bed beside him.

Joe reached inside his jacket pocket for the small, white bible Sally’s father had given him right after she died.  Inside was a piece of newsprint, and I tried to look on as he unfolded the section he’d saved.  He smoothed the wrinkled paper against his thigh.  I leaned in a little more and from where I was sitting, I recognized the headline:  Murder at Midnight

Written the day after Sally died, it only made sense that Joe had kept the article tucked inside her palm-sized bible and close to his heart.  It wasn’t the fancy wedding announcement he’d anticipated everyone would see, but a few short lines covering his fiancée’s death.

“I miss her so much, Hoss.”  Joe’s eyes filled with tears and his hands was shaking as he fumbled with the small piece of newsprint.  “I’ll never hear her laugh again or see her face light up when I lean in for a kiss.  I’ll never hold her in my arms.  I’ll never have the chance to love her or be a father to our children.”

“Come on, Joe.  Don’t do this to yourself.”

“Maybe this is what God intended, Hoss.”  Joe’s voice was just above a whisper, but the next thing he said brought our entire conversation down a few notches.  “Maybe this was all a plan so Sally and I could be together, you know—in heaven.”

If I’d known the whiskey would’ve freed up all this dadblamed misery, I never would’ve brought the flask inside the cell.  Joe was thinking and talking too much about death, and Pa’d have my hide if he knew what I’d done.  Maybe all this talk about Sally, God and the afterlife was how Joe figured he’d find enough strength to make it through the next twenty-four hours.  Maybe my little brother could picture a future without Pa and me, but I couldn’t picture nothing without him, and I didn’t want to hear no more talk about dying. 

“Do you need anything, Joe?  You want anything?  I can go get whatever—”

“No,” he said, cutting my sentence short before I blabbered my fool head off, but I’d heard just about all I could take.  “Just sit tight, Hoss.  Stay ‘til Pa comes, okay?”

“Course I’ll stay.  I just thought maybe— Hey?  You hear somethin’?”  There was some kind of commotion outside the jail; boot heels on boardwalks, comin’ fast, and I didn’t like the sound they was making.  Men in a hurry always made me nervous inside.  I stood and looked out the barred window and saw a group of men led by Pa coming straight toward the jail.  Joe jumped up on the bed so he could see outside too.

“Looks like Pa’s smiling.”

“Sure does, little brother.”  For the life of me, I couldn’t figure out why.

When the jailhouse door banged open, Joe and I both turned and crossed the cell.  One thing was certain; Pa’s voice was loud and clear.  “Open that cell, Roy, and let my boy free.”  Neither of us said nothing after hearing Pa’s voice blast like a cannon through the sheriff’s office.

“What’s this all about, Ben?”  Roy hollered nearly as loud as Pa.  “You can’t barge in here telling me what to do.”  I could just picture Roy’s face.  I nearly smiled.  He’d probably already pulled his gun on Pa.  “You stay back from that cell or I’ll—”

Joe’s questioning eyes mirrored my own, but I distinctly heard Pa say Joe was free.  More voices battled back and forth, some loud, some not so loud, but nothing was loud enough or clear enough for Joe or me to catch hold of what was being said.  The double doors burst open and following our pa were Judge Borman and Roy Coffee.  Joe and I both stood like unbending oak trees in the wind.  Neither of us moved a muscle.  Some might call it shock but for me, it is either a sick joke or a miracle. 

“What’s this all about, Pa?”  I pulled Joe close to my side.

As soon as Roy extended his set of keys and unlocked the cell, Pa sailed through the iron door, nearly knocking me aside as he rushed toward my brother.  He grabbed hold of Joe’s shoulders.  “You’re free, Son.  You’re free to go.”

Joe was dumbfounded, and I glanced at Roy for confirmation, but Pa was already filling in the gaps.  “The real killer came forward.”

“You’re a lucky man, Joe Cartwright,” said Judge Borman, smiling and patting my brother on the back.

I’d never heard truer words in my life, but when Joe glanced my way, I shrugged my shoulders before digging my hands deep in my pants pockets.  Seems we were the only two people in Virginia City who’d been left out of the loop.

“Eileen Cutler,” the judge continued.  “She came clean after sentencing had been pronounced.  She never thought the jury would convict an innocent man but when they sentenced you to hang, she stepped forward and did the right thing.”

Joe’s head must have been reeling.  “You mean the widow Cutler’s the one who shot Horace?”  His shaky voice made him sound younger than his years; maybe it was nerves or just plain shock.  After all, he’d been through during the past couple of weeks, rotting inside this cell and then found guilty of a murder he didn’t commit, I bet Joe didn’t know which way to turn or what to believe anymore. 

“That’s right,” said the judge.  “She volunteered everything you couldn’t remember.  She revealed the whole truth to your father and me inside my chambers.”

Joe reached for the back of his skull where the blow had knocked him unconscious.  “You mean she’s the one who hit me over the head?” 

“That’s right, Joseph,” Pa said, reaching his arm around Joe.  “She picked up Miguel’s steel-handled shovel, swung, and knocked you out cold.”  Pa hesitated after seeing Joe’s face pale and his blinking eyes.  “You with me, Son?”  Guess Pa was making sure his words were sinking in all the way. 

“I’m with you, go on.”

“Mrs. Cutler had followed Horace to the livery for one last goodbye and, when she saw how you’d grabbed Horace by the shirtfront, she assumed the worst, and, well—she couldn’t let that happen.”

“I never heard her come in.  I never saw her, Pa.”

“I’ll bet Horace saw her,” I said to Joe.  “That’s probably why he kept telling you all them lies about him and Sally being in love.”

Judge Borman continued where Pa left off.  “After she knocked you out, Horace was free to ride out but maybe something you said triggered his next response. I guess we’ll never know.  Anyway, Mrs. Cutler waited patiently for some kind of thank you, but Horace started laughing and saying awful things.  He said she was a stupid old woman who couldn’t see the truth if it was right in front of her face.”

“The truth?”  Joe glanced at Pa and then at me.

“Horace moved toward his horse,” said the judge, “but he turned back for one more jab at the only person who’d ever cared anything about him.  He admitted he’d killed Sally, that he was the one who’d choked her to death inside her father’s house.  But that wasn’t all, Joe.  Horace admitted he’d killed a girl in Mason City and another young woman over near Apache Flats.”

“That’s when the widow took the gun from your holster,” Pa said, glancing at me.  “She shot Horace in the chest and threw your gun into an empty stall.  She knew no one would ever question her, but one person did, didn’t you, Hoss?”

“Yeah, Pa.  I did.”

“Your brother knew all along, and I never believed him.  I handled everything about this whole situation wrong, and I’m deeply sorry, Son.” 

I wasn’t sure if the apology was for me or Joe.  It didn’t matter now that things was all cleared up, but it sure could have made life easier for my little brother if I hadn’t let Pa change my thinking about the widow. 

“I should’ve done more, Joe,” I said regretfully.  “I should’ve gone back and made her admit what she’d done.”

Joe just shook his head.  He never even knew I’d talked to Mrs. Cutler, and whether I was forgiven or whether he was just trying to work all this out in his head, I wasn’t sure.

I could see Pa’s eyes had started misting some, but he was well-practiced at keeping hisself in control.  Ben Cartwright wasn’t one to go soft in front of a group of outsiders.  “You were right all along about Horace, Joseph, but without proof, and when you started making wild accusations about how you felt about him, I let you down.  I never gave you a chance to explain.”

“You weren’t the only one, Pa.”

“I’m sorry too,” Roy said, “and I’m sure Clem will offer his apologies right soon.  I never would have thought that boy was capable of murder although it was hard for me to believe you was a killer either, Little Joe.”

“Guess I owe Mrs. Cutler my life.”

No one seemed to know what to say, but Pa turned toward the judge and shook the man’s hand.  “It’s been quite a day.  I’m glad it’s over.”

I started thinking about the day we’d had and how desperate all our lives had become after the judge passed sentence against Joe.  But mostly, my thoughts drifted to Sally Bristol.  Not only had Horace taken her life, but he’d ruined so many others.  Joe was nearly hanged and now an old woman, who never did an unkind deed in her life, would take Joe’s place at the gallows.

After confessing all them things about dying and being with Sally, it seemed my little brother had been handed a double blow.  All in one day, Joe had been given a death sentence and when he’d made his peace, knowing he’d spend eternity with the love of his life; that too was yanked out from under him.

But Joe would always remember his time spent with Sally Ann Bristol.  Their long talks about nothing and everything, Saturday night dances, and buggy rides on Sunday afternoons.  Someday he’d remember her laughter and her gentle ways, and though she would never become his wife, she would never grow old—like a painting—she would always remain young and beautiful.

“Ben,” Roy said, interrupting my thoughts, but maybe that was for the best.  I was nearly teary-eyed myself.  “If you’ll get your boys on out of here, Clem’s gonna need the cell.”

I reached out and shook Judge Borman’s hand.  “Thank you, Sir.  What happens now?”

“Your brother’s free to go, and Eileen Cutler will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law.”

“You mean she’ll be hanged?”

“Hoss,” Pa said, shaking his head slightly.  “Let’s get this brother of yours home.”

~~~ Epilogue ~~~

He knelt on one knee and rested his hand against the cold, hard granite, which often brought comfort since her death over twenty years ago.  And when he removed his hat out of respect for the love he’d once known, the cool mountain breeze lifted the gently trimmed edges of his snow-white hair.  He’d lowered himself to God and to the mother of his youngest son where he would beg each separately for absolution of his sins. 

“I’ve always believed our relationship was beyond betrayal, beyond the hurt I may have caused our son during these last few weeks.  My only prayer is that Joseph will never realize the reservations I held toward his innocence, and I pray he will never be forced to come to terms with what I conceived in my heart to be true.

“Joseph has never lied to me so why did I doubt him this time?  How could I ever consider our son guilty of such a horrific crime?  I turned my back on our boy, Marie.  When he needed me most, I turned away.  I forced Hoss to accept the role of father and brother to the boy I’ve always loved with all my heart.

“Can you ever forgive me?

“Is it possible to see past the fool I’ve been, to forgive this narrow-minded old man who nearly destroyed the bond I’ve always shared with Joseph by sensing doubt?  I became callous in my thinking.  I lost faith in the one person who always confides in me and asks for my help in tough situations.

“I never once showed him the love or understanding he deserved before or during the trial.  For days, Joseph tore himself apart, fighting his gut feeling and begging me to understand.  ‘It’s just the way I feel,’ he said.  ‘The way you feel?’  I replied mockingly.  ‘You accuse Horace because of the way you feel?’

“Why did I verbally admonish our son?  Why didn’t I listen to Joseph rather than ridicule and mimic his heartfelt words?  Oh, Marie, you’ll never know how many times I’ve wanted to take back my overzealous clichés about morality and justice when Joseph was hurting so deeply inside.

“Just like you, my darling, our boy has a tender heart, but he’s also strong-willed, and I, of all people, judged him and demanded he lean toward my way of thinking.  But he frightened me.  His heart was breaking, and all I could do was throw words concerning right and wrong back in his face.  I was the first to accept his guilt, assuming our quick-tempered son had forgotten all my teachings and had taken the law into his own hands. 

“And now I beg your forgiveness, not only for me but for any hurt I may have caused Joseph.  For days, I let him sit inside that cell without lending my strength, my faith, or my love.

“God knows Joe deserved better.  I love that boy, Marie.  I love him so much that my heart aches.  Knowing I refused to believe in his innocence is a crime I’ll take to my grave.  How in God’s name could I have ever doubted—

“Joseph—”


His heart pounded. Ben rose to his feet and turned, hiding clear signs that tears had been shed, that confessions had been surrendered over his dead wife’s grave.  How long had the boy stood in silence and listened as he begged for forgiveness?

“Joseph?”

“I didn’t mean to interrupt.”  His voice was soft but hesitant.  And when Ben turned toward him, he stepped back.

“Please, Son.  Hear me out.”

Ben reached out with both hands, but Joe shook his head and turned in place as though he might walk away.  In desperation, Ben stepped forward, leaving one hand to rest on the tall, upright stone.  But Joseph distanced himself, and within minutes, he was gone.

Moving forward, as though drifting through a heavy fog, Ben’s steps were slow, even halted, as he fought his way up the path, leading to the road that would take him home.  But would Joseph be waiting, and could he ever forgive a father’s ultimate betrayal?

The End

Next and last story in this series: – Too Young to Die #2